vegeta

SEES

as.

A sett

pen Tir:

Mag ee yeareaeienter Dn

: : x 0 OE Wee ee fpethtrats aka rea: nei len

aaee) 2 ptatatet SPS x es AEN arpern see Apis ¥

Ain: re ee eine? Sol gee cars is

oh that LES sre el - = Se dae Stari parent Sp htes

De. : an Sieg Oat mage ecu es ayy leet a Skreet foe cope ae

INccees

seeedjeteetns Betas Baer '

Ste et athe try oe

pummel

SEP NTe eS et

Siemnise eee sail nesters ieee: 24

Sn eet

Tae

PrN ; HEE IS Raa

i res

: Tree

Barre esate n.

PEE

tm 7 3, * 2 pad pn BEES *

race ive

env EE tleveessteegt

Hiatt eee

ee SENS leat

Seileniers

tbo it

Rear ra

Teh OR,

pertete

fea a Bs

ae ny]

Se ee

a Sy + ae

PTijiemner earn rem

Su anaes:

Sahin

itty

Lust

Fates ie

ree

petted

Sat

Ya, ree

Th en fees Ee tig aes oat * = “2 ats te

ak A AL = ae ay a Seeeaet=

ee lrrtet

ieee

pened

Pe eT

ates

ve ares,

Bey * -%

ea PE Dey e

. a i 33; oe Ly ia

: a 3 Pecaets a

ea ee

. 5 5 . a7 wale * *

e Catt

Leia

Lior

oh bE dk FETS.

aoe AS OAT TUM lie =

QUEENSLAND GOVERNMENT

Department of Environment

QUEENSLAND GOVERNMENT

Department of Environment

A Journal of Plant Systematics

Queensland Herbarium

AUSTIRORAINER

etsrbes.- 8:22. Sa Re ee od La a a a a Td Ch a eres eee PIMENTEL SES RR ENS F

Editorial Committee

L.W. Jessup (editor)

R.J.F. Henderson (technical advisor)

B.K. Simon (technical advisor)

Word Processing

Suzanne MacArthur

Austrobaliey2

Vol. 1, No. 1 was published on 1 December 1977

Vol. 4, No. 4 was published on 20 February, 1997

Austrobaileya is published once per year.

Exchange: This journal will be distributed on the basis of exchange.

Subscriptions: Orders for single issues and subscriptions may be placed. The price is (1997}

A$25 per issue for individuals, A$40 for institutions, including postage.

All correspondence relating to exchange, subscriptions or contributions to this journal should be

addressed to The Editor, Austrobaileya, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly Qid

4068, Australia.

ISSN 0155-4131

Austrobaileya is the journal of the Queensland Herbarium and is devoted to publication of results

of sound research and of informed discussion on plant systematics, with special emphasis on

Queensland plants. .

Opinions expressed by authors are their own and do not necessarily represent the policies or views

of the Queensland Herbarium.

BAM naednsan speech,

Austrobaileya 5(1): 1-153 (1997)

Contents

Application of the phylogenetic species concept: A botanical monographic

perspective

ANT eS THEO 83 er eeetace. Cane ne Whe Gh 7 EM face ede alle MeOH. IA Oreo ETE PE a wel OA oath! Rees hata

A taxonomic revision of Dissiliaria F.Muell. ex Baill. (Euphorbiaceae)

Peel Wo BGPP uote otac'es ceed word cn 'y Sl eaves 4 awh bla dg eh teased als 4, batenig ellen

Three new species of Kontainea Heckel (Euphorbiaceae) from Australia

and Papua New Guinea

PAGE Orley occ, cote loys oe eS Ae fas ote A re eke se de etapa mteunla, Seth tet den Mowe Ween ele hy

A revision of Rubus subg. Malachobatus (Focke) Focke and Rubus

subg. Diemenicus A.R.Bean (Rosaceae) in Australia

PAO Ne EMCEE? oe cv cigs ce 40, bere het a4 va 8. eld eee eee NG EOP ACERT MARY (Cte ETE hod le ere eons

Madangia inflata (Asclepiadaceae: Marsdenieae), a new genus and species from

Papua New Guinea

Paul I. Forster, David J. Liddle and Iris M. Liddle ................0......

Marsdenia jensenti (Asclepiadaceae: Marsdenieae), a new species from

north-eastern Queensland

PAU SEOs ete ma splits betes ayeeclesk cee ahs Cason sialic 42)e atte dua GF. hd hhh ketene ul oe clerk

A conspectus of Astrotricha DC, (Araliaceae) in Queensland, including two new

species

De GAT as. av cores then Oe Soria, are 4a RPE be ee ees eee Paechnek reel eta are ee

Cooktownia robertsii, a remarkable new genus and species of Orchidaceae from

Australia

ACE hs RCT ae, Os cts ple, BPE ng Ae ative ARTEL ce anal top tcantitces £, butste eeey catten ee Ain ccind eh tice

A taxonomic revision of the genus Austrosteenisia R.Geesink

(Fabaceae: Millettieae)

UB 8! 6 ee es eee ea, eee Se PRL. POR PP eae DEPP ey ee eee

Rothia indica subsp. australis A.E.Holland (Fabaceae: Crotalarieae),

anew subspecies occuring in Australia

Fit gro SEG) fot) 5 ner tae Ts Re RL SP ee LP OP Py, ee a, RO Pe ee See

Notes on Caesalpinia subg. Mezoneuron (Leguminosae: Caesalpinioideae}

in Australia

| Se28 ot ex | | oa) a er ee ee OE pS ea eae Oe PPM Pea UL ERP ees 20 eee a

Guioa sarcopterifructa (Sapindaceae): a new Australian species

Peter C. van Welzen ............0000cu eee Ah UPN Es oN ace Sp tgces atte ied

Capparis velutina (Capparaceae), a new species from south-eastern Queensland

Peralta hs be seal eee ee cen: ce ok Ne ee eee eee

(continued)

Austrobaileya 5(1): 1-153 (1997)

Notes on the naturalised Flora of Queensland, 3

Pauls POrstet ses gcip etsy tain audi go sd econ pes 4-3 Ga aac ee hd nbd hg ee AE OPK te tee Ss 113

A new combination in Dendrocnide (Urticaceae) in north Queensland

dk. Jgckes and ht, “Plane ye 5 c tipacace es oo bs Sebas mre oe pats 4 ecb dobar ye aceeb bg aey 121

Notes on Eucalyptus ser. Psathyroxyla Blakely (Myrtaceae) and other

‘Ash group’ eucalypts

PAINT EREADS. pocket ee eek esd Roe wiey catsatn tesa Sen peaks Baral nad ihichisuee tee a etaaad aged SES ely 4 125

Leptochloa southwoodii (Poaceae: Chloridoideae), a new species from south-east

Queensland

Neil Snow and Bryan K. Simon ....... cc ccc ccc ccc ee eee cece e teen eee ees , 137

Lilaeopsis brisbanica (Apiaceae), a new species from Queensland, Australia

PAG ALISO 9) 8 Apcis Sromis ever be be sole ends Wohi eve Ts Ee eget Aine. gy ores treed ee Bin TR capt eee tn 145

Microcarpaea agonis (Scrophulariaceae), a new species from south-eastern

Queensland

PR SANT tee 8 Sas dep e AY Ee oe Rowe ne -& wine pe dS Beach ed eon 6 Se ae ta 4 hai ng a 149

BRR HEV IOUS Joke eps rtd, 5 8 hu gS aercess ae ee Sy Dl Le att ss Ms ik pb horth ledge a he ne ay SARS § enlace) hie Ae 153

“CASA Ee

Application of the phylogenetic species concept:

A botanical monographic perspective.

Neil Snow

Summary

Snow, N. (1997). Application of the phylogenetic species concept: A botanical monographic

perspective. Austrobaileya 5(1): 1-8. The diagnosis of phylogenetic species and infraspecific

taxa is considered from the perspective of botanical monography. Diagnosing phylogenetic

species using population aggregation analysis (PAA) cannot be done in the herbarium, as it is a

population-based procedure. However, herbarium specimens can be aggregated into phylogenetic

species based on the presence of fixed characters, and PAA methodology in the field is encouraged

to the maximum extent possible. The importance of diagnosing phylogenetic species by ordinary

morphological means is stressed. A species is thus an aggregation of sexual or asexual semaphoronts

consistently diagnosable by a fixed character or combination of characters recognizable by ordinary

morphological means. Application of this species definition will generally decrease species numbers

in botanical monographs and could therefore overlook significant but non-fixed phenetic variation.

Given the widespread existence of such variation it is concluded that the recognition of infraspecific

taxa remains desirable. However, since varieties are explicitly subordinate to subspecies in the

Code and imply hierarchical pattern where none is expected to exist, the recognition of only one

infraspecific category is recommended.

Keywords: phylogenetics, phylogenetic species, species concepts, subspecies, varieties, botany,

monographs,

Neil Snow, Washington University, Department of Biology, Campus Box 1137, St. Louis, Missouri

63130, U.S.A. and; Missouri Botanical Garden, P.O. Box 299, St. Louis, Missouri 63166, U.S.A.

Current Address: Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly Queensland 4068, Australia

email: Neil Snow@env.qld.gov.au

We need good theoretical contexts in which to formulate operational interpretations in order to

proceed with empiricism. — Estabrook (1972).

Introduction

Jn the current phylogenetic era the histories of

biological lineages have become

of paramount importance for interpreting

biological pattern and process. The impact of

phylogenetic thinking has necessitated a critical

re-evaluation of every important concept in

systematics (Davis 1995; Harvey et al. 1996;

Snow 1996).

For example, the phylogenetic

perspective has spawned the concept of

phylogenetic species (Nelson & Platnick 1981;

Cracrait 1983, 1989; Donoghue 1985), the

definition and identification of which have been

controversial (Nixon & Wheeler 1990;

Accepted for publication 20 June 1997

de Queiroz & Donoghue 1990b; Wheeler &

Nixon 1990). One debate has surrounded

‘history’ versus ‘character’ based approaches

for diagnosing phylogenetic species (Mishler

& Brandon 1987; de Queiroz & Donoghue 1988;

Nelson 1989; Nixon & Wheeler 1990; de Queiroz

& Donoghue 1990a,b; Baum & Donoghue 1995;

Luckow 1995). A second debate has been

whether phylogenetic species must be

monophyletic (see Crisp & Chandler 1996).

Another recent idea originating from the

phylogenetic perspective is a methodological

approach by which phylogenetic species can

be recognized (Davis & Manos 1991; Davis &

Nixon 1992). Termed ‘population aggregation

analysis’ (henceforth PAA) and formulated

largely in the context of isozyme data, PAA

tabulates populations for the presence or

absence of characters and then iteratively

ageregates these populations based on whether

characters have gone to fixation (Davis &

Nixon 1992; Davis & Goldman 1993).

McDade (1995) recently provided a

detailed review of the monographic literature

regarding species concepts and their

application in practice (see also Hamilton

& Reichard 1992). Although other botanists

have considered the species problem from the

phylogenetic perspective (Crisp & Weston

1993; Crisp & Chandler 1996), only two

monographs cited by McDade (1995) (Soreng

1991: 508; Luckow 1993: 38) explicitly used

a phylogenetic species concept sensu Nixon

and Wheeler (1990). To the best of my

knowledge, no papers published after the

period covered by McDade (1995) addressed

either the application of population aggregation

analysis (Davis & Nixon 1992) using

morphological characters, or the recognition

of phylogenetic species in the herbarium. In

addition, with the exception of Soreng’s (1991)

detailed rationale, the issue of recognizing

infraspecific taxa under a phylogenetic species

concept largely has been overlooked (Luckow

1995).

Having recently completed a

phylogenetically-based monograph of the grass

senus Leptochloa P.Beauv. (Snow 1997) using

standard approaches (herbarium, field,

ereenhouse), I had to consider two issues

relevant to the botanical monographer: 1) how

to diagnose phylogenetic species relying mostly

on herbarium specimens using morphological

characters, and 2) the theoretical and pragmatic

considerations of whether to recognize

infraspecific taxa. [ here outline the rationale I

followed, and which others may wish to follow,

in the hope of stimulating further discussion

on these topics.

Phylogenetic species and their recognition in

botanical monographs

Under a phylogenetic perspective a

monographer may wish to use a phylogenetic

species concept (hereafter “‘PSC’) (Cracraft

1983, 1989; Donoghue 1985; Nixon & Wheeler

1990). A phylogenetic species has been defined

Austrobaileya 5(1): 1-8 (1997)

as ‘the smallest aggregation of populations

(sexual) or lineages (asexual) diagnosable by a

unique combination of character states im

comparable individuals (semaphoronts)’

(Nixon & Wheeler 1990). Contrary to some

views (de Queiroz & Donoghue 1988; Vrana

& Wheeler 1992), it has been argued that the

terms monophyly and paraphyly are not

applicable at and below the species level (Nixon

& Wheeler 1990; Davis & Nixon 1992). This

follows the reasoning of Hennig (1966) that

only entities expected to have hierarchical

relationships, and not tokogenetic relationships,

should be included in cladistic analyses.

An influential paper of Du Rietz (1930:

347) foreshadowed the need for population-

based sampling as a necessary empirical

antecedent of forming species boundaries.

Population aggregation analysis (Davis &

Nixon 1992) is not the first time that fixation

of characters has been deemed necessary for

the recognition of taxa (Davis & Heywood

1973: 78), nor is it the first methodological

procedure linked directly to a particular species

concept. As the best known example, gene flow

and reproductive isolation are linked to the

biological species concept, but these criteria

are now rarely used in practice to diagnose

species boundaries and are thus essentially

non-operational (Whittemore 1993; Brookes

1996). In contrast, PAA provides precise

methodological criteria by which phylogenetic

species can be diagnosed, and in many cases it

will be highly operational (but see below).

Within the assumptions of the phylogenetic

paradigm the logic and methodology of PAA

is internally consistent. In many cases, however,

the herbarium systematist will be able to apply

PAA only under certain constraints.

One constraint of applying population

ap oregation analysis 1s that, with the exception

of small genera that occur 1n relatively close

proximity to the monographer, PAA will often

be logistically infeasible. This is particularly

true for species-rich genera and those with

intercontinental distributions. Few researchers

have adequate time or funding for the necessary

travel and intensive population sampling

mandated by a strict adherence to PAA

methodology. These realities acknowledged,

Snow, Phylogenetic species concept

monographers probably should collect using

PAA methodology to the maximum extent

possible; that is, sample multiple genotypes for

a given population. This is particularly true for

problematic species that appear to lack fixed

characters or combinations of characters. The

data collected from multiple genotypes in a

population (hence, independent samples) are

systematically informative because they permit

analysis of intrapopulational variation, even if

its evaluation is non-statistical. Such data are a

critical consideration under the phylogenetic

species concept, since fixed characters (100%

occurrence) at the population level provide the

basis by which phylogenetic species are

recognized (Crisp & Chandler, 1996). For the

herbarium taxonomist, however, the analysis

of intrapopulational variation generally has

been possible only when species were known

from a single locality (e.g., tropical genera such

as Cryptanthus Otto & A. Dietr. or Anthurium

Schott.; see Appendix 1).

The second constraint regarding the

recognition of phylogenetic species bears on

what can happen when the PSC is pushed to its

reductionist or aggregationist limits. The use

of fixed characters to recognize phylogenetic

Species may increase (Cracraft 1992) or

decrease (Davis & Nixon 1992) the total

number of species recognized. As previously

argued (e.g., Olmstead 1995), a species could

be recognized at the reductionist extreme on

the basis of a single fixed nucleotide base pair.

However, such a species would not be

recognizable by ordinary means. A potential

problem at the aggregationist extreme could

be the lumping of multiple but phenctically

distinct entities due to the absence of any

fixed character(s) (see below). Those working

with large tropical groups will be keenly aware

of this potential problem. An aggregationist

extreme also could overlook at least two

important considerations in plant biology: 1}

the existence of morphological outliers

resulting from developmental abnormalities,

which are not infrequent in plants, and 2)

intermediates due to interspecific hybridization.

However, biological reality does not reside

within agarose gels or overly rigid theoretical

constructs. Meaningful phylogenetic species,

to the herbarium systematist, the ecologist,

and the community at large, must be those

diagnosable by ‘ordinary means’ (Cronquist

1978). Thus, the second constraint of PAA

methodology is that the monographer must

recognize phylogenetic species using ordinary

morphological means. To the botanical

monographer, a phylogenetic species is an

ageregation of sexual or asexual semaphoronts

consistently diagnosable by a fixed character

or combination of characters recognizable by

ordinary morphological means. Users of

herbarium-based monographs must realize,

however, that additional but cryptic lineages

may exist within morphologically based

species. In Leptochloa an example would be

the tetraploid, hexaploid, and octoploid levels

occurring in the neotropical species Leptochloa

dubia (Nees) Kunth (Gould 1975; Snow 1997).

Given the inability to always adhere

strictly to the methodology of PAA, yet

acknowledging the decided preference for

phylogenetic species diagnosable by ordinary

means, the best option for the botanical

monographer to approximate the recognition

of phylogenetic species in the herbarium is to

search for a fixed character or.suite of characters

by which a species can be consistently

recognized. The emphasis on fixed (versus

polymorphic) characters derives from the fact

that only fixed characters are capable ofreliably

suggesting that the relationships between taxa

bearing them will be hierarchical, a necessary

assumption of cladistic methodology (Hennig

1966; Davis & Nixon 1992; Doyle 1995).

Fixed characters need not be qualitative;

quantitative characters showing consistent gaps

(and not merely differences in mean values) are

also admissible diagnostic features (Thiele

1993; Luckow 1995). The monographer can

thus aggregate herbarium specimens into

phylogenetic species based on fixed characters

observable by ordinary means. This approach

is nothing new in monography, other than

perhaps the requirement of character fixation.

Differences of opinion regarding what

constitutes ‘ordinary means’ will surely exist,

but I see no reason to exclude characters that

require up to 30x magnification, which is

readily available in most herbaria.The

ageregation of specimens based on character

fixation is a repeatable and testable approach

(Snow 1996) that allows future workers to test

hypotheses of species circumscription. With

this approach a phylogenetic species is what

the data (1.e., the characters) warrant, not merely

what a competent systematist says it is.

Using the criteria for recognition of

phylogenetic species outlined above, my

revision of Leptochioa resulted in a decrease

in species number (Snow 1997). Application

of the PSC using field and herbarium data

required merging the Australian taxa formerly

known as Leptochloa ciliolata (Jedw.)

S.T.Blake, L. decipiens (R.Br.) Stapf ex

Maiden, and L. peacockii (Maiden & Betche)

Domin (Lazarides 1980; Stanley & Ross 1989;

Wheeler et al. 1990; Simon 1993) into a single

species (Snow 1997). The necessity to lump

occurred despite the fact that three readily

distinguishable entities can exist in considerable

numbers sympatrically within a few metres and

maintain attributes which, in that locality, make

them diagnosably distinct (Snow pers. obsv.).

However, the attributes by which these taxa

have been recognized can also break down in

the field (Snow pers. obs.), and significant

numbers of intermediates exist as herbarium

specimens. Thus, whereas populations can be

locally distinct, they may not be globally

distinct. Since locally distinct populations not

globally fixed for a character or combination

of characters still probably reflect underlying

genetic variation, it becomes necessary to

consider whether infraspecfic taxa should be

recognized.

The recognition of infraspecific phylogenetic

taxa in botanical monographs

Theoretical considerations of infraspecific taxa

have been largely overlooked during

discussions of species concepts rooted in the

phylogenetic paradigm (Luckow 1995). Many

(Stebbins 1950; Wilson & Brown 1953; Grant

1981; Mayr 1982) but not all (Du Rietz

1930; Raven 1962; Raven & Raven 1976)

pre-cladistic discussions of infraspecific taxa

were linked to the ‘biological’ species concept,

or BSC. Reproductive isolation and gene

flow, the central tenets of the BSC

(Whittemore 1993), cannot be invoked under

the phylogenetic paradigm, given its different

Austrobaileya 5(1): I-8 (1997)

assumptions (Luckow 1995). If they are to be

recognized, phylogenetic subspecies or

varieties, like their ‘biological’ counterparts,

probably will lack consistent criteria for their

recognition (Darwin 1859; Grant 1981; but see

Pimentel 1959).

Although cladistic approaches are

routinely used by population geneticists

below the species level to trace gene

genealogies (Avise 1989; Crandall &

Templeton 1993; Doyle 1995; Maddison 1995;

Moritz & Hillis 1996), for the botanical

monograph and the phylogenetic analyses

on which the supraspecific groups will be

based, phylogenetic species are the minimal

units of cladistic analysis. However, that

does not necessarily make phylogenetic species

the minimal taxa. It is possible to formally

recognize phenetic taxa below the species

level which, unlike phylogenetic species, are

not expected to be hierarchically related.

This seems particularly defensible if the

monographer has field experience with the

group, since variation easily detected in the

field is frequently not captured on pressed

herbarium specimens. For example, in the

orchid genus Cryptocentrum Benth., leaf

phyllotaxis (spiral/distichous), mnfloresence

position (erect/pendant), and floral bracts

(spathaceous/tubular) are diagnostic and fixed

characters readily observable in the field, yet

are cryptic on herbarium sheets (G. Carnevali

pers. comm.).

Returning to the earlier example of

Leptochloa, application of the phylogenetic

species necessitated lumping L. ciliolata,

L. decipiens, and L. peacockii into one species.

However, given that 1) others have recognized

three phenetic entities (Simon 1993; Stanley

& Ross 1990); 2) these phenetic entities can

be diagnosably distinct sympatrically (Snow

pers. obs.); but that 3) their distinctness can

also break down in the field (Snow, pers. obs.),

I recognized a single species with three

subspecies (Snow 1997, 1n press). Infraspecific

taxa can thus be phenetic groupings that

presumably reflect genetically-based variation,

but the patterns of which are non-fixed and non-

hierarchical. Under this approach an

infraspecific taxon will still be what a

1 YS ASE Ng ET

Snow, Phylogenetic species concept

competent systematist says itis (Hubbell 1954:

120; Hedberg 1957: 14; Raven 1962: 6),

although one would hope that newly recognized.

infraspecific taxa would still be supported with

evidence (narrative comment or numerical data)

of some sort (Hedberg 1957: 16). My view of

infraspecific taxa as phenetic clusters that

reflect underlying genetic variation is similar

to the species concept outlined by Crisp and

Weston (1993), except at a lower taxonomic

level.

A question arises then regarding phenetic

pattern: Should we formally recognize such

pattern at the infraspecific level if 1t becomes

badly blurred or non-diagnosable in a global

context? In other words, should an infraspecific

taxon be named if the taxonomic placement of

some (or all) of its members requires

knowledge of their geographical occurrence

(du Rietz 1930; Stebbins 1950; Brown &

Wilson 1954; Pimentel 1959; Mayr 1982)? For

highly vagile organisms, such as the many

r-selected annual species of Leptochloa, it 1s

unreasonable to expect that infraspecific

variants will always be restricted to a particular

geographic domain (e.g., Snow & Simon in

press). Characters, fixed or non-fixed, are

heritable and emergent properties of

populations or series of populations.

Geographical distribution is not a heritable

feature and does not necessarily reflect distinct

genetic lineages, although it may reflect genetic

variation. The actions of mutation, selection,

drift, and lineage sorting collectively predict

the existence of geographically localized

variation in widespread species. If a putative

infraspecific taxon cannot be distinguished

independent of its geographical occurrence—

that is, if no combination of non-fixed

characters exists by which a ‘specimen’ can be |

identified at the infraspecific level—then that

taxon should not be recognized. Geographical

distribution by itself is an invalid criterion for

recognition of infraspecific taxa.

Finally, the monographer must consider

how many infraspecific ranks should be

recognised, The International Code of Botanical

Nomenclature (Greuter et al., 1994) allows for

names at two infraspecific ranks: subspecies,

and at a subordinate level, varieties. However,

even one infraspecific level of non-fixed

phenetic pattern implies fuzzy boundaries

between the constituent infraspecific taxa.

Under the phylogenetic species concept it is

illogical to recognize more than one level of

phenetic infraspecific pattern, since variety is

subordinate to subspecies, and if both were

recognized, it would imply hierarchical pattern

where none was expected to exist (Nixon &

Wheeler 1990). Complex patterns of variation

can certainly occur (Gould & Johnston 1972;

Thorpe 1983; Crisp & Chandler 1996), but

those inclined to recognize both subspecies and.

varieties under a phylogenetic species concept

using ordinary means might consider whether

they are attempting to recognize a degree of

hierarchical pattern that does not really exist.

As noted by others, the recognition of more than

one infraspecific rank generally engenders

confusion, especially to the non-specialist

(Stebbins 1950: 32-33; Hedberg 1957: 15).

With these considerations in mind it seems

most appropriate to formally recognize ony

one infraspecific category.

Conclusions

I agree with earlier views (Davis & Goldman

1993; Kellogg 1994; McDade 1995; Luckow

1995) that monographers should clearly outline

their species concepts and methodological

approaches so that future workers can improve

upon extant taxonomies as additional data

warrant. Otherwise, successive revisions are

merely a chronological array of untestable

opinions which, even if based on reliable data,

are difficult to evaluate. The exposition

presented here represents my own attempts to

integrate and pragmatically apply recent

theoretical advances in systematics to the

writing ofa botanical monograph (Snow 1997),

Phylogenetic species are the minimal

units amenable to cladistic analysis for the

purposes of botanical monography in the

phylogenetic perspective. A phylogenetic

species is an aggregation of sexual or asexual

semaphoronts consistently diagnosable by a

fixed character or combination of characters

recognizable by ordinary means. A single

infraspecific level of non-fixed phenetic

variation may be recognized taxonomically

provided the variation is not irretrievably

obscured when the species is viewed globally.

For the recognition of phylogenetic species

fieldwork should focus on the population

sampling of separate genotypes for poorly

known species, and the populations evaluated

using PAA to the maximum extent possible.

The methodology outlined here ts

not meant to be critical of earlier work. Others

will find much to disagree with regarding

the logic and rationale outlined above for

recognizing species and infraspecific taxa

for a phylogenetically-based monograph.

However, if this article stimulates further

dialogue regarding these topics, particularly in

the context of producing scientifically

meaningful but useful botanical monographs,

it will have served a useful purpose.

Acknowledgements

I thank the following for discussions

regarding the ideas contained herein:

J.Bradford, G.Carnevali, T.Croat, J. Davis,

W.Hauk, P.Hoch, S.Malcomber, I[.Ramirez,

and P.Raven. The comments of an

anonymous reviewer were helpful. My

research has been supported by the Missouri

Botanical Garden (Andrew W.Mellon

Foundation), a grant from the National Science

Foundation to the Plant Biology Program at

Washington University (St. Louis), and the

National Geographic Society (NGS 5594-95).

References

AvisE, J.C. 1989. Gene trees and organismal histories: a

phylogenetic approach to population biology.

Evolution 43: 1192-1208.

Baum, D.A. & Donocuue, M.J. 1995. Choosing among

alternative “phylogenetic” species concepts.

Systematic Botany 20: 560-573.

Brookes, M. 1996. Hybridisation rules OK! New Scientist

150: 56.

Brown, W.L. Jr., & Witson, E.O. 1954. The case against

the trinomen, Systematic Zoology 3: 174-176.

Cracrart, J. 1983. Species concepts and speciation

analysis. Current Ornithology 1: 159-187,

Austrobaileya 5(1): 1-8 (1997)

— 1989. Speciation and its ontology: the empirical

consequences of alternative species concepts

for understanding patterns of process and

differentiation. Pp. 3-27 in Speciation and its

consequences, eds. D.Otte and J.A.Endler.

Sunderland, Massachusetts: Sinauer Press.

—— 1992. The species of the birds-of-paradise

(Paradisaeidae): applying the phylogenetic species

concept to a complex pattern of diversification.

Cladistics 8: t-43.

CRANDALL, K.A. & TempceTon, A.R. 1993. Empirical tests

of some predictions from coalescent theory with

applications to intraspecific phylogeny

reconstruction. Genefics 134: 959-969.

Crisp, M.D, & Weston, P.H. 1993. Geographic and

ontogenetic variation in morphology of the

Australian waratahs (Telopea: Proteaceae).

Systematic Biology 42: 49-76.

Crisp, M.D. & CHANDLER, G.T. 1996. Paraphyletic species.

Telopea 6: 813-844.

Cronguist, A. 1978. Once again, what is a species?

Beltsville Symp. Agric. Research 2: 3-10.

Darwin, C. 1859. On the origin of Species. John Murray,

London.

Davis, J.I. 1995. Species concepts and phylogenetic

analysis - Introduction. Systematic Botany

20: 555-559.

Davis, J.I., Manos, P.S. 1991. Isozyme variation and species

delimitation in the Puccinellia nuttalliana complex

(Poaceae): an application of the phylogenetic

species concept. Systematic Botany 16: 431-445.

Davis, J.L, Nrxon, K.C. 1992. Populations, genetic

variation, and the delimitation of phylogenetic

species. Systematic Biology 41: 421-435.

Davis, J.1., GOLDMAN, D.H. 1993. Isozyme variation and

species delimitation among diploid populations of

the Puccinellia nuttaliana complex (Poaceae):

character fixation and the discovery of phylogenetic

species. Taxon 42: 585-599.

Davis, P.H. & Heywoop, V.H. 1973. Principles of

Angiosperm Taxonomy. Huntington:

Rober E. Krieger Publishing Company.

De Queiroz, K. & DonoGHug, M.J. 1988. Phylogenetic

systematics and the species problem. Cladistics

4; 317-338.

—— 1990a. Phylogenetic systematics or Nelson’s version

of cladistics? Cladistics 6: 61-75.

— 1990b. Phylogenetic systematics and the species

revisited. Cladistics 6: 83-90.

ToS RU TPT ion eh ce RG

Snow, Phylogenetic species concept

Donocuusr, M.J. 1985, A critique for the biological species

concept and recommendations for a phylogenetic

alternative.

The Bryologist 88: 172-181.

Doy eg, J.J. 1995. The irrelevance of allele tree topologies

for species delimitation, and a non-topological

alternative. Systematic Botany 20: 574-588.

Du Ruetz, G.E. 1930. The fundamental units of biological

taxonomy, Svensk Botanisk Tidskrift 24: 333-428.

Esraprook, G. F, 1972, Cladistic methodology: a discussion

of the theoretical basis for the induction of

evolutionary history. Annual Review of Ecology and

Systematics 3; 427-456,

GouLb, F.W. 1975. The Grasses of Texas. Texas A & M

University Press, College Station.

GouLb, §.J. & JOHNsTon, R.F. 1972. Geographic variation.

Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics

3: 457-498.

Grant, V. 1981. Plant Speciation. Second Edition. New

York: Columbia University Press.

GREUTER, W., BARRIE, F.R., BuRDET, H.M., CHALONER, W.G.,

DEMOULIN, V., HAwWKswortTH, D.L., JORGENSEN P.M,

Nicotson, D.H., Sirva, P.C., TreHaneg, P., &

McNett, J.,1994. International Code of Botanical

Nomenclature (Tokyo Code), Regnum Vegetabile

131, KGnigstein, Germany: Koeltz Scientific Books.

Hamicton, C.W. & Reicuarb, S.H. 1992. Current practice

in the use of subspecies, variety, and forma in the

classification of wild plants. Tavon 41: 485-498.

Harvey, P.H., Leigh Brown, A.J., Smrry, J.M., & Nee,

S., (eds.). 1996, New Uses for New Phylogenies.

Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Heppera, O. 1957. Afroalpine vascular plants. A taxonomic

revision. Symbolae Botanicae Upsaliensis

15: 1-411.

HEnnIiG, W. 1966. Phylogenetic Systematics. Urbana:

University of Illinois Press.

Huse tt, T.H. 1954, The naming of geographically variant

populations. Systematic Zoology 3; 113-121.

KEeLLoGG, E.A. 1994, What makes a good monograph?

American Society of Plant Taxonomists Newsletter

8: 12-15.

LAZARIDES, M. 1980. The genus Leptochioa Beauv.

(Poaceae, Eragrostideae) in Australia and Papua

New Guinea. Brunonia 3:247-269,

Lucxow, M. 1993. Monograph of Desmanthus

(Leguminosae-Mimosoideae), Systematic Botany

Monographs Vol. 38.

— 1995. Species concepts: assumptions, methods, and

applications, Systematic Botany 20: 589-605.

Mapopison, W.P. 1995. Phylogenetic histories within and

among species. Pp. 273-287 in P. C. Hoch & A.

G. Stephenson (eds.), Experimental and

Molecular Approaches to Plant Biosystematics.

Monogr. Syst. Bot. Missouri Bot. Gard. 53.

Mayr, E. 1982. The Growth of Biological Thought:

Divergence, Evolution, and Inheritance.

Cambridge: The Belknap Press of Harvard

University.

McDapg, L.A. 1995. Species concepts and problems in

practice: insight from botanical monographs.

Systematic Botany 20: 606-622.

Misuuer, B.D., & Brandon, R.N. 1987. Individuality,

pluralism, and the phylogenetic species concept.

Biology & Philosophy 2: 397-414.

Moritz, C., & Hitus, D.M. 1996, Molecular systematics:

context and controversies. Pp. 1-13, in

D.M.Hillis, C.Moritz, G.K.Mable (eds.),

Molecular Systemtatics, Second Edition.

Sunderland, Massachusetts: Sinauer Associates,

Inc.

Netson, G. 1989. Cladistics and evolutionary models,

Cladistics 3: 275-289.

NELSON, G., & PLATNICK, N. 1981. Systematics and

Biogeography: Cladistics and Biogeography.

New York: Columbia University Press.

Nixon, K.C., & WHEELER, Q.D. 1990. An amplification

of the phylogenetic species concept. Cladistics

6:211-223.

OLMSTEAD, R.G. 1995. Species concepts and

plesiomorphic species. Sysetmatic Botany

20: 623-630,

PIMENTEL, R.A. 1959, Mendelian infraspecific divergence

levels and their analysis. Systematic Zoology

8: 139-159.

RAVEN, P.H. 1962. The systematics of Oenothera

subgenus Chylismia. University of California

Publications in Botany, Vol. 34: 1-222.

RAVEN, P.H., & Raven, T.E. 1976. The genus Epi/obiun

in Australasia. New Zealand Department of

Scientific and Industrial Research, Bulletin 216.

SIMON, B.K. 1993. A key to Australian Grasses. Second

Edition. Brisbane: Queensland Department of

Primary Industries.

Snow, N. 1996. The phylogenetic paradigm of

comparative biology — a response to Hedberg.

Taxon 45: 85-90.

—— 1997, Phylogeny and Systematics of Leptochloa P.

Beauv. sensu lato (Poaceae, Chloridoideae). Ph.D.

Dissertation, Washington University, St. Louis.

—— In press. Nomenclatural changes in Leptechloa P.

Beauv. sensu lato (Poaceae, Chloridoideae).

(Novon)

— Simon, B.K. In press. Australian distribution of the

weedy neotropical grass Leptochloa fusca subsp.

uninervia, with an updated key to Australian

Leptochloa (Poaceae, Chloridolideae).

(Austrobaileya)

SORENG, R.J. 1991. Systematics of the ‘Epiles’ group of

Poa (Poaceae). Systematic Botany 16: 507-528.

STANLEY, [.D., & Ross, E.M, 1990. Flora of south-eastern

Queensland. Volume III. Queensland Department

of Primary Industries, Miscellaneous Publication

QM88001.

STEBBINS, G.L. 1950. Variation and Evolution in Plants.

New York: Columbia University Press.

Appendix 1. The sampling of numerous

genotypes from multiple populations could

quickly result in curatorial problems for a given

institution. To alleviate curatorial congestion,

I suggest a separate collection number be

assigned to each genotype and that specimen

labels clearly reflect the genotypic uniqueness

of each specimen. For example, a numbering

scheme for a given population might be

Collector et al. 7249-A, Collector et al.

7249-B, etc., with a statement on the label

Austrobaileya 5(1): 1-8 (1997)

THIELE, K. 1993, The holy grail of the perfect character:

the cladistic treatment of morphometric data.

Cladistics 9: 275-304.

THorpg, R.S. 1983. A review of the numerical methods for

recognizing and analyzing racial differentiation. Pp.

404-423 in Numerical Taxonomy, (J. Felsenstein,

ed.). Berlin: Springer-Verlag.

VRANA, P., & WHEELER, W. 1992. Individual organisms as

terminal entities: laying the species problem to rest.

Cladistics 8: 67—72.

Wueecer, D.J.B., Jacoss, S.W.L., & Norton, B.E. 1990.

Grasses of New South Wales. Second Edition.

Armidale: The University of New England.

WHEELER, Q.D., & Nixon, K.L. 1990. Another way of

looking at the species problem: A reply to de

Queiroz and Donoghue. Cladistics 6: 77-81.

Wuirremore, A.T. 1993. Species concepts: a reply to Ernst

Mayr. Taxon 42: 573-583.

Witson, E.O., & Brown, W.L. Jr. 1953. The subspecies

concept and its taxonomic application. Systematic

Zoology 2: 97-111.

reading “Each letter designates a different

genotype’. Upon completion of the monograph

n-1 genotypes from each population could be

distributed to other herbaria following standard

procedures. An indication on the labels of the

herbaria to which duplicates will be distributed

would assist future workers. Given its relative

ease collectors should also consider collecting

fresh leaf matertal suitable for molecular studies

in silica gel.

A taxonomic revision of Dissiliaria F.Muell. ex Baill.

(Euphorbiaceae)

Paul lL. Forster

Summary

Forster, Paul I. A taxonomic revision of Dissiliaria F Muell. ex Baill. Euphorbiaceae), Austrobaileya

5(1): 9-27 (1997). The genus DissiliariaF Muell. ex Baill. is revised. Dissiliariais endemic to Australia

with six species from eastern Queensland, D. baloghioides F.Muell. ex Baill., D. indistincta P.I.Forst.

sp. nov., D. laxinervis Airy Shaw, D. muelleri Baill., D. surculosa P.1.Forst. sp. nov. and

D. tuckeri P.IJ.Forst. sp.nov. All species are described and illustrated, with notes on distribution, habitat,

typification and conservation status. The names D. baloghioides and D. muelleri are lectotypified.

Keywords: Euphorbiaceae, Dissiliaria - Australia; Dissiliaria baloghioides, Dissiliaria indistincta,

Dissiliaria laxinervis, Dissiliaria muelleri, Dissiliaria surculosa, Dissiliaria tucker.

Paul I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland 4068, Australia

Introduction

The genus Dissiliaria was described by

Baillon (1867) who recognised two species

D. baloghioides F.Muell. ex Baill. and

D. muelleri Baill. Baillon provided descriptions

and cited types for the two species he named,

but did not provide a formal generic description

of his genus although he did extensively discuss

its affinities and morphological characters. Airy

Shaw (1981) considered that Baillon’s account

did not constitute formal description; however,

other authors (e.g. Bentham 1873; Chapman

1991; Webster 1994) and the compilers of

Index Kewensis all considered it to be valid. A —

third species, D. laxinervis, was described by

Airy Shaw (1980).

Dissiliaria was included both by Webster

(1994) and Levin & Simpson (1994) in

Euphorbiaceae subfamily Oldfieldioideae

Kohler & Webster, tribe Caletieae Muell.Arg.,

subtribe Dissiliariinae Pax & K.Hoffm. Other

genera included in subtribe Dissiliariinae are

Austrobuxus Mig., Canaca Guillaumin

(included with a query inAustrobuxus by Levin

& Simpson (1994)), Choriceras Baill., Longetia

Baill. ex Muell.Arg., SankowskyaP.I.Forst. and

Whyanbeelia Airy Shaw & B.Hyland (Levin

& Simpson 1994; Webster 1994; Forster 1995).

A comparison of macromorphological

Accepted for publication 16 May 1997

characters for genera in the Dissiliariinae,

together with a generic key may be found

in Forster (1995). The genus Dissiliaria 1s

characterised by the plants being dioecious

and stipulate; the male flowers having 3+3

sepals, a hairy receptacle, glandular disk absent,

8—26 stamens, anthers oblong, pollen spiny and

pistillode absent; the female flowers having 3+3

sepals, a glandular disk present and the styles

linear in outline; the fruit globose and having

laterally compressed seeds that have an entire

caruncle. Anatomical features that distinguish

species of Dissiliaria. from other taxa in the

Dissiliariinae according to Hayden (1994) are

“high rank venation, well-developed and

somewhat oriented areoles, narrow

ultimate tracheids in veinlets, fimbrial veins,

wavy anticlinal walls of leaf epidermis cells,

bundle sheath extensions, and libriform wood

fibres”. Based on palynological, vegetative

and anatomical characters, Levin & Simpson

(1994: 226) produced a cladogram wherein

Dissiliaria was basal in the Dissiliariinae, and

more closely allied to Austrobuxus and

Whyanbeelia than to Longetia and Choriceras.

All the species of Dissiliaria are trees

and grow in rainforest communities. Fertile

specimens of Dissiliariahave proven extremely

difficult to acquire as flowering and fruiting is

irregular and some of the localities where the

plants occur are difficult to access when they

are fertile. This situation was alluded to by Airy

Shaw (1981). Nevertheless, there is now

considerably more material to review than was

available to Airy Shaw. Consequently it is

possible to resolve the status of specimens

originating from the populations in the

Mcliwraith Range on Cape York Peninsula that

Airy Shaw referred with doubt to D. muelleri.

These are described as the new species

D. surculosa. Airy Shaw also included a

number of taxa within his concept of

D. laxinervis. It is now possible to distinguish

a further two new species allied toD. laxinervis

in the strict sense with D. indistincta and

D. tuckeri newly described in this paper.

Hence, six species of Dissiliaria are recognised

in the present account.

The species of Dissiliariareadily fall into

two groups based on the morphological

characters of leaf margin (entire or crenate) and

fruits (strongly or weakly trilobate). Crenate

leaves and strongly trilobate fruits occur in

D. muelleri and D. surculosa P...Forst. Entire

leaves and weakly trilobate fruits occur in the

remaining species. The occurrence of crenate

leaves is considered plesiomorphic and occurs

in unrelated taxa in the Oldfieldioideae,

although with a preponderance in the

Dissiliarimae (Hayden 1994).

The different species of Dissiliaria occur

in restricted and relictual populations with

numerous disjunctions over some 15 degrees

of latitude in eastern Queensiand. This

indicates that the extant species are relatively

ancient with distributions fragmented by

unfavourable environmental conditions at some

time in the past, resulting in their being

restricted in present times to refugial niches.

Patterns of dispersal are unstudied in detail, but

all species exhibit septicidal dehiscence of the

capsular fruits followed by ‘drop and roll’

dispersal of the laterally compressed seeds. It

is common to see profuse seedling beds beneath

large female trees indicating that little lateral

movement of seed occurs. In some instances,

populations may be found for considerable

distances along creeks on alluvia, indicating

secondary water transportation of seeds occurs.

Austrobaileya 5({1): 9-27 (1997)

Materials and methods

This revision is based on herbartum holdings

at BRI, CANB, CBG, NSW, MEL and QRS,

photographs of material in BM, G-DC, K and

P, and field collections and observations by the

author. All specimens have been seen unless

indicated n.v. Indumentum cover is described

using the terminology of Hewson (1988),

except that ‘scattered’ is preferred to ‘isolated’.

Indumentum in Dissifiariauniformly comprises

simple, multicellular trichomes, thus

reinforcing the observations of Hayden (1994)

and further refuting those of Rao & Raju

(1985).

Conservation codings are allocated using

the terminology as defined in the schedules of

the Queensland Nature Conservation Act 1992.

Rainforest classification follows the scheme

proposed by Webb (1978). The ‘Wet Tropics’

is defined as the area of north-eastern

Queensland that encompasses the ‘hot, humid

vine forests’ from near Cooktown in the north

to Paluma in the south (Webb & Tracey 1981;

Barlow & Hyland 1988).

Taxonomy

Dissiliaria F.Muell. ex Baill., Adansonia 7: 366

(1867). Type: D. baloghioides F.Muell.

ex Baill. lecto, fide Webster (1994: 58).

Derivation of name: trom the Latin dissilio (to

fly apart) and - aria (resembling or provided

with), alluding to the dehiscence of the fruit

capsule.

Trees, evergreen, perennial, dioecious;

stems and foliage without latex. Indumentum.

of simple, multicellular trichomes; glandular

trichomes absent; stinging trichomes absent.

Stipuies entire, inconspicuous or conspicuous,

deciduous. Leaves opposite, petiolate, elobate,

penninerved; margins entire or crenate.

Inflorescences axillary, racemose, solitary or

fascicled, unisexual with flowers in bracteate

clusters. Male flowers pedicellate; sepals

imbricate, 3+3; petals absent; receptacle

convex; disk absent; stamens 8—26; filaments

free, filiform to flattened-filiform, attached to

slightly convex receptacle; anthers dorsifixed,

bilobate; thecae oblong and longitudinally

Forster, Dissiliaria

dehiscent; pistillode absent. Female flowers

pedicellate; sepals imbricate, 3+3; petals absent;

disk shortly annular or cupular; ovary 2 - or

3-locular; locules biovulate; styles 3, erect,

linear-subulate, entire, shortly connate at base.

Fruit capsular, trilobate, with surface smooth

to muriculate, dehiscing septicidally into 3

bivalved cocci. Seeds semi-elliptic in outline,

laterally compressed; testa crustaceous;

albumen fleshy; caruncle entire, non-arilloid;

cotyledons broad, flat.

Six species endemic in Australia.

Key to species of Dissiliaria

1. Leaves chartaceous, < 9.5 cm long, crenate

Leaves coriaceous, 9.5—18 cm long, entire

2. Leaf lamina narrowly elliptic with 17—23 marginal teeth per side of the

midrib; typ acuminate; male flower sepals obovate, 0.8—-1.2 mm

WEE tN cea alc a Webi ey te aden

Gee en aS ates eases age 6. D. surcuiosa

Leaf lamina broadly ovate to rhombic-ovate with 14-16 marginal teeth

per side of the midrib; tip acute, obtuse or retuse; male flower sepals

broadly elliptic, 1.4-1.5 mm wide.......

ese So Bee RA Sy Ey 5S. D. muelleri

3, Stipules lanceolate-obovate; stipular scar 1.8~2.2 mm wide .............. 4. D. tuckeri

Stipules linear or deltoid-lanceolate; stipular scar 0.5—0.8 mm

wid

Ns, ge. dice ae Bg al es Sop and. aha, BLE He Ro Es

': + F&F EF *&© # © F FEF HF FF G ; t + + i + * a t i | 3 * L 4 t © 4 * 7 + s * 6 3 . .

4, Stipules linear, c. 4 mm long; interlateral venation prominent below with

ali connecting veins raised; pedicels 2.5-9 mm long .............. 1. D. baloghioides

Stipules deltoid-lanceolate, 1—-1.5 mm long; interlateral venation weakly

visible below with only the outer connecting veins raised; female pedicels

10-40 mm long ..... 0... 00 eee eee

5. New foliage green to pale green-pink; styles c. 6 mm long, erect,

New foliage bright pink-brown; styles 2.5-4mm long, strongly recurved,

connate for c. | mm; stamens 16-18; anthers 0.8-1.2 mm

PO ne es ea Beate egeee Sack inane a eigeten hs, neal

1. Dissiliaria baloghioides F.Muell. ex Baill.,

Adansonia 7: 366 (1867). Type:

Queensland. Moreton District: [label in

Leichhardt’s hand] “scrub towards the

Bunyas, 18/9/1843”; [printed label]

Moreton Bay; [label in Leichhardt’s

hand] “Wood 14....the blackfellows make

their boomerangs of it”; [label in

unknown hand} “n.328h. Leichhardt

Moreton Bay” (ecto [here designated]:

P n.v., photo at BRI).

Iflustrations: Francis (1981: 131, 132); Hauser

(1992: 216).

= 8 ¢*¢ & 48 8 #*# #*# F&F 3 &8® &#& © © FE FF & &§ © B® © £# Ff

3. D. indistincta

Tree to 36 m high. Trunk slightly flanged

at base. Bark rough, flaky-scaly in patches, grey

to grey-brown; blaze pink. Branchlets

+ rounded, glabrous or with only scattered

trichomes when young, lenticellate with age.

Stipules linear, c. 4 mm long and 0.7 mm wide,

with scattered trichomes. Leaves glabrous; new

fohage pale pink; petioles 4-10 mm long,

0.8—1 mm wide, glabrous; laminas ovate,

obovate or elliptic, 50-120 mm long,

15-70 mm wide, coriaceous, with margins

entire and venation composed of 8 or 9 lateral

veins per side of midrib and interlateral

reticulate tertiary veins; upper surface shining

dark green with venation + obscure; below

glossy pale green with venation prominent

with all interlaterals raised; tip acute to

obtuse; base attenuate, obtuse or truncate. Male

inflorescences in distal axils, up to 7 mm long;

peduncles up to 1 mm long; bracts lanceolate,

1-1.5 mm long, 0.4-1.2 mm wide. Male

flowers with pedicels 4-12 mm long,

0.5— 0.9 mm diameter, with sparse to dense

golden trichomes; sepals elliptic, 1.8-4.5 mm

long, 1.2-2 mm wide, with sparse trichomes;

disk 2—2.5 mm diameter, with dense trichomes;

stamens 15—20; filaments1.5—3.1 mm long;

anthers 0.5—1 mm long, 0.3—-0.7 mm wide.

Female inflorescences in distal axils, of solitary

flowers with peduncles obsolete; bracts ovate,

c. 2 mm long and 1 mm wide, with sparse

trichomes. Female flowers with pedicels

2.5—9 mm long, 1.2—2 mm diameter, with dense

golden trichomes; sepals elliptic to ovate,

3-4 mm long, 1.8-2.2 mm wide, with sparse

to dense trichomes; ovary 2.5—3 mm diameter,

with dense golden trichomes; styles 2.6—3.5 mm

long, shortly connate for c. 1 mm in length,

strongly recurved, papillose on upper surface,

with dense trichomes on lower surface for entire

length. Fruits globose, weakly trilobate,

12—21 mm long, 15—22 mm diameter, minutely

muriculate; seeds 8-10 mm _ long,

4.5—-5.5 mm wide, 2—2.4 mm thick, smooth,

shiny brown. Fig. 1.

Selected additional specimens examined: Queensland.

NortH Kennepy District: Slaty Creek, near Proserpine,

Michael 988 (BRI). SourH Kennepy Districr: Cherrytree

Creek, Koumala, Nov 1987, Canning 305 (BRD); Foot of

ranges W from Koumala, May 1921, Francis |AQ202261 |

(BRI). Port Curtis District: Pine Creek, off lower reaches

of Granite Creek, S.F. 391 Bulburin, 24°37’S, 151°33’E,

Dec 1993, Forster 14580 et al, (BRD; S.F. 67, Bulburin,

Sep 1983, Gibson 559 (BRI); Crossing Reserve R73

Miriam Vale, on Baffle Creek, 5 km E of Miriam Vale on

road to Agnes Water, Jul 1978, McDonald 2347 & Stanton

(BRI, CANB). Wins Bay District: Amamoor, May 1918,

Forestry Dept. [AQ202271] (BRD; S.F. 50, 3.5 km S of

Mt Urah, 25°52’S, 152°22’E, Nov 1988, Forster 4842

(BRI, CANB, MEL); S.F. 50 Glenbar, 1 km WSW of

Mt Urah summit, 25°50’S, 152°20’E, Jan 1993, Forster

13126A & Machin (A, BRI, K, L, MEL, QRS), 13126B

(BRI, K, L, MEL, QRS); Kin Kin, Eastern Branch road,

26°18’S, 152°53’°E, Feb 1995, Forster 16123A (BRI, MEL,

NSW, QRS). Moreton District: Bahr’s Scrub, $ of

Beenleigh, 27°43’S, 153°10’E, Jun 1983, Guymer 1857

(BRI, CANB, MEL); 7 km SE of Mt Nebo, Scrub Road,

Brisbane Forest Park, 27°25’S, 152°50’E, Sep 1993,

Halford Q1842 (BRI); Petrie Creek, West Woombye,

Austrobaileya 5(1): 9-27 (1997)

26°40’S, 152°57°E, Apr 1986, Sharpe 4324 & Guymer

(BRI); Eumundi, May 1896, Simmonds 470 (BRD; Kelvin

Grove, Sep 1920, White & Francis [AQ202263] (BRD;

Highvale near Samford, 27°22’S, 152°49°E, Dec 1983,

Williams 83091 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: D. baloghioides

occurs in the North Kennedy, South Kennedy,

Port Curtis, Wide Bay and Moreton districts of

Queensland in disjunct populations (Map 1).

This species is more widely distributed than

stated by Airy Shaw (1981), occurring from the

Mt Dryander area in the north to near Brisbane

in the south. Plants grow in notophyll

vineforests on volcanic substrates derived from

eranite or rhyolite and are often locally

abundant, particularly on creek alluvia.

Notes: Baillon (1867) cited three elements in

the protologue of D. baloghioides, namely

“Leichhardt, 0.13, n.14 (1843), Moreton Bay”

and “Fitzalan, Pine River, Port Denison’. [have

not been able to locate the Fitza/an collection,

but what appears to be part of the Leichhardt

collections is extant at P. This P material has

several labels attached, but has the necessary

requirements of at least one of the cited numbers

(n.14), the correct date (1843) and the correct

locality (Moreton Bay). The Leichhardt

collection (n.14) is thus selected as lectotype

of the name.

Some collections of D. indistincta

P.I.Forst. from Mt Dryander in the North

Kennedy district have been misidentified in

herbaria as.D. baloghioides; however this latter

species is easily distinguished by the indistinct

interlateral venation in the lower leaf lamina as

well as several other features (Table 1).

D. baloghioides does occur at Mt Dryander but

psrows in drier communities on the western

slopes of the mountain (M.C.Tucker, pers.

comm. 1994), whereas D. indistincta is

common along creeks to the south and

south-east of its base.

Phenology: Flowers February to June; fruits

February to December.

Conservation status: Widespread, but not

common with several populations in

conservation reserves (Forster et al. 1991). No

conservation coding 1s thought necessary.

by CA Ts Te see er tee che Bee EAT AEE Pe CC Frae hE eC CRATE Sree a Pane A Maa! ed Meee

Forster, Dissiliaria [3

Be", + 4

_ = ~;,

i = +s* “hg

é wes” +

f oer om .

+ +

_ + '

=. = * iat

+ «= i;

s+ -

a4 *

+ et

¥ i

+ * fF - *.

f =.

* ~~ +

+, ~~“ _*

* = 7

* 7a, = *

att .

Tey 4"

* ¥

é we ‘S

oye,? *

ae a =

Fes 4

tat? La

tite

bit

+, 73 7,

Par or

ty ¥, *

+ ?

¥ +4 +

. av *

z a #7 SF 1

- i ets 4

¥ ¥ Fa

* ¥ *

ss i tf

+ ri \

a oe tt ¢ *

= Pat +

+ ’ a

x us we =

*, ¥ ¥

Ol ee ee ae

eee eet thee og ae te a.

oe ee wig ae 1

ate #

+a tt te me hat

ao eu tt

* a taan “i ke re lt

Fig. 1. Dissiliaria baloghioides. A. flowering twig x 1. B. detatl of adaxial leaf surface x 1. C. female inflorescence

x 2. D, female flower x 6. E, male flower x 6. F. stamen x 8. G. lateral view of fruit x 1. H. apical view of fruit x 1.1. one

bivalved coccus of fruit x 2. J. persisent columella of dehisced fruit x 2. K. lateral view of seed x 2. L. ventral view of seed

x 2. A,B,E,F from Forster 13126B & Machin (BRD; C,D from Forster 13126A & Machin (BRI); G,H from Smith

{AQ316164] (BRD; E-L from Williams 83091 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.

Ethnobotanical use: D. baloghioides was

reputedly used by aboriginal people in the

Bunya Mountains area of south eastern

Queensland to make boomerangs (label data

with type). There are no extant populations of

this species in the Bunya Mountains (cf. Forster

et al. 1991) and it is likely that Leichhardt’s

specimens came from further east, in the

Blackall Ranges that were also once referred

to as the Bunya Mountains (R.Fensham, pers.

comm. 1997),

Etymology: The specific epithet refers to a

superficial similarity to what is now known as

Baloghia inophylla (G. Forst.) P.S.Green.

2. Dissiliaria laxinervis Airy Shaw, Muelleria

4; 220 (1980). Type: Queensland. Cook

District: Claudie River, 12°50’S,

143° 20’E, 29 Jun 1972, B. Hyland

RFK2578 (holo: K n.v.; iso: BRI, QRS).

Austrobaileya 5(1): 9-27 (1997)

Tree to 30 m high. Trunk buttressed at base,

not suckering; bark rough and flaky in patches,

blaze red. Branchlets + rounded, glabrous or

with a few scattered trichomes when young,

lenticellate with age. Stipules

deltoid-lanceolate, 1—1.5 mm long, 0.5—0.6 mm

wide, glabrous. Leaves glabrous; new foliage

green or very slightly pale pink-green; petioles

7-9 mm long, c. 2 mm diameter, channelled

on top, glabrous; lamina elliptic, 45-130 mm

long, 30—70 mm wide, coriaceous, with margins

entire and venation composed of 7 or 8 lateral

veins per side of midrib and weakly developed

interlateral reticulate tertiary veins; upper

surface glossy dark green, with venation +

obscure; lower surface pale green, with

venation weakly developed with only the outer

interlateral veins raised; trp acute to obcordate;

base cuneate to rounded. Male inflorescences

in distal axils, + sessile; bracts triangular,

1-1.2 mm long, c. 0.8 mm wide, glabrous;

flowers in glomerules of 4-12. Male flowers

with pedicels 22-30 mm long, c. 0.7 mm

Map I. Distribution of A Dissiliaria baloghioides, @ D. laxinervis and % D. tuckeri

Forster, Disstliaria

diameter, glabrous or with scattered hairs;

sepals lanceolate-obovate, 4-5 mm long,

2.8—3 mm wide, glabrous or with scattered

hairs; disk 3-4 mm diameter, with scattered to

sparse short trichomes; stamens 22-26;

filaments 1.2—1.8 mm long, c. 0.1 mm diameter,

glabrous; anthers 1.3—1.7 mm long, 0.9-1 mm

wide. Female inflorescences in distal axils, of

solitary flower with peduncle obsolete; bracts

lanceolate, c. 1.5 mm long and 0.4 mm wide,

glabrous. Female flowers with pedicels

17-40 mm long, c. 1 mm diameter, glabrous;

sepals lanceolate, 2.8-4 mm long, 1.2—2.7 mm

wide, glabrous; ovary globose, c. 2 mm long

and 2 mm diameter, with dense yellow

trichomes; styles c. 6 mm long, shortly connate

for 2—2.5 mm at base, erect and with dense

trichomes abaxially and shortly papillose

apically. Fruits globose, weakly trilobate,

14-18 mm long, 15—18 mm diameter, minutely

muriculate; seeds 8-10 mm long, 6.5—7 mm

wide, 1.5—2.1 mm thick, smooth, shiny brown.

Fig. 2.

Table 1. Comparison of morphological characteristics of entire-leaved species of Dissiliaria

Character

D. baloghioides D. laxinervis =D. tuckeri

D, indistincta

no. of lateral veins 8 or 9 7 ors $—10 S—/

per side of leaf lamina

midrib

stipule shape linear deltoid- lanceolate- deltoid-

lanceolate obovate lanceolate

stipule size (mm) c,4 x 0,7 11.5 x 0.5-0.6 2.2-4 1.8-2.2 1-1.3 x 0.5-0.8

interlateral veins prominent indistinct indistinct indistinct

abaxially

stamen number 15-20 22—26 ? 16-18

style length (mm) 2.6—3.5 c. 6 44.5 2.94

styles recurved erect recurved recurved

styles connate atbase 1mm 2—2.5 mm ilmm 0.8—1 mm

female flower pedicel 2.5-—9 17-40 15-33 10-30

length (mm)

new foliage pale pink green orvery bright pale pink-brown

bright red-pink green-pink

petiole dimensions (mm) 4-10 x 0.8-1 7-9 x ¢. 2 4-8 x] .5-2.5 3-7 x 1-2

Austrobaileya 5(1): 9-27 (1997)

7* he Fle

eet Cre cg ry

a -

SO Te bea

PhS Epes

33 a. * la Ls 7

—_

Herpes Fi

a =

¥. ies

Kets

an t=

+ a

* 1

phd

* eet

aoleet

eed

eee

iat

agg

Fak ad eae

an rs

rere £

i 5 he

. le

a es

ain,

it =

Wral::

Mad 11

— .

ow 13

Rat

es 2

Tt.

rat =

Maa 7 a7

eet

awit

ent a

fests

air :

in.

ir w

chant 4, . ATR ee tk

ae baie! 5 hae

hed ‘ ee

= i 7

i we wets

[7 q

gecteecieret

Awhdivest

a aN ALE Ss

r Ss PE

sot £7 ae

af ie

Pd hs =

ont te a?

r —

aa $ He a

‘ = *

ak | alt — =

cat + os a 49.5

t "oe om, *

ait + ores

ai Dake

ad ste?

tianiie

+ ee,

Py 725

we ant

ix f

btm dt A fF i,

Pitan = .

Paue? 4 aU

Sissi

Vite, 3

Zs Col

Lam

aa 4

4 “1

Fig, 2. Dissiliaria laxinervis. A. twig x 0.4. B. male inflorescence x 1.5. C, male flower x 5, D. female flower = 5.

FE, apical view of fruit x 1.5. F. lateral view of fruit x 1.5. G. ventral view of seed x 2.5. H. lateral view of seed x 2.5.

A from Forster 13560 (BRI); B,C from Sankowsky 871 (QRS); D from Ayland 11516 (QRS); E-H from Gray 3626

(QRS). Del. W. Smith.

Forster, Dissiliaria .

Selected additional specimens examined: Queensland.

Cook District: Iron Range, 12°46’S, 143°17’°E, May 1992,

Cooper & Cooper 283 (QRS); Claudie River, 4 km ENE

of Mt Tozer, Iron Range N.P., 12°44’S, 143°15’E, May

1992, Fell 2553 (BRI, QRS); Range 10 miles [16 km] NE

of Iron Range, Apr 1944, Flecker N.Q.N.C.8689 (BRI,

QRS); West Claudie River Scrub, 12°44’S, 143°14’E, Jul

1993, Forster 13560 et al. (BRI, MEL); Claudie River,

12°44’S, 143°15’E, Oct 1984, Gray 3615, 3626 (QRS);

Claudie River, Jan 1982, Hyland 11516 (QRS); Claudie

River, 12°44°S, 143°14’E, Sep 1988, Sankowsky 87]

(QRS), 872 (QRS).

Distribution and habitat, D. laxinervis 1s

known from a number of populations in the

Claudie River catchment to the west of Iron

Range on Cape York Peninsula (Map 1). Plants

grow along permanent watercourses in

mesophyll vineforest on alluvium derived from

granite substrates.

Notes: D. laxinervis was described by Atry

Shaw (1980) based on fruiting material. There

is still a dearth of fertile herbarium material for

this taxon, although itis now possible to provide

descriptions of both male and female flowers

here. Airy Shaw included material from the

‘Wet Tropics’ (1981) and Mt Dryander

(annotations at BRI) within his concept of

D. laxinervis, although he did comment that the

collections from Gap Creek in the ‘Wet

Tropics’ may be different. D. laxinervis is

considered to occur only at Iron Range on Cape

York Peninsula, and the southern populations

mentioned by Airy Shaw are described in this

paper asD. tuckeri and D. indistincta. They are

compared with D. laxinervis in Table 1.

Phenology: Flowers have been collected in

September and January; and fruits from May

to October.

Conservation status: With the narrower

circumscription ofD. laxinervis accepted here,

the species is now confined to a single degree

Square area on Cape York Peninsula.

D. laxinervis 1s extremely common in the

Claudie River Scrub and many plants are

present in Iron Range National Park. No

conservation coding 1s warranted.

Etymology: The specific epithet is dertved from

the Latin /axis (ax) and nervis (nerve) and

refers to the lax nervation in the leaf lamina of

this species.

3. Dissiliaria indistincta P.I.Forst., sp. nov.

affinis D. laxinervi Airy Shaw a qua

frondescentia nova clara rosei-rubra,

stylis brevioribus (2.5 — 4 mm longis)

valde recurvatis et breviter connatis (per

0.8—I mm), et floribus masculinis

staminibus paucioribus (16 —18) et

antheris brevioribus (0.8—1.3 mm longis)

differt. Typus: Queensland. Nortu

KENNEDY District: Dryander Creek, left

branch, base of Mt Dryander, 20°106’S,

148°34’E, 23 Feb 1994, PI. Forster

14856 & A.R. Bean (holo: BRI [3 sheets

+ spirit]; iso: A, B, BISH, CANB, DNA,

G, Kk, L, MEL, MO, NSW, P, QRS,

SING, US).

Tree to 25 m high or occasionally a shrub.

Trunk often multistemmed, not butressed,

not suckering; bark rough and flaky in patches;

blaze pink. Branchlets + rounded, glabrous

or with a few scattered trichomes when

young, lenticellate with age. Stipules

deltoid-lanceolate, 1—1.3 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm

wide, glabrous. Leaves glabrous, new foliage

bright pink-brown; petioles 3—7 mm long,

1—2 mm wide, channelled on top, glabrous;

lamina elliptic, oblanceolate, 30-130 mm long,

10-55 mm wide, coriaceous with margins

entire and venation composed of 5-7 lateral

veins per side of midrib and weakly developed

interlateral reticulate tertiary veins where only

the outer veins are raised; upper surface glossy

dark green, venation + obscure; lower surface

pale green, venation weakly developed; tip

acute to obtuse; base cuneate to rounded. Male

inflorescences in distal axils, + sessile; bracts

lanceolate, c. 1.3 mm long and 0.8 mm wide,

with scattered hairs; flowers in glomerules of

1~3, Male flowers with pedicels 9-21 mm long,

c, 0.6 mm diameter, with scattered hairs; sepals

broadly ovate to obovate, 2.8—3 mm long,

2—3 mm wide, glabrous; disk c. 2.5 mm

diameter, with sparse to dense hairs; stamens

16-18; filaments 1.7—2.5 mm long, c. 0.2

diameter, glabrous; anthers 0.8—1.2 mm long,

Q.8—1 mm wide. Female inflorescences in distal

axils, of solitary flowers with peduncles

obsolete; bracts lanceolate-triangular,

0.8—-5 mm long, 0.6-2 mm wide, glabrous.

Female flowers with pedicels 10-30 mm long,

0.7-1.2 mm diameter, glabrous; sepals

18 Austrobaileya 5(1): 9-27 (1997)

CG EMELEM OY

- * Jor v4 ie al Fe 7,

a! at - 4A, # wks ae ee

ars

ALA

Lars

ry al

a 1

in aif. “a

ar 7 cs eee “eh

—

pel Sey mem Tem ey ie

sag

“te :

at hs i

iT “pati i

— TNe eee be : ‘ih ' ’

A art " ] oe 1"

Vipdneetes Fe RIO

it ere

i t :

if | chiens me He

Ht eT Cie ge pe BES +f pee

: Bere EES einai Rey Fe

“aS eons ye: Tikes 1

if a RR RR wee eee Ee

t we Sa : ari

= af : A

; . Z z [I

1 “< 4

, 3

or ste

Pati

: : ; z Shane 3

a AS toy oe aphedes a ara

7 7 cuts : : F a - yee ae Ay (5

the " 1 = : eae

= SiMe aS l

SY see Es te ena

<Axseee al SES

Fig. 3, Dissiliaria indistincta. A. flowering twig x 0.5. B. detail of adaxial leaf surface x 1. C. maie flower x 5, D. stamen

x 10. E. female inflorescence with two flowers x 2.5, F. lateral view of fruit x 2.5. G. apical view of fruit < 2.5. H. lateral

view of seed x 10. I. ventral view of seed x 10. A, B, E from Forster 14856 & Bean (BRI); C, D from Forster 14857 &

Bean (BRI), F, G from Forster 14302 (BRI); H, I from Sharpe 4175 (BRB. Del. W. Smith.

fagn ny SiS RASIURA SA SESS EEE AEE

ie Rivka ies enon ces nash ad cand gpg a aad

Forster, Dissiliaria

lanceolate to lanceolate - ovate, 1—S5 mm long,

0.5-4 mm wide, glabrous or with

scattered hairs at base; ovary subglobose,

3—4.5 mm long, 3—5 mm diameter, with dense

golden trichomes; disk annular to irregular

cupular, 0.4—2 mm long; styles 2.5—4 mm long,

shortly connate for 0.8—1 mm at base, strongly

recurved, papillose adaxially, with dense

trichomes abaxially for entire length. Fruits

subglobose, weakly trilobate, 12—16 mm long,

13-18 mm diameter, minutely muriculate;

seeds 5—9 mm long, 3.5—6 mm wide, 1.5—2 mm

thick, smooth, shiny brown. Fig. 3.

Selected additional specimens examined: Queensland.

North Kennepy District: Hook Island, Nov 1985,

Batianoff 3601A (BRI); Dugong Inlet, Whitsunday

Island, 20°15’S, 148°57’E, Sep 1990, Batianoff 900973

& Batianoff (BRD); Walkers Creek, Mt Elliot, S of

Townsville, 19°35’S, 146°59"E, Aug 1991, Bean 3617

(BRI); Station Hill, Cape Upstart Headland, 19°46’S,

147°49°E, Sep 1991, Cumming 11376 (BRI); Dryander

Creek, left branch, SE slopes of Mt Dryander, 20°16’S,

148°35’E, Jun 1989, Forster 5128 & Tucker (BISH, BRI,

MEL, MOQ); Dryander Creek, middle branch, SE base of

Mt Dryander, 20°16’S, 148°35’E, Jun 1989, Forster 5175

& Tucker (BISH, BRI, DNA, K, QRS); Emmett Creek,

Bowling Green Bay N.P., 19°27’S, 147°03’E, Dec 1993,

Forster 14307 (BRI, MEL, QRS); ditto, Feb 1994,

Forster 14883 & Bean (A, BRI, L, MEL, QRS); Cape

Upstart, 19°42’S, 147°45’E, Oct 1985, Ade/vi/le 592 (BRI);

Dryander Creek, c. 2 km N of Gregory & c. 20 km N of

Proserpine, 20°24’S, 148°35’E, Nov 1985, Sharpe 4175

(BRI); SE foothills of Mt Dryander, May 1969, Siith

14526 (BRI, CANB).

Distribution and habitat: D. indistincta 1s

restricted to the North Kennedy district of

Queensland where it occurs in three 1° grid cells

between Townsville and Proserpine (Map 2).

Plants grow on alluvium and talus along creeks

in complex notophyll to mesophyll vineforests

over granite substrates.

Notes: D. indistincta may be distinguished from

all other species in the genus by the very poorly

developed lateral venation in the leaves where

only the intramarginal veins are raised on the

lower leaf surface. D. indistincta, D. tuckeriand

D. laxinervis are closely allied and superficially

similar species (Table 1). D. indistincta

differs from D. tuckeri in its smaller,

deltoid-lanceolate stipules that leave a stipular

scar 0.5—0.8 mm wide, greater number of lateral

veins in the leaf lamina (8—10) that are also

more poorly developed, and shorter styles

(2.5—-4 mm long). D. indistincta differs from

D. laxinervis in the colour of its new foliage

(bright pink-brown), generally shorter petioles,

the shorter styles (2.5—4 mm long) that are

strongly recurved and shortly connate (for

0.8-l mm), and its male flowers with fewer

stamens (16-18) and shorter anthers

(0.8—1.3 mm long).

Phenology: Flowers February to June; fruits

several months later. Flowering is extremely

erratic and appears to be stimulated by heavy

rainfall in the summer wet season.

Conservation status: D, indistincta 1s very

common where it occurs and is known to be

present in National Parks at Mt Elhot and Cape

Upstart. No conservation coding is thought

necessary.

Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from

the Latin indistinctus (indistinct) and alludes

to the poor development of lateral veins in the

leaf lamina of this species.

4, Dissiliaria tuckeri P.[.Forst., sp. nov. affinis

D, laxinervi Airy Shaw a qua

frondescentia nova clara rosei-rubra,

stipulis magnioribus lanceolati-obovatis

(2,.2—-4 mm longis) cicatrice 1.8—2.2 mm

lata, et stylis brevioribus (4—4.5 mm

longis) valde recurvatis differt. Typus:

Queensland. Cook Districr: Gap Creek,

c, 22 miles [36.7 km] SE of Cooktown,

May 1969, L.S. Smith 14419 (holo: BRI;

iso: NSW),

Illustration: Christophel & Hyland (1993:

102, t. 40E); Cooper & Cooper (1994: 97) [as

D. laxinervis\.

Tree to 30 m high. Trunk buttressed at

base, rarely multistemmed, not suckering; bark

rough, flaky in patches, blaze pink. Branchlets

+ rounded, glabrous or with a few sparse

trichomes when young, lenticellate with age.

Stipules lanceolate-obovate, 2.2—-4 mm long,

1.8—2.2 mm wide, glabrous. Leaves glabrous,

new foliage usually bright red-pink; petioles

4—8 mm long, 1.5—2.5 mm wide, channelled

on top, glabrous; lamina elliptic, oblanceolate,

60—170 mm long, 30-75 mm wide, coriaceous,

margins entire, venation composed of 8-10

lateral veins per side of midrib and weakly

developed interlateral reticulate tertiary veins

with only the outer veins raised; upper surface

dark glossy green, venation weakly developed;

lower surface matt light green, venation weakly

developed; tip acute, acuminate, obtuse,

rounded; base cuneate or rounded. Male

inflorescences and flowers not seen. Female

inflorescences in distal axils; female flowers |

or 2 per axil with peduncles 2—4 mm long;

bracts not seen, Female flowers (not seen at

anthesis) with pedicels 15-33 mm long,

glabrous; styles 44.5 mm long, connate for

c. | mm at base, strongly recurved, papillose

adaxially top and with sparse trichomes

abaxially for entire length. Fruits subglobose,

weakly trilobate, 13-15 mm long, c. 18 mm

diameter, minutely muriculate; seeds c. 9 mm

long, 7 mm wide and 1.5—2 mm thick, smooth,

shiny brown. Fig. 4.

Austrobaileya 5(1): 9-27 (1997)

Selected additional specimens examined: Queensland.

Cook District: Noah Creek, 3 km upstream from road,

16°08’S, 145°25°E, Aug 1987, Christophel [QRS 084689]

(QRS); Gap Creek, Cedar Bay N.P., 15°49’S, 145°19°,

Jun 1992, Forster 10729 et al. (BRD); Little Cooper Creek,

Datntree Freehold Rainforest, 16°10’S, 145°24’E, Jul 1994,

Forster 15558 (BRI, QRS); Cape Tribulation N.P., Noah

Creek, 16°08’S, 145°25’E, Sep 1991, Gray 5315 (QRS);

13.2kmS of Rossville on Bloomfield road, lowlands below

Mt Finnegan, Dec 1989, Jessup GJD3086 et al. (BRI);

Daintree, Nov 1959, Manthey 1777 (BRI); Gap Creek,

15°45’°S, 145°10’E, May 1969, Smith 14372 (BR);

Bloomfield, 15°57’S, 145°20’E, May 1969, Volck 4290

(BRI); The Gap, between Rossville & Ayton, Jun 1973,

Webb & Tracey 13709 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: D. tuckeriis known

from several disjunct populations in two 1° grid

squares in the ‘Wet Tropics’ of Cook district

of north Queensland (Map 1). Plants grow in

complex mesophyll vineforest on rocky alluvia

derived from granite substrates along

permanent watercourses.

4 tba

aust Hats 5

2 co aay a

1,4 | ¥ ¥

4 ¥ a x ’ 1 2! F ee #

= « 4 a =

ag *% a? * | *

ws a, *4t vn, : Eo

= aes i » t * ahr £, fire r ‘ = a

‘ + Fal utd = fea pe ™

F = +n = é Ace nam, an’ =

= Ne or re ba

Pa Pa. a,Fu at =

- f TER a -

Fig. 4. Dissiliaria tuckeri. A. twig x 0.5. B. stipule x 5. C. apical view of fruit x 1.5. D. lateral view of fruit x 1.5. E. lateral

view of seed x 2.5, F, ventral view of seed x 2.5. A,B from Smith 14419 (BRI); C-F from Gray 5315 (QRS).

Del. W. Smith.

Forster, Dissiliaria

Notes: D. tuckeri is closely allied to

D. laxinervis and the two species may be

difficult to distinguish with incomplete

herbarium material (see Table 1 for

comparison). D. laxinervis has green to

greenish pale pink new foliage; 1—1.5 mm long

deltoid-lanceolate stipules that leave a scar

0.5—0.8 mm wide, generally shorter leaves

(45-130 mm long), and longer styles (c. 6 mm

long) that are held erect. D. tuckeri has bright

pink-red new foliage; 2.2—4mm long

lanceolate-obovate stipules that leave a scar

1.8—2.2 mm wide; generally longer (mainly

oblanceolate) leaves (60-170 mm long) and

shorter styles (44.5 mm long) that are strongly

recurved. There also appear to be some

differences in the seedlings of these two species

(based on limited data). Seedlings of D. tuckeri

have cotyledons that are more or less sessile

and 22—-23 mm long, whereas D. laxinervis has

cotyledons that are shortly petiolate (c. 2 mm

long) and 26-30 mm long.

The populations of D. tuckeri at the type

locality of Gap Creek have much larger stipules

than those from the Daintree area, but whether

this is correlated with other morphological

differences remains to be seen. There appear

to be some differences in seedlings from the

two areas (G. Sankowsky, pers. comm. 1994)

but the evidence remains inconclusive at this

stage. To determine whether or not D. tuckeri

encompasses two taxa requires examination of

fertile collections of male and female flowers!

These have proved impossible to procure to

date.

Conservation status: D. tuckeri is present in

Cedar Bay National Park at the foothills of

Mt Finnegan (Gap Creek) and in Cape

Tribulation National Park at Noah Creek, but

is still unreserved at Cooper Creek. The Cooper

Creek population 1s under immediate threat due

to residential development in one of the most

diverse and species-rich areas of lowland

rainforest north of the Daintree River. A

conservation coding of 2VC as defined by the

Queensland Nature Conservation Act 1992 1s

recommended.

Etymology: The specific epithet honours

Maurie C. Tucker of Booval, Ipswich who has

a keen interest in Australian rainforest plants

and has explored many patches of rainforest

and scrub with the author.

5, Dissiliaria muelleri Baill., Adansonia 7: 359

(1867). Type: Queensland. Port Curtis

District: Rockhampton, 7hozet (lecto

[here designated]: P. v.v., photo at BRI).

Illustration: Baillon (1867: plate 1).

Tree to 10 m high. Trunk not buttressed,

not suckering or only if damaged, but often

multistemmed. Bark rough, flaky in patches,

light to rich brown; blaze pink. Branchlets

-+ rounded, with short sparse trichomes when

young, soon glabrescent and lenticellate with

age. Stipules lanceolate, 0.8—1.4 mm long,

0.4—0.6 mm wide, glabrous or with scattered

trichomes. Leaves glabrous; petioles 1-4 mm

long, c. 0.5 mm wide; laminas broadly ovate to

rhombic-ovate, 8-95 mm long, 6-65 mm wide,

chartaceous, with prominent yellow venation

comprising 7 to 9 laterals per side of midrib

and weakly developed interlateral reticulate

veins; upper surface glabrous, glossy green,

venation + obscure; lower surface glabrous,

pale green, venation prominent; margins

shallowly crenulate to subentire, with 14-16

teeth per side; tip acute, obtuse or retuse; base

cuneate, obtuse, truncate. Male inflorescences

1—few-flowered in distal axils; peduncles

!~3 mm long, glabrous; bracts lanceolate to

ovate, 1.4—2 mm long, 0.5—-1.8 mm wide,

olabrous. Male flowers with pedicels 2.5—7 mm

long, c. 0.4 mm diameter, glabrous; sepals

broadly elliptic, 1.5-2 mm long, 1.4—-1.5 mm

wide, glabrous or ciliate; receptacle c. 2 mm

diameter, with sparse to dense trichomes and

numerous small glands; stamens 8-16;

filaments filiform, 0.9—1.8 mm long, c. 0.1 mm

diameter; anthers 0.5—-1 mm long, 0.3—-0.8 mm

wide. Female inflorescences (1-)—3-flowered,

up to 15 mm long; peduncles 4-10 mm long,

0.7-0.8 mm diameter, glabrous; bracts

lanceolate to oblanceolate, 0.8—1.5 mm long,

0.3-0.8 mm wide, glabrous. Female flowers

with pedicels 1.5-10 mm long, 0.7—1.2 mm

diameter, glabrous; sepals broadly elliptic to

ovate, 1.8-7.5 mm long, 1.2—-3 mm wide,

glabrous; disk annular to cupular, surrounding

the base of the ovary; ovary subglobose,

1.3-4 mm diameter, with sparse trichomes;

styles very shortly connate, subulate, erect to

slightly recurved, 2—3.2 mm long, with sparse

trichomes at base. Fruits subglobose, strongly

trilobate, 8-9 mm long, 10-15 mm diameter,

with scattered to sparse trichomes,

yellow-green. Seeds 4.8—5.5 mm long,

3.7-4.5 mm wide, 22.2 mm thick, smooth,

shiny red-brown. Fig. 5.

Selected additional specimens examined: Queensland.

Port Curtis District: Rockhampton, Dallachy [MEL

532391] (MEL); Mt Larcom, 23°48’S, 151°04’E, Jan 1988,

Forster 3372 & Gibson (BRI, QRS); ditto, Jan 1994,

Forster 14640 (BRI, MEL, QRS); Moores Creek E.P.,

Beserker Range, 23°19’S, 150°33’E, Jan 1993, Forster

12713 (BRI, L, MEL, QRS); Moores Creek, 23°20’S,

150°3S5’E, Oct 1976, Hyland 9084 (BRI, QRS); Archer

Creek near Rockhampton, Jul 1935, White 12142 (BRI).

Wipe Bay Districr: Graphite Mine road, Guyra Range,

Mt Bauple area, 25°47°S, 152°34’E, Dec 1992, Forster

12519A & Smyre/l (BRL K, L, MEL, QRS), 12519B (BRI,

K, L, MEL, QRS); ditto, Jan 1994, Forster 14629 (BRD;

c. 1 km N of Mt Bauple, 25°49’°S, 152°35’E, Dec 1982,

Guymer 1834 & Dillewaard (BRI); Mt Bauple, 27 miles

[45 km] N from Gympie, Dec 1923, Kajewski[AQ20228 1]

(BRD); Gundiah, Dec 1923, Kajewski [AQ202279] (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: D. muelleriis known

from three localities, Mt Archer near

Rockhampton, Mt Larcom and Mt Bauple

(Map 2), all in central and south-east

Queensland (Forster et al. 1991), Plants grow

in semi-evergreen microphyll vinethickets and

araucarian microphyll vineforests on volcanic

substrates of volcanic orgin.

Notes: Baillon cited two syntypes for

D. muelleri, Thozet391 and Dallachy 429, both

collected from the Rockhampton area. I have

been able to locate unnumbered collections

from the Rockhampton area of both these

collectors in MEL and P. The Thozet collection

at P is the better collection and hence is selected

as lectotype of the name.

Sterile collections from the Mcllwraith

Range area in Cook district have been referred

to this species in the past (e.g. Airy Shaw 1981);

however, these belong to a distinct taxon named

D. surculosa in this paper.

Phenology: Flowers from December to

January; fruits January to February.

Conservation status: D. muelleriis a restricted

endemic that is locally abundant in the three

general localities where it occurs. Parts of two

Austrobaileya 5(1); 9-27 (1997)

of these populations are in conservation

reserves (Mt Bauple National Park & Mt Archer

Conservation Park), but the Mt Larcom

population is unreserved. No conservation

coding 1s considered necessary at this stage.

6. Dissiliaria surculosa P.I.Forst., sp. nov. affinis

D. muelleri Baill. a qua caulibus juvenibus

dense lenticellatis, foliis anguste ellipticis

et dentibus utroque latere 17—23 et apice

acuminato, et sepalis florum marium

obovatis et 0.8—1.2 mm latis differt. Typus:

Queensland. Coox District: Timber

Reserve [4 Massy, 13°52’S, 143°23’E, 8

Nov 1980, B. Hyland 10882 (holo: QRS;

iso: BRI).

Dissiliaria sp. RFK#2554 (Hyland &

Whiffin 1993, 2: 132).

Dissiliaria sp. (Rocky River B.Hyland

10882) (Forster 1994).

Illustration: Christophel & Hyland (1993:

102F).

Tree up to 13 m high. Trunk not

buttressed, often suckering strongly from base.

Bark brownish, with numerous dark brown

pustulate lenticels; blaze pink. Branchlets +

rounded, with sparse trichomes when young,

glabrescent, with dense lenticels even when

young. Stipules lanceolate, 2~—2.5 mm long,

c. 0.7 mm wide, with sparse trichomes. Leaves

with sparse trichomes when young, glabrescent,

pale green; petioles 1.5-3 mm long,

0.5—0.8 mm diameter; laminas narrowly

elliptic, 22~65 mm long, 7—27 mm wide,

chartaceous, venation composed of 7 or 8

prominent lateral veins per side of midrib and

interlateral reticulate tertiary veins; margins

crenate with 17 to 23 teeth per side of midrib;

upper surface glossy green, venation + obscure;

lower surface pale green, venation prominent;

tip short to long acuminate; base cuneate. Male

inflorescences 1~—3 in distal axils with

peduncles up to 2 mm long, with sparse

trichomes; bracts lanceolate, 1—1.8 mm long,

0.30.4 mm wide, glabrous. Male flowers with

pedicels 5-10 mm long, c. 0.3 mm diameter,

with scattered trichomes at base; sepals

obovate, 1.8—2.3 mm long, 0.8—1.2 mm wide,

glabrous or with scattered trichomes and

Ma eee

Petree eet ee tert!

Forster, Dissiliaria 23

Fig. 5. Dissiliaria muelleri. A. twig x 1, B. detail of adaxial leaf surface x 2. C. female inflorescence < 8. D. male

inflorescence = 8. E, male flower x 16. F. stamen x 32. G. apical view of fruit x 4. H. lateral view of fruit x 4, I. lateral

view of seed x 8. J. ventral view of seed x 8. A,B from Forster 12519A & Smyrell (BRI); C from Forster 12713 (BRI);

D-F from Forster 12519B & Smyrell (BRD); G,H from Forster 3372 & Gibson (BRI); I,J from Forster 14629 (BRI).

Del. W. Smith.

marginal cilia; disk c. 1.6 mm diameter, with

dense trichomes; stamens 16; filaments

filiform, 1—-1.4 mm long; anthers 0.8—1 mm

long, 0.3—-0.5 mm wide. Female inflorescences

and flowers not seen. Fruit subglobose, strongly

trilobate, 9-10 mm long, 11-12 mm diameter,

+ glabrous. Seed not seen. Fig. 6.

Selected additional specimens examined, Queensland.

Cook District: Temple Creek Catchment, Cape Melville

N.P., 15 km NW of Barrow Point, 14°17°S, 144°31’E, Sul

1993, Fell 3331 et al (BRI, CANB, DNA, MBA, MEL,

QRS); Rocky River Scrub, Silver Plains Station, 13°48’S,

143°28’E, Jun 1992, Forster 10606 et al (BRI, QRS);

ditto, Jul 1993, Forster 13620 et al. (BRI, QRS); Upper

Massey Creek, c. 15 miles [25 km] ENE of Coen, Oct 1962,

Smith 11730 (BRI); MclIlwraith Range, c. 11 miles

[18.3 km] ENE of Coen, Oct 1962, Smith 11792 (BRD;

Rocky River, eastern foothills of McIlwraith Range,

13°47°S, 143°25’E, Oct 1969, Webb & Tracey 9435 (BRI).

as a te

CAPRIS |

Seer anitee pat

SE EEE HEP? H HY

Austrobaileya 5(1): 9-27 (1997)

Distribution and habitat. D. surculosa 1s

endemic in Cape York Peninsula where it is

known from the eastern fall of the MclIlwraith

Range and Cape Melville (Map 2). At the

Mcliwraith Range, plants grow near

watercourses in semideciduous notophyll to

mesophyll vineforest on deep alluvia derived

from metamorphic and granite substrates. This

gallery-forest is usually flooded during the wet

season and in July 1993, there was evidence of

flood debris some 12 m above the ground in

the crowns of the trees. Associated plants

include Castanospermum australe A.Cunn. &

Fraser ex Hook., Ficus albipila (Miq.) King,

Haplostichanthus sp. (Rocky River Scrub

P.].Forster PIF10617), Rhodamnia australis

A.J. Scott, Pilidiostigma recurvum (C.T. White)

A.J.Scott, and Codiaeum variegatum var.

moluccanum (Decne.) Muell.Arg. At Cape

Melville, the plants grow in semi-deciduous

anvae

Map 2. Distribution of @ Dissiliaria indistincta, A D. surcilosa and * D. muelleri

Forster, Dissiliaria 25

Seer

at /

tts

he af. +

al ai ‘oat

eaiteri, fay

Mess

Cad

‘ane!

“ hI

hd gt aft

hat et

Fatal

gat

me Sth

ot aeetis

ote

; ¢P athe

Fig. 6. Dissiliaria surculosa. A. twig. x 1. B. node with male inflorescence x 2.5. C. male flower x 5, D. stamen x 10.

E. apical view of fruit x 2, F, lateral view of fruit x 2. G. ventral view of seed x 5. H. lateral view of seed x 5. I. seedling

x 1, A-D from Hyland 10882 (BRI); E-I from Forster 13620 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.

SRE nye inal aug eo Sah oh lagi Bones one sae

notophyll to microphyll vinethicket on

hillslopes on colluvium derived from granite.

Associated canopy species at this locality

include Pongamia pinnata (L.) Pierre and

Wodyetia bifurcata Irvine.

Notes: D. surculosa appears to have been first

collected by L.S.Smith in 1962. Sterile material

of this plant was referred with doubt to

D. muelleri by Airy Shaw (1981).D. surculosa

strongly resembles D. muelleri, but differs in

its narrowly elliptic leaf laminas with a short to

long acuminate tip, the 17—23 marginal teeth

per side of the midrib, the dense lenticels on

young stems and the sepals of the male flowers

being obovate and 0.8—1.2 mm wide.

Conservation status: D. surculosa is apparently

restricted in its distribution. At present there

appear to be no obvious threats to this plant

and it is present in Cape Melville National Park.

No conservation coding is thought necessary.

Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from

the Latin surculus (shoot, sucker) and-osa

(abundant) which alludes to the tendency of this

plant to profusely sucker from the stems. This

suckering could be due to damage from

irregular flooding in the habitat.

Excluded species

l. Dissiliaria tricornis Benth., Fl. Austral.

6: 91 (1873).

This is Choriceras tricorne (Benth.) Airy

Shaw.

2. Dissiliaria sp. RFK#25730 (Christophel &.

Hyland 1993: 102g; Hyland & Whiffin

1993, 2: 132).

Dissiliaria sp. (Rex Range, G.Sankowsky

1075) (Forster 1994).

This was described as Sankowskya stipularis

P.1.Forst. (Forster 1995).

Acknowledgements

The illustrations were drawn by W.Smith (BRI)

with partial funding from the Australian

Biological Resources Study (ABRS). Fieldwork

and/or special collections were made with the

Austrobaileya 5(1): 9-27 (1997)

assistance of A.R.Bean, D.G.Fell, D. & [.Liddle,

P.Machin, G.Smyrell, G. & N.Sankowsky and

M.C.Tucker. Photographs of material at BM and

K were organised by P.S.Short (MEL) while

Australian Botanical Liaison Officer (ABLO)

at Kew (U.K.). Photographs of material at

P were taken by G.P.Guymer (BRI) while ABLO

at Kew (U.K.). The diagnoses were translated into

Latin by L.A.Craven (CANB). Comments on

a draft of the manuscript were provided by

A.R.Bean (BRI). The Directors/Curators of the

cited herbaria allowed access to collections either

on loan or in sifu. B. Hyland and staff at QRS

provided support and access to facilities on

repeated visits to north Queensland. Access to

populations of Dissiliaria species in State Forests

and Timber Reserves was facilitated by permits

from the Queensland Forest Service, Department

of Primary Industries. The work was funded as a

preferred objective by ABRS during 1992-1994.

Additional fieldwork in the ‘Wet Tropics’ region

of north-east Queensland was possible due to a

travel grant from the Wet Tropics Management

Authority in 1993-1994 for work on Endangered

Euphorbiaceae in that region.

References

Airy SHAW, H.K. (1980), New or noteworthy Australian

Euphorbiaceae - I. Adwelleria 4: 207-241.

———- (1981). A partial synopsis of the Euphorbiaceae -

Platylobeae of Australia (excluding Phyllanthus,

Euphorbia and Calycopeplus). Kew Bulletin

35: 577-700,

BAILLoN, H.E. (1867). Species Euphorbiacearum.

Recherches complementaires sur les Euphorbiacées

Australiennes, Adansonia 7: 352-360,

Bartow, B.A. & HyLanp, B.P.M. (1988). The origins of

the flora of Australia’s wet tropics. Proceedings of

the Ecological Society of Australia 15: 1-17.

BEnTHAM, G. (1873). Euphorbiaceae, In Flora Australiensis

6: 41-153. London: L. Reeve & Co.

CuapMAN, A.D. (1991), Australian Plant Name Index.

Canberra: Australian Government Publishing

Service,

CHRISTOPHEL, D.C. & Hy.anp, B.P.M. (1993). Leaf Atlas

of Australian Tropical Rain Forest Trees.

Melbourne: CSIRO Publications.

Cooper, W. & Cooper, W.T. (1994). Fruits. of the

Rainforest. Chatswood (Sydney): RD Press.

PUSS ESN Sen Sg ect ocionicennxsneeinideddieho

“ISTE

Forster, Dissiliaria

Forstser, P.I. (1994). Euphorbiaceae (in part). In

R.J.F.Henderson (ed.), Oueensland Vascular

Plants: Names and Distribution, Brisbane:

Queensland Department of Environment &

Heritage.

— (1995). Sankowskya, a new genus of Euphorbiaceae

(Dissiliariinae) from the Australian Wet Tropics.

Austrobaileya 4; 329-335.

Forster, P.l., Bostock, P.D., Biro L.H. & BEAN, A.R.

(1991). Vineforest Plant Atlas for South-east

Queensland, Brisbane: Queensland Herbarium.

Francis, W.D. (1981). Australian Rain-forest Trees, 4th

Ed. Canberra: Australian Government Publishing

Service.

Hauser, J. (1992). Fragments of Green. Bardon (Brisbane):

Rainforest Conservation Society Inc.

Haypen, W.J. (1994). Systematic anatomy of

Euphorbiaceae subfamily Oldfieldioideae. I.

Overview. Annals of the Missouri Botanical

Garden 81: 180-202.

Hewson, H. (1988), Plant Indumentum. A Handbook of

Terminology. Austraitan Flora and Fauna Series No.

9. Canberra: Australian Government Publishing

Service.

HYLAND, B.P.M. & WuirFin, T. (1993). Australian Tropical

Rain Forest Trees: An Interactive Identification

System. Melbourne: CSIRO Publications.

Levin, G.A, & Simpson, M.G. (1994), Phylogenetic

implications of pollen ultrastructure in the

Oldfieldioideae (Euphorbiaceae). Annals of the

Missouri Botanical Garden 81: 203-238.

Rao, P.N. & Ragu, V.S. (1985). Foliar trichomes in the

family Euphorbiaceae. In C.M. Govil & V. Kumar

(eds.), Trends in Plant Research, pp. 128-136.

Dehra Dun: Bishen Singh & Mahendra Pal Singh

(n.v., cited by Hayden 1994),

Wess, L.J. (1978). A general classification of Australian

rainforests. Australian Plants 9: 349-363.

Wess, L.J. & Tracey, J.G. (1981). Australian rainforests:

pattern and change. In A. Keast (ed.), Ecological

Biogeography of Australia. pp. 605-694, The

Hague: W. Junk.

Wester, G.L. (1994). Synopsis of the genera and

suprageneric taxa of Euphorbiaceae. Annals of the

Missouri Botanical Garden 81: 33-144.

aT CT ae eT ea nN eee nen Re ML DOR SL ce DLC ace enc Cir COC rare Gtr us rear eee a eas re ee

EIS Tn ea Se A De SI

Three new species of Fontainea Heckel (Euphorbiaceae)

from Australia and Papua New Guinea

Paul I. Forster

Summary

Forster, Paul I. (1997). Three new species of Fontainea Heckel (Euphorbiaceae) from Australia and

Papua New Guinea. Austrobaileya 5(1): 29-37, Fontainea fugax P.I.Forst. from Queensland, Australia,

and F’. borealis P.I.Forst. and F. subpapuana P.1.Forst. from Papua New Guinea are named as new

species. Information is provided on their distribution, habitat and affinities. Separate identification keys

are provided for Fontainea in New Guinea and Australia.

Keywords: Euphorbiaceae, Fontainea, Fontainea borealis, Fontainea fugax, Fontainea subpapuana,

Papua New Guinea, Queensland.

Paul I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland 4068, Australia

Introduction

The genus Fontainea Heckel is classified

in Euphorbiaceae, subfamily Crotonoideae,

tribe Codiaeae (Webster 1994) and comprises

shrubs or small trees that grow in rainforest

communities. Jessup & Guymer (1985) revised

Fontainea and recognised six species for

Australia and New Caledonia, as well as

mentioning additional unnamed taxa from

Papua New Guinea and New Caledonia.

Airy Shaw (1974, 1980) referred the

collections of Fontainea from Papua New

Guinea to F. pancheri (Baillon) Heckel based

on their similarity to the type of this species

from New Caledonia. Jessup & Guymer (1985)

thought this identification unlikely, but did not

resolve the identity of the species in Papua New

Guinea due to the incomplete nature of the

available specimens.

In preparing accounts of Fontainea, both

for ‘Flora of Australia’ and ‘Flora Malesiana’,

it is now necessary to determine the status of

the Fontainea collections from Papua New

Guinea. Although no further collections have

been made in the decade since Jessup &

Guymer’s account, the available collections do

enable diagnostic characters to be determined,

as well as preparation of descriptions and

discussion of affinities. There are two species

Accepted for publication 25 July 1997

of Fontainea present in Papua New Guinea,

one from the north-east and one from the south-

east parts of the country. These are named as

F, borealis and F. subpapuana_ respectively.

An additional species of Fontainea from south-

east Queensland, Australia has also been

discovered tn the last decade, and is named

FF’ fugax.

Taxonomy

1. Fontainea borealis P.I.Forst., sp. nov. affinis

F’, picrospermae C,T.White a qua lamina

folu prope basem eglandulosa, calyce

4—lobato lobatis ovatis, petalis obovatis

usque lanceolatiovatis, floribus maribus

disco c. 0.6mm alto lobato irregulariter,

et staminibus connatis 1—1.5 mm super

discum differt.Typus: Papua New

Guinea. EASTERN HIGHLANDS PROVINCE:

Aiyura, Oct 1944, LS. Smith NGF1030

(holo: K; iso: BRI; L n.v.).

Shrub or small tree to 12 m high; stem exudate

colour unknown. New shoots with dense,

antrorse golden trichomes. Stipules absent.

Leaves petiolate, discolorous; petioles

10-26 mm long, 1—1.4 mm diameter, swollen

at base and apex, narrowly channelled above,

glabrous; lamina elliptic to oblanceolate,

56-240 mm long, 22-70 mm wide, not

decurrent, chartaceous; upper surface dark

green; lower surface pale green; venation

comprising 8—14 lateral veins per side of midrib

and reticulate interlateral veins; tip acute to

acuminate; base cuneate; glands absent from

base of lamina. Male inflorescences terminal

or axillary, with sparse trichomes. Male flowers

5—7 mm long, 7-8 mm diameter; pedicels

2.5—-5 mm long, c. | mm wide, with scattered

trichomes; calyx 4-lobed, 2.8-3.5 mm long,

lobes ovate; petals 5, lanceolate-ovate to

obovate, 5—6 mm long, 2~3.5 mm wide, weakly

recurved, externally and internally with dense

velutinous trichomes; disk undulate with

srooves, c. 0.6 mm long and 2.5 mm diameter,

glabrous; stamens 24-28, connate 1—1.5 mm

above top of disk, filaments free for 2—2.5 mm,

Austrobaileya 5(1): 29-37 (1997)

glabrous towards top, densely hairy at base;

anthers c. 0.8 mm long and 0.5 mm wide.

Female flowers not seen. Fruit not seen.

Fig. 1.

Additional specimens examined: Papua New Guinea.

EASTERN HIGHLANDS PROVINCE: Numura, an Strasse Kainantu

- Goroka, 0.5 mile nach Abzweigung nach Okapa, 6 mile

von Kainantu, Jan 1964, Stauffer 5608 & Sayers (K; L

2.V.).

Distribution and habitat: Fontainea borealis

is known only from the Eastern Highlands

Province of Papua New Guinea. Plants have

been recorded from rainforest at altitudes of

1800—2000 m.

Notes: The available herbarium material of

F’. borealis 1s incomplete thus preventing a

detailed description. F. borealis appears to be

allied to the Australian F’. picrosperma

C.T.White and a comparison of these two taxa

is made in Table 1.

Table 1. Morphological comparison of Fontainea picrosperma and F. borealis.

Character FP’, picrosperma F. borealis

glands in leaf lamina present absent

disk undulate to lobed iregularly lobed

0.7—1 mm high c. 0.6 mm high

male calyx 2—3-lobed 4-lobed

male calyx lobes triangular-ovate to ovate

male petals

stamens connate c. 0.5 mm

oblong-ovate

broadly ovate

obovate to

lanceolate-ovate

1—-1.5 mm

Forster, Three new species of Fontainea Heckel

JERR, HOY, MEM,

eet

rea ete

Se ecredloaeainresie

cane

ean [oa

pal eerie!

iearraeteereteee 2 Bernie

Derr neet errno rae nape arr peer lipea

aererpe narrate

diaper iaen ere : : See ee| ee

= - St Pm eaes

S = ~ soe ree iits

SERS See ee pent oe C- Gre ail Senin Secretion Daren

peavey sire? >

preter bee Sine berre eae

: oa eee eee oat

ee eee eee ea a Pee Sieh cron ne eit

Ba Se ee er

Jinan tierra ee

frcwaresoae

SPreree

inn ae

ES. =a

Ror

Srereeniay

Sapper

. iggrigred Hethaar AY oe

zy.

= Bs . F ral ra our zm aye 7

fon Feel Sees AE wy oe

el oF VRE

Santis eo reaar uy esate at a

(aioe Saas, it rr;

ee LT ee a

° ease eee

; A Sa Tere “y. Fie

peeteenre ie! Pe es

Up ap

: : : ee Sere eee

ot a

: . ;. -

a :

Tet : . , z z sees ae ee prin ;

£ i orate a poreerectice ite oe erate

é . ae te = .

st + = - . a toa AE aire

eitdis 8 5 A itt +. ae ha SE sab)

" ¥ al _ eee = a ¥ 2 TRIO FF *

- x - ce ~ Et oo, TET 3 ries

* = 4 E oe EEE ge as pa eS Se

, ver Frees a = P

= . +" a a a Sed a

Fibes eta EGTA

, ae

Troe j >

bd GROMPSE SS

_aelive heir ts:

Terria :

rn Ls ac

ry a : a : Td Lr =

A nt one

wert Setere Se

a ae te aN atin at Sal

. a

abba

CaS DT iy Te Psy

: of ped? Ata see ead :

A ey TE

: ; 1 eT

ae * sie ba ss r + 'h € ¥

ee ee

dieses

pera ee

ree

ANY

“

iene

Fig. 1. Fontainea borealis P.1.Forst. Photograph of holotype at K.,

nas,

DEAS

STE

Sec

ich tcect

Conservation status: Unknown.

Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from

Latin borealis (northern) and refers to the

northerly distribution of this species within the

genus.

2. Fontamea subpapuana P.I.Forst., sp. nov.

affinis F. picrospermae C.T.White

a qua petiolo tumido ad apicem

tantum, lamina folii venis primariis

utroque costate 13-15, calyce florum

marium 4—5—lobato, stylis longioribus

(33.5 mm longis), et endocarpo paginis

intersuturalibus latioribus (12-13 mm

latis) differt. Typus: Papua New Guinea.

CENTRAL PROVINCE: Kuriva Forestry area,

near Weimauri River, 9°05’S, 147°05’E,

6 May 1971, H.Streimann & A.Kairo

LAES51548 (holo: K; iso: BRI, K; Lv.v.).

Tree to 7 m high; stems with red exudate.

New shoots with dense, antrorse yellow

trichomes. Stipules absent. Leaves petiolate,

discolorous; petioles 12—20 mm long,

1-1.4 mm diameter, swollen at top and

narrowly channelled above, with scattered

trichomes; lamina elliptic to oblanceolate,

rarely obovate, 60-170 mm long, 30-60 mm

wide, not decurrent, chartaceous; upper surface

dark green; lower surface pale green; venation

comprising 13—15 lateral veins and reticulate

Austrobaileya 5(1): 29-37 (1997)

interlateral veins; tip acuminate; base cuneate

to weakly attenuate; glands elliptic, sessile,

I—2 mm long,+ marginal, 0.5—lmm from base

oflamina. Male inflorescences not seen. Male

flowers not seen. Female inflorescence

terminal, comprising 1—3 flowers. Female

flowers 5—8 mm long, 10-13 mm diameter;

pedicels 7-15 mm long, I~1.2 mm diameter,

with sparse trichomes; calyx 4—5-lobed,

2—2.5 mm long, lobes rounded-ovate, with

sparse trichomes; petals 5, lanceolate-ovate,

6-8 mm long, 2.5—3 mm wide, + recurved,

with dense velutinous trichomes externally

and internally; disk not dissected; ovary

3—4-locular, ovoid, with dense antrorse

trichomes; styles 3—3.5 mm long. Intact fruit

not seen. Sarcocarp red (n.v.). Endocarp very

shortly beaked, 3-ridged at sutures; mintersutural

faces smooth, convex, 25-26 mm long,

12-13 mm wide. Fig. 2.

Distribution and habitat: Fontainea

subpapuana 1s known only from Central

Province in south-east Papua New Guinea.

Plants were recorded as growing in lowland

rainforest on river flats.

Notes: Fontainea subpapuana is very poorly

known and the above description lacks

significant details with regard to the male

flowers and mature fruit. This species is closely

allied to the Australian F’. picrosperma.

Fontainea subpapuana and F. picrosperma

are compared in Table 2. Fontainea

subpapuana and F. borealis may be

distinguished with the following key.

1. Leaf petioles swollen at base and apex; glands absent from

PEEIPEIT ES cc bs acd dpa cet Sia Salta! te Tove: a ey te a end tl

TCE Eee PES hes ECE Se Te Are iar ere F, borealis

Leaf petioles swollen only at apex; glands present in lamina and+ marginal

HWOEBE DASE So jale Garagad ted pal bik Saree awa

Made oooh ca geceh tetatecte: re cre ee F. subpapuana

rir

“

AAA be a

srert by

Wenn

caahitt

beet nd

lac

ers

AE, bn! reals art mr. - f

SEP sec nS tenance tosecpnaena ponaatie stn

TAR

TELAT

UN ae er tee ete ele cote

STR

PEA EAALH wr

Dene aSe

ree

thd

Seis

—:

ATS"

bere

MEST

mean

rptereer

PSE RAS

IRAE ata byes:

Sees

“SE

ters)

SLSR ISAS

eas

creer care

. | HE R B ; H oRT : KEY . , 3 ; 7 : ; : 2 : 7 : = | ; i = } 7

' a i

aoe me

Pees

a ae

pha

Pern

fame

fein eae

=x,

a al eS

peru tet’. : eee pen pereca

Ete" OS

Patee ts oe. ee * peti = Spl at oe or oa ad a Pont es ee phe at fel

iid? & tae mi

i pars

= Pesca

t Patient

Ore er

ee = -

Protect ey een ree ore a eg =

izatice fare pea res 7a yr ‘ ed ewes

err iaat rt = seals,

tie

Suet

z : oe

: Seer repo.

pt rar (Tee

a 7 las sas

fat wt

ira

ante

“

ono

SR ee ee rl ies per ee se

ae ee a * tephernd le mo ase.

Lg: rramey emis

me oie ns

“

ing a aa Si

Pee ee oe gd ee eA Ne ee See ee | vera

nT Te en tee te teeter Da a et Cag etttnat et egegelelet tees enn

wt te ye cee, be fe eeyereees sagen | 7 — . é

a 1 ae . . a

ort

Ine we

EE a a

4 vy

< i

errr

haa

ete

Ber ve Box sk Death:

pis Bye he fat dpes 3

° Hr! : ie = Je gs ay Sa

_ Dapl, aent tooo Ly Bri, Gant, A.E

- Gowe Ging, fd, TH, PME. U3, fish, |

eet Ts eee re os

Austrobaileya 5(1): 29-37 (1997)

Table 2. Morphological comparison of Fontainea picrosperma and F. subpapuana.

Character

No. lateral veins per 8—12

side of leaf lamina midrib

Petiole base swollen

Petiole apex swollen

male flower calyx 2—3-lobed

style length (mm) 0.8—2

endocarp intersutural face

width (mm) 7-10

Conservation status: Unknown.

Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from

Latin sub- (below) and papuana (of Papua),

and refers to the distribution of this species on

the south coast of Papua New Guinea.

3. Fontainea fugax P.I.Forst., sp. nov. affinis

F. rostratae Jessup & Guymer a qua

petiolo ad basem etumido, floribus

maribus minoribus (4-5 x 6—8 mm) et

staminibus paucioribus (24), endocarpo

rostro breviore (1—1.7 mm longo) et

paginis intersuturalibus leniter rugosis

plus minusve planis usque leniter

convexis et perminore (15-17

x 89.5 mm) differt. Typus: Queensland.

Burnett District: Fontainea Scrub, State

Forest 172, Gurgeena Plateau, 9 Feb

1994, PI. Forster 14802 (holo: BRI

{1 sheet + spirit, male plant])

Shrub to 4 m high; stems with clear exudate.

New shoots with sparse, antrorse uncoloured

trichomes. Stipules absent. Leaves petiolate,

discolorous; petioles 2—4 mm long, c. 1 mm

fF. picrosperma

F’, subpapuana

13-15

not swollen

swollen

4—5-lobed

3—3.5

12-13

diameter, of uniform thickness and narrowly

channelled above, glabrous; lamina elliptic,

obovate or oblanceolate, 15—75 mm long,

6—42 mm wide,+ decurrent, chartaceous; upper

surface dark green; lower surface pale green;

venation comprising 6—10 lateral veins and

reticulate interlateral veins; tip acute to obtuse;

base cuneate; glands elliptic, sessile, 1—2 mm

long, markedly intramarginal, 2-8 mm from

base of lamina. Male inflorescence terminal or

axillary, with sparse trichomes. Male flowers

4—5 mm long, 6-8 mm diameter; pedicels

2.5—5 mm long, 0.5—1 mm wide, with sparse

trichomes; calyx 4-lobed, 2—2.5 mm long, lobes

ovate; petals 4, lanceolate-ovate, 4.5—5 mm

long, 2—2.5 mm wide, strongly recurved,

externally with sparse trichomes, internally with

sparse trichomes apart from near base where

they are dense and velutinous; disk irregularly

crenate, 0.4—0.8 mm long, 2-3 mm diameter,

glabrous; stamens 24, connate up to 1.5 mm

above top of disk, filaments free for 1-3 mm,

glabrous towards top, densely hairy at base;

anthers 0.6—0.8 mm long, 0.4—0.5 mm wide.

Female flowers not seen. Intact fruit not seen.

Sarcocarp with sparse trichomes. Endocarp

This content downloaded from 136.154.23.253 on Tue, 18 Jul 2023 23:49:57 +00:00

All use subject to https://about.jstor.org/terms

Forster, Three new species of Fontainea Heckel

beaked for 1—1.7 mm at tip, 3—4-ridged at

sutures; intersutural faces weakly rugose,+ flat

to slightly convex, 15—17 mm long, 8—9.5 mm

wide. Fig. 3.

Additional specimens examined: Queensland. BURNETT

District: Portion 90, S.F. 172 [now a Conservation Park},

Aug 1988, Forster 4687 (BRI); Fontainea Scrub, S.F. 172,

Oct 1993, Forster 14130 (BRI); ditto, May 1996, Forster

19158 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Fontainea fugax 1s

known only from the Binjour—Gurgeena

Plateau. area between Gayndah and

Mundubbera in the Burnett district of south-

east Queensland. Plants grow as understorey

shrubs in semi-evergreen vine thicket with a

canopy dominated by Backhousia kingii

Guymer on red euchrozem soils at altitudes

between 350 and 400 m.

Notes: Fontainea fugax is closely allied to

F’. rostrata Jessup & (Guymer and the initial

sterile collection of the plant was referred to as

this species (Forster et al. 1991). A comparison

of important diagnostic differences between

F. fugax and F. rostrata is provided in Table

3. This comparison 1s based on limited material

of male flowers and endocarps, yet provides

clear morphological discontinuities between the

two entities. Unfortunately it has not been

possible to obtain herbarium material of female

flowers and mature fruits, this is despite

repeated visits (c. 10) between 1994 and mid

1996 after rainfall events when flowering could

be expected. This situation could persist

indefinitely and due to the rarity of this plant it

is considered more beneficial for its

conservation if the species is formally named.

Table 3. Morphological comparison of Fontainea fugax and F. rostrata.

Character FP’. fugax F’. rostrata

petiole base not swollen base slightly swollen

male flowers 4—5 x 6-8 mm 4-6 x 11-13 mm

stamen no. 24 28—40

endocarp beak

intersutural faces

Conservation status: Fontainea fugax 1s

known from only two populations in close

proximity to one another. One population

(apparently of one plant) is present in a

Conservation Park (site 50 of Forster et al

1991). The other population (with less than 50

plants) is present in State Forest within

a very small stand of vine thicket that is

experiencing repeated fire incursions on its

western boundary and weed infestations of

1—1.7 mm long

weakly rugose

+ flat to concave

15—17 x 8-9.5 mm

2—3 mm long

strongly rugose

+ flat to weakly convex

20-23 x 11-13 mm

Mexican daisy — Verbesina encelioides (Cav.)

Benth. & Hook.f. ex A.Gray and Dutchmans

Pipe—Aristolochia elegans Mast., on the eastern

boundary associated with fence construction by

the leaseholder. Virtually all semi-evergreen

vine thicket on the Binjour—Gurgeena Plateau

that is not in conservation Park or State Forest,

has now been cleared for agriculture and

grazing. This area is notable for other

endangered or geographically significant plant

This content downloaded from 136.154.23.253 on Tue, 18 Jul 2023 23:49:57 +00:00

All use subject to https://about.jstor.org/terms

36 Austrobaileya 5(1); 29-37 (1997)

species that occur in the semi-evergreen vine 14134). Both F. fugax and the community in

thicket communities, especially Pomaderris | which it occurs, are endangered in the central

clivicola E.M.Ross, Bertya opponens(F.Muell. Burnett district. A conservation coding of E

ex Benth.) Guymer, B. pedicellata F.Muell. (endangered) is recommended for listing under

and Zieria sp. (Binjour Plateau P.1.Forster the Queensland Nature Conservation Act 1992.

Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from

Latin fugax (fleeting, transitory) and alludes to

the difficulty of obtaining material of the flowers

of this species,

= a

= = A.

eee 77%

eA ee fe,

Seite

Soy tit Laks 4

Veg! iF)

tee ie

Fig. 3. Fontainea fugax P.1.¥orst. A. twig x 0.8. B. undersurface of leaf showing venation < 1.5. C. male flower x 6,

D-—F. views of endocarps x 2. A-C Forster 14802 (BRI), D-F Forster 14130 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.

ppd etn ev a or RR

LEDGE STD ARE eta Ce iy pep ES EE NB

Forster, Three new species of Fontainea Heckel

Key to the Australian taxa of Fontainea

1. Leafpetioles slightly swollen at base and apex; male flower disk with dense

CRIGHONIES — 5 crcte tony Wk lene rE a hs

Leaf petioles of uniform thickness or slightly swollen only at base; male

flower disk glabrous ...........0.005-

2. Leaf petioles not geniculate; basilaminar glands marginal; fruit endocarp

FORIRG GT oF Ue Sink ubnd o dint endvasssivany cee Sudan

Leafpetioles+ geniculate; basilaminar glands intramarginal to submarginal;

fruit endocarp not beaked .............

3, Fruit broadly ovoid, 27—27 mm long; endocarp intersutural faces smooth

NE ana eel ea, a EEAy Te eee F. australis

Fruit globose to depressed-globose, 18—22 mm long; endocarp intersutural

LACES TU O SES 3p wie sh shh oS hhc SW a OO

4, Leaf basilaminar glands marginal, at junction of petiole and lamina;

endocarp not beaked, intersutural faces smooth with scattered vascular

FOU AIIIMAG rac sca & pia shock fepephasbthdos gla pd wee hheg? a Stciie Belen ta eed ee eater RON eo leg F. venosa

Leaf basilaminar glands intramarginal to submarginal, 2—22 mm from

lamina base; endocarp beaked for 1-3 mm, intersutural faces rugose .............. 5

5. Leaf petioles of uniform thickness; fruit endocarp beaked for 1—-1.7 mm;

endocarp intersutural faces weakly rugose, 15-17 mm long, 8—9.5 mm

VTS) org cg Sos Rod CSUR Toe Rh at WHR. HibeNP AR dans i deel alu hace MRA A Ra oeeaien @ & Me F. fugax

Leaf petioles slightly swollen at base; fruit endocarp beaked for 2—3 mm;

endocarp intersutural faces strongly rugose, 20-23 mm long, 11-13 mm

wid

Dee is! op ie a wh eed Sang WE weld RGR eh fe Sse tee oo oe Set wen: of wets

Acknowledgements

Thanks to W. Smith (BRD) for the illustrations of

F’ fugax, P.Robins (BRI) for the photographs of

specimens, and L.A.Craven (CANB) for

translation of the diagnoses into Latin and the

Directors/Curators of K and L for loan/

information of/on specimens. The Queensland

Forest Service of the Queensland Department

of Primary Industries is acknowledged for

permits to collect and traverse in State Forests

and Timber Reserves. This work was funded by

the Australian Biological Resources Study

during 1992-1994,

References

Airy Suaw, H.K. (1974). The genus Fortainea in New

Guinea. Kew Bulletin 29: 326-328.

Airy SHAW, H.K. (1980). The Euphorbiaceae of New

Guinea. Kew Bulletin Additional Series VIII.

London: Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

Forster, P.I., Bostock, P.D., Biro, L.H, & BEAN, A.R.

(1991). Vineforest Plant Atlas for South-east

Oueensland, Brisbane: Queensland Herbarium.

Jessup, L.W. & Guymer, G.P. (1985). A revision of

Fontainea Heckel (Euphorbiaceae: Cluytieae).

Austrobaileya 2: 112-125.

Wesster, G.L. (1994). Synopsis of the genera and

suprageneric taxa of Euphorbiaceae. Annals of the

Missouri Botanical Garden 81: 33-144,

A revision of Rubus subg. Malachobatus (Focke) Focke and

Rubus subg. Diemenicus A.R.Bean (Rosaceae) in Australia

A.R. Bean

Summary

Bean, A.R. (1997). A revision of Rubus subg. Malachobatus (Focke) Focke and Rubus subg.

Diemenicus A.R.Bean (Rosaceae) in Australia. Austrobaileya 5(1): 39-51. The five indigenous

and naturalised Australian taxa belonging to Rubus subg. Malachobatus (Focke) Focke and Rubus

subg. Diemenicus subg. nov. are treated. A new variety, R. moluccanus var. trilobus A.R.Bean 1s

described. A key to the native and naturalised Australian taxa of Rubus is presented,

Keywords: taxonomy, Rosaceae, Rubus, Australian flora, key, Rubus subg. Malachobatus, Rubus

subg. Dalibarda, Rubussube. Diemenicus, Rubus alceifolius, Rubus moluccants var. moluccanus,

Rubus moluccanus var. trilobus, Rubus hillii, Rubus x novus, Rubus gunnianus,

A.R.Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland, 4068, Australia

Introduction

Rubus L. is a large genus with many

representatives in the northern hemisphere, but

it is poorly represented in the southern

hemisphere. For example, five indigenous

species are recorded for New Zealand (Webb

et al. 1980). Australia is similarly poorly

endowed, with a total of eight indigenous

species, one hybrid and some infraspecific taxa

(Bean 1995, 1997).

Two subgenera are treated in this paper:

Rubus subg. Malachobatus (Focke) Focke is

a large subgenus with an estimated 127 species

(Thompson 1997), and with its centre of

diversity in eastern Asia. Twenty species have

been recorded for Malesia (Kalkman 1984),

New Guinea has three indigenous species, and

Australia has just one (R. moluccanus L.). A

second species, R. alceifolius Poir. is naturalised

in north Queensland. Rubus rugosus Sm., while

not known to be naturalised mm Australia, is

occasionally cultivated, and has been

misidentified by Australian botanists as either

R. moluccanus (Symon 1986) or R. Aillti

(Bennett 1987).

Accepted for publication 25 July 1997

Rubus gunnianus was formerly included

by Focke (1910) with four other species

(R. lasiococcus Gray, RK. pedatus Sm.,

R. fockeanus Kurz and R. dalibarda L.) in

Rubus subg. Dalibarda (L.) Focke. The first

three of these species were transferred to

R. subg. Cylactis (Focke) Focke by Bailey

(1941), and all botanists since Focke have

accorded R. dalibarda generic status, as

Dalibarda repens L. (e.g. Batley 1941, Gleason

1952, Scoggan 1978). R. gunnianus has a

number of unique characteristics (see

discussion later) and a new subgenus, Rubus

subg. Diemenicus A.R.Bean 1s erected here for

it.

This is the third and final paper revising

the Australian species of Rubus. It is not

intended to deal with the taxonomy of

naturalised taxa of Rubus L. subg. Rubus, and

in the following key, the European Blackberry

complex (A. fruticosus agg.) 1s not subdivided.

A key to these species may be found in Harden

& Rodd (1990).

40 Austrobaileya 5(1): 39-51 (1997)

Taxonomy

Key to native and naturalised taxa of Rubus in Australia. Naturalised taxa

are marked with an asterisk (*)

1. Plants herbaceous, without prickles, carpels 6-10 ......00 0... cece eee R. gunnianus

Plants woody, with prickles, carpels 25-600 .. 0... ee ee eens 2

2. Vines, without differentiated stems or canes; inflorescence axillary,

race-mose; flowers UNISeEXUAal 1... ee eee ce ee ene tena eee ensneees 3

Sprawling shrubs, with stout sterile canes (primocanes) and

flower-bearing side-shoots (floricanes); inflorescence terminal,

HuiHCulate: TOWELS DISEMUAL 6 icivre.c ace a2ly 4 aber Tease acu dsk ao PaaS ea pelb dine SR we EM 4

3. Undersides of leaflets densely hairy throughout; margins with 5—7

teeth/cm; stipules present; carpels not glandular; aggregate fruits with

TOS Osea CAPDIGS fon es a Wise ah TM eb slo Gack 0 Wty SiN wees Toieeteapert R. moorei

Undersides of leaflets glabrous except for domatia and hairs along veins;

margins with 3—5 teeth/cm; stipules absent; carpels glandular; aggregate

fruits with 35-65 glabrous carpidS ....... 0... ec eee eee R, nebulosus

4. Leaves on primocanes (and floricanes) simple... 1... cc ee teens 5

Leaves- on, priimniOcantes COMIPOUIL 5-55 FR cg bevrgiess 8 © ace nce eh gohe® scatewre Cs adnan ene anne 7

5. Stipules up to 15 x 15 mm, divided almost to their base, filamentous; leaves

(especially young leaves) with a mixture of short and long hairs on

aa I SUET ACE oe cae etal a Nice ce 4 Sid ed eygivirete de, Vlorh Gowicers tebe ole Re ag Boa abel ac *R, alceifolius

Stipules up to 12 x 6 mm, undivided at base, not filamentous; leaves

with only long hairs on adaxial surface, or glabrous ......... 0. ccc eee ees 6

6. Most or all leaves prominently 3-lobed, with end lobe about

two-thirds the length of the leaf; indumentum on petioles rather sparse,

mostly appressed; petals mostly pink ..............000- R. moluccanus var. trilobus

Leaves unlobed or lobes <1 cm deep, never prominently 3-lobed;

indumentum on petioles dense, mostly spreading; petals white

Suesartan ete Se talata: ara lanty a Beat ately leek gente desta ite wee erat R. moluccanus var. moluccanus

7. Leaves on primocanes pinnate or trifoliolate 0.0... eee ens 8

Leaves on primocanes pedate or palmate... 0. eee eee eee ye. 14

8. Leaflets 3—5, white or yellowish underneath, due to dense cover of short

hairs-obseuring the tearlet-surtace).... 4: cease beter tre oe mee Ob ek ag Eo ee 9

Leaflets S—9, green underneath, glabrous or hairy, surface of leaflets not

ODSCUPEE OY AHS ose 4 ciate digesta ate eine a dh eke sh anlar Ween’ oo SMU: eH eee 1]

9. Branchlets with erect reddish hairs or bristles; petals white; fruits yellow ... *R. ellipticus

Branchlets with appressed white hairs; petals pink or red; fruits (when

TOTES CER NICER <a of Wes cid. ea + Reng endl Sane aA ae een renegades Bent anche nat Sorted oe BAe ae 10

10. Stipules 2-lobed, occasionally 3 or 4-lobed, fruits never formed............. R. x novus

Slipules entines Huits LOM! 5.4 .yeycace dees ecd Quecerergew bes hu edeete Racer aie R. parvifolius

Bean, Rubus subg. Malachobatus 4]

11, Branchlets glabrous; leaflets glabrous or sparsely hairy on veins ...........0 00 cee. 12

Branchlets hairy; leaflets hairy throughout ......... 0. eee eee 13

12.Most carpels glandular; leaflets 14-27 mm wide; petals hairy on

both surfaces ......... 0.0000 ceeeeece

* «© © # # FF *® &#@ &#@ @© BF F © BB FF F&F ££ £ © 8 Ff

R. queenslandicus

No carpels glandular; leaflets 20-48 mm wide; petals glabrous on inner

MU LAC hs bd edhe die eat iters oe ain Lele dae

13. Flowers with 5 petals .......... 000. ee.

Flowers with 9-13 petals ...............

14, Leaflets deeply incised or pinnatisect .....

= «© 8#® F FB @®© FB & *& & & & FF * & &£& &£& FF FF #& 8 &F§ FF FF FF BH FF FE

’' &+ & &§ * *# * 8 8 8 Ff

Leaflets often lobed, but never deeply incised or pinnatisect............ 0.0000 ee eee 15

15. Floricanes pruinose; mature fruits red .....

Floricanes not pruinose; mature fruits black

* ££ # © © #&* © © © © &© B&F # #@© @© @ & 8 8© #8 #@ @ © © b8 wp 8 # &£ © © © & & F 16

16. Lower surface of leaflets green and stems without glandular hairs; petals

ELSG mm iong: oo of. ep ae we tee eens

Pe meee at tert ee at ee *R. bellobatus

Lower surface of leaflets glaucous or stems with glandular hairs; petals

OSM AML IONG whe et Peele HORT RAD

Rubus subg. Malachobatus (Focke) Focke,

Bibhoth. Bot. 72: 41 (1910); R. sect.

Malachobatus Focke, Abh. Naturwiss.

Vereine Bremen 4: 187 (1874). Type: not

designated

About 127 species, mostly eastern and south-

eastern Asia, also Malesia, Australia, western

Pacific islands.

Shrubs, prickles present; leaves mostly

simple, entire or lobed. Glands absent. Stipules

free, on the twigs near the petiole base, mostly

more or less divided. Inflorescence terminal,

paniculate. Flowers mostly bisexual, carpels

mostly 30-180; fruits red, succulent.

Rubus alceifolius Poir. in Lam., Encycl. 6: 247

(1804); R. moluccanus var. alceifolius (Poitr.)

Kuntze, Meth. Sp.-Beschr. Rubus 56 (1879).

Type: Java, 1766-69, P. Commerson s.n. (holo:

P—JU, microfiche!).

For synonymy, see Kalkman (1984).

Illustrations: W.T.Parsons & E.G.Cuthbertson,

Noxious Weeds of Austral. (1992: 576);

D.L.Jones & B. Gray, Climbing PI. in Austral.

(1988: 331).

sa GMAIL oS Bete ROG Si AT Ge *R, fruticosus agg.

Erect shrubs, sometimes semi-scandent, up to

6 m high. Stems hairy, with stout, curved to

almost straight prickles to 4 mm long. Leaves

simple, Petioles 35-55 mm long, terete, hairy,

with a few stout prickles. Stipules rather

caducous, orbicular in outline, to 15 mm long,

15 mm wide, divided almost to the base, with

linear lobes; attached to stem at petiole base.

Blades of leaves broadly ovate to orbicular,

85—150(-200) x 70—130(-200) mm, shallowly

5—7-lobed; upper surface green, hairy,

comprising sparse long straight hairs and dense

short stiff hairs; lower surface brown or

yellowish, densely hairy, with short curly hairs

almost or completely obscuring the leaf surface,

and longer straight, spreading hairs on the veins;

glands absent; base cordate; apex acute;

margins serrate, with serrations 1—1.5 mm deep.

Leaves palminerved at base, then penninerved

with 2—3 pairs of lateral veins, terminating at a

major tooth; venation reticulate, midrib and

lateral veins flat to slightly impressed above,

raised below, prickles occasionally present.

Inflorescences terminal or in upper leaf axils,

up to 100 mm long, each with up to LO flowers.

Bracts broadly ovate in outline, to 17 mm long,

deeply pinnatisect, segments linear, acute, hairy

outside, glabrous inside. Pedicels terete,

5-14 mm long, sessile glands absent. Flowers

bisexual. Flower buds globular, hypanthia

shallowly convex to almost flat, densely hairy,

unarmed or with a few short prickles. Sepals

persistent, ovate, 9-10 x 5.5—7 mm, outer ones

with S—7 prominent linear lobes, inner ones not

or scarcely lobed; sepals recurved at fruiting

stage, and becoming somewhat larger; with

dense white hairs on both surfaces, prickles

absent. Petals not persistent, orbicular, shortly

clawed, 7—9 x7—8.5 mm, glabrous, white, apex

obtuse. Stamens 200-280; filaments up to

5.5 mm long, glabrous; anthers c. 0.75 mm

long, versatile, dorsifixed, with several hairs

at apex. Carpels 110-180, glabrous, glands

absent; ovaries c. 1.0 mm long, styles

c. 0.9 mm long. Carpels extending to base of

torus, annulus of hairs present at base of torus.

Collective fruit globular,c. 16 <x 16 mm when

dried, c. 25 x 25 mm when fresh, exocarp red

at maturity. Endocarpids reniform to ovoid,

rugose, c. 2.5 x 1.7 x 1.3 mm.

Selected spectinens: Queensland. Cook Districr: 6 km E

of Babinda, Dec 1992, Bean 5332 (BRI); c. 2 km SW of

Bramston Beach on read from Bruce Hwy, Aug 1989,

Blaxell 89/160 et al. (NSW); Palmerston Highway

c. 10 km from Millaa Miilaa, Nov 1979, Clarkson 2731

(BRD; c. 40 km SE of Atherton at Josephine Falls, Aug

1981, Croat 52636 (NSW); c. 11 mls [18 km] from Innisfail

neat Waugh’s Pocket, May 1952, Everist 5087 (BRD; S.F.

310 Gadgarra, track to Yeti Ridge, end of Fuller road, Jul

1995, Forster PIF17129 & Figg (BRI, K, MEL, NSW,

QRS); Swipers flat, Wooroonooran N.P., Jul 1995, Forster

PIFi7148 & Figg (BRI, MEL, NSW); Churchill Ck,

Churchill LA, SF 143, Jul 1995, Forster PIF17199 & Figg

(BRI, MEL, NSW, QRS); Cape Kimberley road, Nov 1995,

Forster PIF 18178 (BRI, QRS); SFR 755, Bartle Frere,

Boonjee L.A., Mar 1993, Gray 5642 (QRS); Danbulla, May

1961, Zyland 1859 (BRI); Cucantia, near junction of Russell

and Mulgrave Rivers, Thorne 23132a et al. (BRI);

Bellenden Ker, Mar 1922, White 1261 (BRI); Babinda,

Jan 1923, White sn. (BRI). NortH KeNNepy DisTRICcT:

i km W of Paluma, NW of Townsville, May 1992, Bean

4412 (BRI, K, MEL, NSW); Tam O’Shanter S.F. 1137,

Mission Beach-Tully road, Jul 1995, Forster PIF17356

(BRI, MEL, NSW, QRS); 14 km NW of South Johnstone,

Oct 1988, Jessup GJM2514 et al. (BRI); 11 km N of Tully

on Bruce Highway, Apr 1975, Orchard 4657 (BRI);

Mission Beach, Feb 1980, Stanfey 80255 (BRI). Port

Curtis District: Quinns Gap road, c. 12.5 km NW of

Carmila, Jul 1994, A¢eDonald 6056 et al. (BRD.

Distribution and habitat: R. alceifolius is

indigenous to south-east Asia, from southern

China to Indonesia, as far east as Sulawesi

(Celebes). Naturalised populations in Australia

extend from Cape Tribulation to Tully, with

two disjunct populations further south at

Paluma and Carmila (Map 1). It grows in

Austrobaileya 5(1): 39-51 (1997)

thickets on the edges of mesophyll or notophyll

rainforest, and on other disturbed sites where

rainforest once grew.

Phenology: Flowers have been recorded

throughout the year; fruits have been recorded

between May and August.

Notes: R. alceifolius is closely related to

R. moluccanus, but can be readily distinguished

by the deeply divided bracts and stipules with

filiform segments, the leaves which are

5—7-lobed and often orbicular in outline, the

globular flower buds, the indumentum on the

adaxial leaf surface which comprises a mixture

of long and short hairs (long hatrs only in

R. moluccanus) and the greater number of

carpels and stamens per flower.

I support the widely held belief that this

species is naturalised in Australia. R. alceifolius

was not recorded by F.M.Bailey during the

Bellenden Ker Expedition in 1889, nor in

Bailey (1900). It was first collected in Australia

by C.T.White in March 1922, from Bellenden

Ker (presumably near the railway siding of that

name), and shortly after from Babinda. The

species is apparently continuing to spread, as

some recent collections are a long way from

the first recorded locations.

R. alceifolius is considered a serious weed

in Eacham, Johnstone and Mulgrave Shires, and

is a Declared Plant, Category P3 under the

Queensland Rural Lands Protection Act

(1985-88), where ‘infestations must be

reduced’,

Rubus moluccanus L., Sp. Pl. 1197 (1753).

Type: plate 47, fig. 2, in Rumphtus, Herb.

Amboin. 5: 88 (1747).

Rubus haskarlii subsp. dendrocharis

Focke, Biblioth. Bot. 72: 99 (1910);

R. dendrocharis (Focke) Focke, Bot.

Jahrb. Syst. 54: 70 (1916);R. moluccanus

var. dendrocharis (Focke) P.Royen,

Phan. Monogr. 2: 106 (1969). Type: Bele

River, 18 km NE of Lake Habbema, Nov

1938, Brass 11387 (neo: A, fide Royen

(1969); iso: BRI).

For further synonymy, see Kalkman

(1984).

Bean, Rubus subg. Malachobatus

Erect shrubs, sometimes semi-scandent, up to

6 m high. Stems hairy, with stout, curved to

almost straight prickles to 2 mm long. Leaves

simple. Petioles 22-52 mm long, slightly

grooved on upper surface, hairy, with a few

stout prickles. Stipules caducous, elliptic in

outline, to 12 mm long, 6 mm wide, undivided

at base, with linear lobes; attached to stem at

petiole base. Blades of leaves ovate to broadly

ovate, 45-150 <x 40-125 mm, shallowly

3—S-lobed or prominently 3-lobed, or

sometimes entire; upper surface green, sparsely

hairy, comprising long straight hairs only; lower

surface brown or yellowish, densely hairy, with

short curly hairs obscuring the leaf surface, and

longer straight, appressed or spreading hairs on

the veins, glands absent; base cordate to

auriculate, but adjacent lobes only rarely

touching each other; apex acute or occasionally

obtuse; margins serrate, with serrations 1-2 mm

deep. Leaves palminerved at base, then

terminating at a major tooth; venation reticulate,

midrib and lateral veins flat to slightly

impressed above, raised below, prickles

occasionally present. Inflorescence terminal or

in upper leaf axils, up to 120 mm long, with up

to 15 flowers. Bracts ovate to broadly ovate in

outline, to 9 mm long, deeply pinnatisect,

segments linear, acute, hairy outside, glabrous

inside. Pedicels terete, 6-11 mm long, sessile

glands absent. Flowers bisexual. Flower buds

ovoid, hypanthia shallowly convex to almost

flat, densely hairy, unarmed. Sepals persistent,

deltate, 6-9 x 4-5 mm, without an acumen,

entire or with 3—5S short lobes, recurved at

fruiting stage, and becoming somewhat larger;

with dense white hairs on both surfaces,

prickles absent. Petals not persistent, broadly

ovate, not or shortly clawed, 6—8 x 4—5.5 mm,

glabrous or sparsely hairy, white or pink, apex

obtuse. Stamens 60—110; filaments up to 4mm

long, glabrous; anthers c. 0.75 mm long,

penninerved with 5—7 pairs of lateral veins, — versatile, dorsitixed, glabrous or with several

hairs at apex. Carpels 35—70, glabrous, glands

absent; ovaries c. 0.9 mm long, styles

ST aeenesee MDAOLT

Wseueeacesesceneeer gsersfuoeee!

ne. | Net CC

_ Pid a SR aR EREEERSCEED

BEER GEC CEE EE EEE EEE TERRE

ssdastcnee fat serataceel

155

! 10

SEESEGGR SRE a

PREECE 3

| EEC CCC ECC

ce SECC | sth

sarees ECE eee ce

\ LN | une 2 ! = -EEEEE Ra hs

SL yy TE ed PEE rh

=euanenue CCC ies ,

Ss FECRECECE EEE SPEREE ECE pe

Map 1. Distribution of A Rubus alceifolius and

kK |

COE

+N PPR rare EEE )

gannEre SeERGP/) Pere Ha

seruentorec tout batanfhr7/safoasastacter gat

: |

} 35

= t-

i - —s

ae R. Bun fi | Gnhnus,

c. 7.5 mm long. Carpels extending to base

of torus, annulus of hairs present at base of

torus. Collective fruit globular or oblate,

c. 10 x13 mm when dried, c. 12 x 16 mm

when fresh, exocarp red at maturity.

Endocarpids reniform to ovoid, lacunose,

6.2.3 * 1.5 x 1.5 mm.

Two varieties occur in Australia;

R. moluccanus var. moluccanus and

R. moluccanus var. trilobus.

Rubus moluccanus L. var. moluccanus

Rubus hillii F.Muell., Trans. & Proc. Philos.

Inst. Victoria 2: 67 (1857). Type:

Queensland. Moreton District: Brisbane

River, post Feb 1855, W. Hill s.n. (holo:

MEL [MEL 31307]; iso: K).

Rubus capricorni Focke, Annuaire Conserv.

Jard. Bot. Geneve 20: 106 (1917). Type:

Queensland. Cook District: Kamerunga

near Cairns, 1885-89, O. Warburg 18628

(holo: B, destroyed).

Rubus moluccanus var. austropacificus

P.Royen, Phan. Monogr. 2: 113 (1969)

(‘austropacifica’). Type: Bougainville.

Tuareruku village W of Toiumonapu

Plantation, S of Kieta, 4 July 1963,P. van

Royen NGF 16444 (holo: L n.v.; iso:

BRI).

Leaves 85-130 x 60—125 mm, shallowly

3—5-lobed, with sinuses <]0 mm deep, or entire;

young stems, petioles and veins of the lower

leaf surface with erect or spreading, long

straight hairs, as well as short curly hairs which

obscure the lamina; petals white.

Selected specimens: Queensland. Coox District:

c. 14 mls [23 km] NNW of Daintree, Nov 1967, Boyland

& Gillieatt 415 (BRI, MEL, NSW); Black Mountain road,

near Kuranda, Jan 1968, Brass 33753 (QRS); c. 1 km S of

Kuranda on road to Wrights Lookout, Jan 1980, Clarkson

2752 (BRI, QRS); near Mt Haig, c. 4.5 km NNW of

Danbulla, Nov 1979, Clarkson 2722 (BRI, L, QRS);

32 km along road to Leo Creek, Mcliwraith Range, Jun

1995, Forster PIF16821 (BRI, K, MEL, NSW, QRS);

Home Rule, Jul 1995, Forster PIF 17289 & Figg (BRI,

MEL, NSW, QRS); Nissen Creek, Mt Perseverance road,

Jul 1995, Forster PIF17178 & Figg (BRI, QRS); Timber

Reserve 14, Kesteven, Oct 1981, Hyland 11152 (QRS);

Noel L.A., N of Tinaroo Falls Dam, Nov 1981, Kanis

2152 (BRI, CANB). Norry Kennepy District: just W of

Paluma, NW of Townsville, Feb 1992, Bean 3948 (BRI);

Austrobaileya 5(1): 39-51 (1997)

top of Seaview Range escarpment, Trebonne-Mt Fox road,

Apr 1985, Rodd 4485 & Hardie (BRI, MEL, NSW);

headwaters of Dryander Creek, Mt Dryander, Feb 1971,

Webb & Tracey 10073 (BRI, CANB); Wilkin Hill,

Hinchinbrook Is., May 1972, Webb & Tracey 12011 (BRI,

CANB, QRS). SouTH KENNEDY District: Mt Blackwood,

Mar 1987, Thompson 79 (BRI). Wipe Bay DIstTRIct:

Gheerulla Falls, Mapleton S.F., Nov 1990, Bean 2684

(BRI, NSW); Kin Kin, Jan 1917, White s.n. (BRI, K).

Moreton District: Mt Cougal N.P., Upper Currumbin

Creek, Mar 1997, Bean 11765 (BRI, MEL, NSW);

2.5 mls [4.0 km] SW of Nambour, Jan 1970, Parsons s.n.

(BRI); Mt Glorious, Dec 1950, StJohn 24402 (K).

New South Wales. Nortu Coast: Richmond River,

undated, coll. unknown (NSW [NSW394747]); Clarence

River, undated, 7Adoore (MEL [MEL 31326]).

Distribution and habitat: R. moluccanus var.

moluccanus 1s native to south-east Asia,

including Thailand, throughout Malesia and

extending to Fiji (Salkman 1984). In Australia,

it is indigenous to coastal areas from northern

Queensland to northern New South Wales

(Map 2), although no collections have been

made in New South Wales for over 100 years.

It grows in open locations within or fringing

notophyll or mesophyll rainforest, or sometimes

in open forest with (for example) Eucalyptus

grandis W.Hill ex Maiden at altitudes from

sea-level to 1140 metres.

Phenology: Flowers and fruits have been

recorded for most months of the year.

Note: Bentham (1864) recorded R. moluccanus

for the Northern Territory based on a specimen

with the label ‘Port Efsington |[Essington?],

Armstrong’. This distributional record was

subsequently repeated by Ewart & Davies

(1917) and appears in several popular

publications of recent years. However, the

record appears to be erroneous. Firstly, the

specimen in question belongs inR. moluccanus

var. discolor (BI.) Kalkman, a taxon not

recorded for Australia, but common in Malesia

and the islands of the western Pacific. Secondly,

R. moluccanus is not otherwise known from

the Northern Territory, based on both

herbarium records and the comprehensive atlas

provided by Liddle et al. (1994). Furthermore,

no Rubus species has been seen by botanists of

the Northern Territory Herbarium (DNA)

(C. Dunlop, pers. comm.).

my SL Mec eye emp ee Md ae WE NT a

Bean, Rubus subg. Afalachobatus 45

Armstrong is known to have collected in foliis conspicue trilobis lobo suo terminali

Timor for some years (Britten & Boulger 1931), longitudine dimidium folii excedenti,

and it is likely that the‘Port Essington’ specimen indumento plerumque adpresso et petalis

has originated from Timor, and that a saepe roseis, differens. Typus: New

misplacement of specimen labels has occurred. South Wales. NoRTHERN J'ABLELANDS:

Giro State Forest, between Walcha and

Typification: The holotype of R. capricorniwas Gloucester, 10 December 1996,

destroyed during World War II. Isotypes were A.R. Bean 11477 (holo: BRI; iso: K, L,

sought from E, K, BM, FI, G and W, but without MEL, NSW).

success. The protologue is sufficiently detailed

to allow placement of this name as a synonym [R. Ailfii auct. non F.Muell.|

of R. moluccanus var. moluccanus.

Illustration: G.R. Cochrane et al., Fl. & Plants

Conservation status: R. moluccanus var. of Victoria & Tasmania, p. 97 (1980), as

moluccanus is a widespread and common — &. Aillii.

taxon. No conservation coding is

recommended. Leaves 45-110 x 40-100 mm, deeply 3-lobed,

with sinuses >10 mm deep, and terminal lobe

R. moluccanus var. trilobus A.R.Bean var. —c. two-thirds of leaf length; young stems,

nov. varietati moluccanae affinis, sed petioles and veins of the lower leaf surface with

appressed or sometimes spreading, long straight

hairs, as well as short curly hairs which obscure

SEE the lamina; petals usually pale or deep pink,

but sometimes white. |

Map 2, Distribution of Rubus moluccanus var. moluccanus.

Selected specimens: Queensland. Cook District: Sylvia

Creek c. 4 km W of Atherton, Nov 1979, Clarkson 2742

(BRI, QRS), NortH KENNEDY District: Mt Graham,

Rockinghams Bay, Dallachy s.n. (MEL); Magnetic Island,

around summit of Mt Cook, Aug 1982, Sandercoe 903

(BRI). SoutH Kennepy District: Carlisle Island, 35 km

N of Mackay, Sep 1986, Sharpe 4466 et al. (BRI). Porr

Curtis District: Mt Maria, c. 65 km NW of Bundaberg,

Novy 1993, Bean 7003 (BRI, DNA); Rockhampton, Apr

1868, O’Shanesy 99 (MEL). Wipe Bay District: Middle

road, near Kenilworth-Jimna road, Dec 1990, Bean 2710

(BRI, CANB, MEL). DarumNc Downs District: Spicers

Gap, Main Range N.P., via Aratula, May 1995, Bean 8643

(BRI, MEL). Moreton District: Mount Mistake, Nov 1930,

Hubbard 5217 (BRI, K). New South Wales. NorTHERN

TABLELANDS: Mt Boss SF, 45 km NW of Wauchope, May

1975, Coveny 6375 et al. GS). NortH Coast: Dalmortan

State Forest, SW of Grafton, Aug 1994, Bean 7766 (BRI);

Toonumbar, NW of Kyogle, May 1949, Constable

NSW10543 (K, NSW). CENTRAL TABLELANDS: Murdering

Gully, Kanangra, 10 miles [16 km] SE of Jenolan Caves,

May 1965, Constable 5906 (K, NSW); foot of Katoomba

Falls, Blue Mts, Dec 1950, StJohn 24604 (K, NSW).

CENTRAL Coast: Bulli Pass, Apr 1896, Morrison 5271 CK,

NSW). Sours Coast: Mt Dromedary, Courta Creek, Mar

1980, Craven 5422 (BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW);

McCarthys Ck, Tantawangalo S.F., Dec 1990, Crawford

1249 (MEL, NSW). Victoria. Howe Ranges, N of

Marshmead, Nov 1969, Beauglehole 31453 & Willis

Austrobaileya 5(1): 39-51 (1997)

(MEL); Scout Camp Rd, Major Ck crossing, 5.1 km N of

Orbost, Aug 1979, Forbes 140 (MEL, NSW); Newtons

Ck, near Cabbage Tree Creek, Dec 1910, St/o/in s.n. CK,

MEL).

Distribution and habitat: R. moluccanus var.

trilobus is endemic to Australia, and it extends

from the Atherton Tableland in north

Queensland to far eastern Victoria (Map 3). It

commonly grows in gullies or sheltered

situations in open eucalypt forest, and also on

the edges of notophyll rainforest. In north

Queensland it is confined to altitudes above

c. 500 metres, but elsewhere it may extend to

sea-level.

Phenology: Flowers and fruits have been

recorded from every month of the year.

Notes: The rank of variety has been chosen for

this taxon, because it differs from

R, moluccanus sens. str. only in the leaf shape,

characters of the indumentum and the often

pink petals; and because this rank 1s compatible

with the treatment of Kalkman (1984). The

113 120 125 (} 135 140

pa hs RRESR RRM e

10 EEEEEE EE TYNE at ft PP 7

KCC eee

EEA SSamOnaT,

eer seeeeeees, CREP rr

anes ere ce HE

: CCC Hee

acabeetier (eiseetbosteeootincait: |

30 TTL

ane EER eEeee”

re er neko

: ate

geneene

quasauseens

cCCELE ere

NBURERSHEe Seas

CEEEEHEPEREE CELE axel

ECEEE EEE Ete Sane

a SEER EE EEE HE BPE

115 120 125 136

Map 3. Distribution of Rubus moluccanus var. trilobus

135

140 Id5

TAGE Ln es bette

Bean, Rubus subg. Adalachobatus

name R. hillii has long been misapplied to this

taxon.

Conservation status: R. moluccanus var.

trilobus 1s a widespread and common taxon.

No conservation coding is recommended.

Rubus x novus Kuntze, Meth. Sp.-Beschr. Rubus

(1879). Type: New South Wales. NortH

Coast: Hastings River, in 1862,H. Beckler

s.n. (ecto, here designated: K).

Rubusx illegitimus Focke, Annuaire Conserv.

Jard. Bot. Geneve 20: 106 (1917). Type:

Queensland. DARLING Downs DistRIcT:

Toowoomba, 1885-89, O. Warburg 18629

(holo: B, destroyed),

Rubus x novae-cambriae Gand., Bull. Soc.

Bot. France 65: 25 (1918). Type: New

South Wales. CENTRAL Coast: Menangle,

Oct 1893, R.T. Baker s.n. (holo: LY nv.,

photo at NSW).

Sprawling shrubs, sometimes semi-prostrate, up

to | m high. Stems hairy, with stout, curved to

almost straight prickles to 2.5 mm long. Leaves

up to 105 mm long, usually trifoliolate, rarely

simple but then deeply 3-lobed. Petioles

10-44 mm long, grooved on upper surface,

hairy, with a few stout prickles. Petiolules of

lateral leaflets absent or up to 1 mm long,

erooved, hairy; petiolules of terminal leaflets

0—11 mm long, grooved above, hairy. Stipules

persistent, linear, to 12 mm long, 1.5 mm wide,

usually 2-lobed, sometimes these lobes further

divided; apex acute, attached at junction of

petiole and stem. Blades of leaflets ovate,

25~75 X 2-50 mm, the terminal leaflet often

larger than the lateral ones; upper surface green,

sparsely hairy, comprising long straight hairs

only; lower surface white or yellowish, densely

hairy, with short curly hairs obscuring the leaf

surface, and longer straight, appressed or

spreading hairs on the veins; glands absent; base

broadly cuneate or obtuse, sometimes oblique

in lateral leaflets; apex acute; margins serrate,

with serrations 1-3 mm deep. Leaflets

penninerved with 4—6 pairs of lateral veins,

terminating at a major tooth; venation reticulate,

midrib and lateral veins impressed above, raised

below, prickles occasionally present.

Inflorescence terminal or in upper leaf axils,

up to 80 mm long, with up to 10 flowers. Bracts

3—5—partite, to 9 mm long, segments linear,

acute, hairy outside, glabrous inside. Pedicels

terete, 4-20 mm long, hairy, glands absent.

Flowers bisexual. Flower buds ovoid, hypanthia

shallowly convex to almost flat, hairy, unarmed.

Sepals persistent, deltate, 5.5—7 x 2.5-3.5 mm,

including a 0.5—2.5 mm long acumen, entire or

occasionally with small lobes, recurved after

anthesis; with dense white hairs on both

surfaces, prickles absent. Petals not persistent,

elliptical, clawed, 6-8 x 4—5 mm, glabrous or

with some hairs on outer surface, pink, Stamens

50-80, glabrous; filaments up to 4.5 mm long,

anthers c. 0.75 mm long. Carpels 40-50,

glabrous, glands absent; ovaries c. 1.0 mm long,

styles c. 5.5 mm long. Carpels extending to base

of torus, annulus of hairs present at base of

torus. Fruits never formed.

Selected spectinens: Queensland. SouTH KENNEDY

District: headwaters of East Funnel Creek, SSE of Sarina,

Sep 1993, Champion 862 (BRI). Port Curtis District:

Reedy Creek, 8 km SE of Lowmead on Bundaberg road,

May 1976, Rodd 3046 & Jacobs (NSW). Burnett DIstrict:

Mt Perry, undated, Keys s.n. (BRI). Dartinc Downs

District: Cherry Plain Lookout track, Bunya Mountains

N.P., May 1996, Grimshaw PG2470 & Grimshaw (BRI,

NSW). Moreton District: 6.5 km WNW of Bellthorpe

Hall, towards Forestry station, Feb 1989, Bean 1004 (BRD;

foothills of Mt Ballow, downstream from Grace’s Hut, Dec

1989, Bean 1287 (BRI, L, NSW); 7km NW of Mt Glorious,

Jan 1990, Bean 1331 (BRI, L, NS W); Tamborine Mtn, Dec

1926, White 3344 (BRI). New South Wales. Nortu Coast:

Maclean, Feb 1913, coll. unknown (NSW); Gloucester, Jan

1882, Betche s.n. (NSW); Ramornie, 3 miles [5 km] NW

of Copmanhurst, Jul 1922, Blakely & Shiress s.n. (NSW);

Laurieton (Camden Haven), Nov 1944, McComish s.n.

(NSW). CENTRAL WESTERN SLOPES: Murrurundi, May 1986,

Cherry s.n. (NSW), CENTRAL TABLELANDS: Bundancon, Feb

1897, Stee/ sn. (NSW). Centra Coast Pulbah Island,

Lake Macquarie, Nov 1929, Chee/ s.n. (NSW); Bulli, Dec

1888, Fletcher s.n. (NSW); Point Clare, Jun 1897, Forsyth

s.n. (NSW); Machin’s Crater, 5.5 miles [8.8 km] SSE of

Glenbrook, Mar 1970, Pickard 953 (NSW), SoutH Coast.

Kiah (or Towamba) River c. 2,5 km NE of Kiah, Nov 1976,

Jacobs 2880 (NSW). Victoria. 4 km NE Goongerah, Orbost

region, Jan 1986, Chesterfield 651 (MEL),

Distribution and habitat: R. x novus has been

recorded along the eastern Australian coast,

from Mackay in Queensland to eastern Victoria

(Map 4). It grows close to notophyl! rainforest

or in tall eucalypt forest, dominated by species

such as Eucalyptus saligna Sm. and

i. microcorys F,Muell.

Phenology: Flowers have been recorded

between June and March.

Conservation status: R. X novus 1s a widespread

and common taxon. No conservation coding is

recommended.

Notes: R. x novus 1s a naturally occurring

hybrid, between R. moluccanus var. trilobus (of

R. subg, Malachobatus) and R. parvifolius L.

(of R. subg. Idaeobatus). It is the only known

hybrid between indigenous Australian Rubus

taxa, and is perhaps the only naturally occurring

inter-subgeneric hybrid for the genus Rubus,

although Kalkman (1984) speculated on the

existance of an inter-subgeneric hybrid for a

specimen he collected (No. 4856). I have not

seen this specimen.

Austrobaileya 5(1): 39-51 (1997)

R. x novus 1s sterile. While it flowers well,

no fruits have ever been collected or reported,

and I have never seen any, despite actively

searching for them.

Typification: Kuntze (1879) clearly states that

he saw a specimen from Hastings River, New

South Wales at the Herbarium of the Royal

Botanic Gardens, Kew and as the protologue

agrees with this specimen, it is chosen as the

lectotype for the name Rubus x novus.

The holotype of R. x i/legitimus was

destroyed during World War II. Isotypes were

sought by the present author from E, K, BM,

FI, G and W, but without success. The

protologue is sufficiently detailed to allow

placement of this name as a synonym of

R, X HOVUS.

Rubus subg. Diemenicus A.R.Bean subg, nov.

Map 4. Distribution of Rubus x novus

sf shack “15 mei ERA em ra attastscay ree scdre rte 2 os

“SESS MEPs Midiehelaeseame cena vea renieoenvea ve ene ge ore eerie corcenaaeer Sue EN

Bean, Rubus subg. Mdalachobatus

Herba rhizomate repente, sine aculeis; folia

omnia radicalia, petioli e basi vaginantes,

stipulae nullae; flores solitari1, unisexuales,

carpellis 6 —10; glandulae breviter pedunculares

in petiolis foliis pedunculis ovariisque adsunt;

fructus rubri, succulent.

Typus: R. gunnianus Hook.

A monotypic subgenus.

Rhizomatous creeping herb, prickles absent,

leaves all radical, petioles sheathing at base,

stipules absent; flowers solitary, unisexual,

carpels 6 —10; shortly stalked glands present

on petioles, leaves, peduncles and ovaries; fruits

red, succulent.

Etymology: Named for Van Diemen’s Land,

now known as Tasmania, where the type

species is endemic.

Rubus gunnianus Hook., Icon. Pl. 3: t. 291

(1840). Type: Tasmania. Chilton, Surrey

Hills, 16 February 1837, R. Gunn

271/1837 (lecto: K, here designated;

isolecto: NSW [NSW385192]).

Illustrations: Cochrane et al., Fl. and Plants of

Victoria & Tasmania, p. 112 (1980); Macoboy

et al. (eds), Gard. Encyc. of Pl. & Flowers,

p. 321 (1992),

Prostrate herbs, lacking prickles, rhizomatous.

Vertical stems 1-10 mm long, rarely to 50 mm,

glabrous, prickles absent. Leaves borne in

clusters at each node; up to 60 mm long, mostly

with 3 leaflets, but with unifoliolate leaves often

present at base of cluster. Petioles 12-36 mm

long, grooved on upper surface, sheathing at

base with sparse, simple white hairs and

stipitate red glands. Petiolules of lateral leaflets

0—-0.5 mm long, grooved, glands present;

petiolules of terminal leaflets 0-3 mm long,

grooved above, glabrous, glands present.

Stipules absent. Blades of terminal leaflets

broadly ovate, 9-19 x 7-14 mm, the lateral

leaflets broadly ovate, 6-8 x 4.5—5 mm;

glabrous or with sparse hairs along midrib,

glands stipitate, red, turning black with age,

rather sparse; base broadly cuneate or obtuse,

sometimes oblique in lateral leaflets; apex

acute; margins serrate to deeply lobed. Leaflets

penninerved with 2—4 pairs of lateral veins,

branching before the margin and terminating

at a sinus; venation reticulate, midrib and lateral

veins impressed above, raised below.

Inflorescence axillary, solitary. Bracts ovate,

entire, to 6 mm long, glabrous or with sparse

hairs and glands along margins, apex obtuse.

Peduncies terete, 4-16 mm long, with white

hairs, stipitate glands present. Flowers

functionally unisexual. Flower buds globular,

hypanthia obconical, sparsely hairy. Sepals

persistent, deltate to ovate, 4—5.5 x 2.5—3.5 mm,

entire; with sparse white hairs on both surfaces.

Petals not persistent, narrowly elliptical, not

clawed, 6-10 x 2-4.5 mm, glabrous, white.

stamens 16-23, glabrous; filaments up to

2.5 mm long, anthers c. 0.75 mm long. Carpels

6—10, glabrous; glands numerous per carpel,

shortly stalked; ovaries c. 0.8 mm long, styles

c. 0.75 mm long. Torus small, hairy between

the carpels; annulus of hairs absent at base of

torus. Collective fruit globular, c. 10 x 10 mm

when dried, of unknown size when fresh,

exocarp red at maturity; carpids 2-4 per fruit.

Endocarpids ellipsoidal, lacunose, c. 4.5 x 2.5

x 2.5 mm.

Selected specimens: Tasmania, NortH West: Waratah,

Dec 1914, Lucas s.n. (NSW). Ringwood, Nov 1841,

Milligan 152 (HO). BEN Lomonpb: summit of Mt Maurice,

Dec 1979, Buchanan 71 CHO); Mt Barrow, Jan 1922, Rupp

s.n. (MEL). West Coast: Trig station of Raglan Range,

Dec 1984, Collier 156 (HO); Linda track, Jan 1903,

Rodway 214 (HO); Lake Rhona, Denison Range, Jan 1977,

Tyler sn. (HO), CENTRAL HicHLANps: Cradle Valley, Dec

1931, Anderson 9 CHO); Drys Bluff, NE face, just below

the summit, Dec 1984, Buchanan 4932 (HO); below Eldon

Bluff, Feb 1987, Buchanan 9970 CHO); Micklethwaite

Marsh, Mar 1985, Morris 8535 (HO); King William Range,

Nov 1933, Rodway 154 (HO), Mr. Fie_p: Lake Fenton,

Nov 1914, Gibbs 6508 (BM); Mt Field N.P., Jun 1979,

Noble 28843 (HO); near Lake Dobson huts, Mt Field N.P.,

Jan 1978, Smith 237 (HO). Mr. WELLINGTON:

Mt Wellington, Jan 1892, Bailey & Shirley (BRD;

Mt Wellington, Feb 1891, Rodway s.n. (MEL). SouTu

WEst: Southern Jubilee Range, Jan 1985, Buchanan 5396

(HO); 3 km ESE of Mt Mueller, Dec 1990, Collier 4958

(HO); Hartz Mountain, Apr 1901, Rodway 214 (HO).

Distribution and habitat. Rubus gunnianus 1s

endemic to the island of Tasmania, where

it is apparently common in many places

between altitudes of 620-1280 metres

(Map 1). Its most commonly recorded habitat

is amongst alpine or sub-alpine shrubbery,

but it is also recorded from Buttongrass

(Gymnoschoenus sphaerocephalus (R.Br.)

Hook.f.) plains, shady gullies and dolerite

cliffs.

Phenology: R. gunnianus produces flowers

from November-February and fruits from

January-April.

Notes: R. gunnianus has no close relatives.

While Focke (1910) placed it in R. subg.

Dalibarda, he also stated that “R. gunnianus

and R. dalibarda truly constitute two

characteristic subgenera”.

A new subgenus is here erected to

accommodate R. gsunnianus, as tt has some

characteristics unique for Rubus, or at least its

non-woody members. These include 1) leaves

in rosettes, often arising directly from the

rhizome, or with short erect branches; 11)

absence of stipules (unlike all other creeping

Rubus); 111), broad petioles sheathing at their

bases; Iv) prominent glands on the carpels,

unlike all other herbaceous species of Rubus;

v) flowers often (perhaps always) unisexual,

with either stamens or carpels being imperfectly

developed (Curtis 1956; Rodway in litt.), and

this can be observed in the herbarium. All other

herbaceous Rubi are bisexual, except

R. chamaemorus L., which is dioecious (Bailey

1941); vi) The major lateral veins 1n the leaves

terminate at a sinus. This occurs in no other

Rubus species that I have examined, and hence

this is possibly another unique characteristic,

although the available data are very limited.

According to Focke (1910),2. gumnianus

is the smallest of all Rubus species.

Typification: The lectotype comprises four

separate pieces (two bearing flowers and two

bearing fruit), in a horizontal row across the

centre of the sheet, and labelled “Mr Gunn 271/

1837, Van D. Land, ripe fruit at Chilton, Surrey

Hills, 16/2/37”. Two of these pieces appear to

form the basis of the illustrations accompanying

the protologue. Other specimens mounted on

the same sheet are dated 1840 and 1845, and

could not have been used by Hooker in drawing

up his description. Hence they are excluded

from forming part of the type.

The isolectotype at NSW consists of the

mounted material only. The material in the

Austrobatleya 5(1): 39-51 (1997)

packet was collected by J. Milligan and 1s hence

excluded.

Conservation status: R. gunnianus is reported

to be common throughout its habitat, and 1s

present in at least two National Parks. No

conservation coding is recommended.

Acknowledgements

Specimens from several herbaria have been

examined; I would like to thank the Directors

of AD, BM, HO, K, MEL, NSW, PERTH and

QRS for specimen loans. Laurie Jessup and

Barry Conn searched for type specimens on my

behalf during their terms as Australian

Botanical Liaison Officer. Philip Sharpe kindly

translated Kuntze’s paper relating to R. x novus.

Paul Forster collected specimens from north

Queensland at my request. Gordon Guymer

commented on a draft of this paper. Peter

Bostock assisted in the translation of some Latin

text, and provided the Latin diagnoses.

References

BalLtey, F.M. (1900). Rubus. In The Queensland Flora

2: 526-8. Brisbane: H.J. Diddams & Co.

Bamey, L.H. (1941). Species Batorum: The Genus Rubus

in North America (north of Mexico). Gentes

Herbarum 5: 1-932.

Bean, A.R. (1995), A revision of Rubus subg.

Micranthobatus (Focke) Kalkman (Rosaceae) in

Australia. Austrobaileya 4; 321-8.

—— (1997), A Revision of Rubus subg. Idaeobatus

(Focke) Focke (Rosaceae) in Australia.

Austrobaileya 4: 677-89.

BENNETT, E.M. (1987). Rosaceae. In Marchant, N.G. et al.,

Flora of the Perth Region, 1:207—11. Perth: Western

Australian Herbarium.

BENTHAM, G. (1864). Rubus. In Flora Australiensis

2: 429-32, London: L. Reeve & Co.

Britten, J. & Boutcer, G.S. (1931). A Biographical Index

of Deceased British and Irish Botanists, 2nd edition.

London: Taylor & Francis.

Curtis, W.M. (1956). The Student’s Flora of Tasmania,

Part 1.Tasmania: Government Printer.

Ewart, A.J. & Davies, O.B. (1917). The Flora of the

Northern Territory, Melbourne: Minister for Home

and Territories.

ee to eA SE RE EM a i i

Bean, Rubus subg. Malachobatus

Focke, W.O. (1910), Species Ruborum Monographiae

generis Rubi Prodromus. Bibliotheca Botanica 17

(72 Part 1): 1-120.

GLEASON, H.A. (1952). New Britton & Brown Illustrated

Flora 2: 318. New York: New York Botanical

Gardens

HARDEN, G.J. & Ropp, A.N. (1990). Rosaceae. in

G.J, Harden (ed.), Flora of New South Wales

1; 528-50. Sydney: New South Wales University

Press.

KALKMAN, C. (1984), The Genus Rubus (Rosaceae) in

Malesia 2. The subgenus Ma@lachobatus. Blumea

29: 319-86.

Kuntze, O. (1879), Methodik der Speciesbeschreibung und

Rubus. Leipzig: Arthur Felix.

Lippe, D.T., RUSSELL-SMITH, J., Brock, J., LeEAcH, GJ.

& Connors, G.T. (1994). Atlas of the Vascular

Rainforest Plants of the Northern Territory.

Canberra: Australian Biological Resources Study.

Royen, P. vAN (1969). The Genus Rubus (Rosaceae) in

New Guinea. Phanerogamarum Monographiae

Tomus II. Lehre: J. Cramer.

Scoacan, H.J. (1978). Rosaceae. in The Flora of Canada

3: 898-967, Ottawa: National Museums of Canada.

Symon, D.E. (1986). Rubus, In Jessop & Toelken (eds.)

Flora of South Australia 1: 446-9.

THomeson, M.M. (1997). Survey of Chromosome Numbers

in Rubus (Rosaceae: Rosoideae). Annals of the

Missouri Botanic Garden 84: 128-64.

Wess, C.J., SYKES, W.R. & GARNOCK-JoNEs P.J, (1988).

Rubus, in Flora of New Zealand, Volume IV,

Naturalised Pteridophytes, Gymnosperms,

Dicotyledons. Christchurch: Botany Division DSIR.

UT ee ne rar ev ns fod ee

Sy yee pt fg rrr irr EW et SE oe a ee

Madangia inflata (Asclepiadaceae: Marsdenieae), a new genus and species

from Papua New Guinea

Paul I. Forster, David J. Liddle and Iris M. Liddle

Summary

Forster, Paul f., Liddle, David J., Liddle, Iris M. (1997). Madangia inflata (Asclepiadaceae:

Marsdenieae), a new genus and species from Papua New Guinea. Austrobaileya 5(1): 53-57. The new

genus Madangia is described with the sole species AZ inflata P.1.Forst., D.J.Liddle & LM.Liddle.

M. inflata 1s thus far known only from the Madang Province of Papua New Guinea. The genus is

closely allied to Hoya R.Br. to which it is compared.

Keywords: Asclepiadaceae, Marsdenieae, Hoya, Madangia - Papua New Guinea; Madangia inflata.

Paul I.Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland 4068, Australia

David J.Liddle, Iris M.Liddle, P.O, Box 794, Mareeba, Queensland 4880, Australia

Introduction

The authors are working towards a revision of

the genera Hoya R.Br. and Dischidia R.Br.

(both Asclepiadaceae: Marsdenieae) as they

occur in Australia and Papuasia. In 1992 the

first two authors collected numerous live

material of Hoya in north-east Papua New

Guinea, particularly in Madang Province, One

of the plants, collected at the time without

flowers and with the vegetative appearance of

a species of Hoya, has now subsequently

flowered in cultivation and is not referable to

that genus. This plant represents not only an

undescribed species, but an undescribed genus,

which although allied to Hoya, differs in

numerous ways from all taxa included in that

genus. This species is described as Madangia

inflata in the present paper and its affinities

discussed. There appear to be no previous

herbarium collections of this plant that has

rather remarkable, showy, white, globose

flowers and is of considerable horticultural

merit.

Madangia P.I.Forst., D.J.Liddle et LM.Liddle

genus novum. Genus singulare in

Asclepiadaceis: Marsdenieis per corollam

globosam et formam loborum coronae

staminalis. Lobi coronae staminalis

membranei et sibi contigui (autem non

Accepted for publication 16 July 1997

connati) secus longitudinem paene

omnino praeter apices supernos

lanceolatos prope apicem styli et

margines infernos columna staminali

multo longiores. Margo infernus

quuisque columnae staminalis valde

recurvus in extremitate necnon segmenta

membranacea involutiones corollae

interposita format.

A genus unique within the Asclepiadaceae:

Marsdenieae by virtue of the globose corolla,

and the form of the staminal corona lobes. The

staminal corona lobes are membranous and

contiguous (but not fused) to each other for

almost their entire length, apart from the upper

lanceolate apices near the style head and the

lower edges that are much longer than the

staminal column. The lower edge of each

staminal corona lobe is strongly recurved at the

end and forms a membranous frill positioned

between involutions of the corolla wall.

Type species: Madangia inflata P.1.Forst.,

D.J.Liddle & I.M.Liddle

Epiphytic twiner; latex white. Roots fibrous.

Leaves petiolate; lamina fleshy, hairy; with

colleters. Inflorescence deciduous, usually

single at a node, umbelliform to racemiform,

positively geotropic. Flowers pedicellate.

Sepals 5. Corolla globose, fleshy-membranous;

tube much inflated, of 5 completely fused

petals; lobes free at tips, valvate. Annular and

corolline coronas absent; staminal corona of 5

membranous lobes that are contiguous with but

not fused to each other, each lobe attached to

the back of each anther that make up the fused

staminal column, lower edge of lobe strongly

flanged away from central part of flower and

strongly recurved with a somewhat frilled

margin that is positioned between involutions

of the corolla wall; interstaminal corona absent.

Stamens connate into gynostegium (staminal

column), not markedly capitate. Anthers

2-locular with terminal appendage; pollen in

linear tetrads; pollinaria with 2 erect, oblong

pollinia with a pellucid germinating mouth on

outer margin; corpsculum oblong-ovate;

caudicles not winged, not geniculate.

Style-head rounded. Follicles and seeds not

seen.

A monotypic genus, endemic to Papua

New Guinea.

Etymology: The generic name is formed from

the geographical region of Madang Province

in north-east Papua New Guinea.

Madangia inflata P.I.Forst., D.J.Liddle et

I.M.Liddle sp. nev. Volubilis lenta;

indumento trichomatum incoloratum

simplictum multicellularum. Caules

usque ad metra pluria longi ad interque

internodos radicantes, trichomatibus

sparsis; internodia usque ad 200 mm

longa et 2 mm diametro, lenticellata

demum. Petioli cylindrici, 8-12 mm

longi, 1.5-3.5 mm diametro, leviter

sulcati supra, trichomatibus sparsis

antroris. Colletri rotundati 1 vel 2 basi

laminae. Lamina folii elliptica usque ad

elliptico-ovata, succulenta, usque ad

120 mm longa et 60 mm lata, apice acuta

usque ad breve acuminata, basi cordata

lobis superpositis; venatio ex venis 6 vel

7 lateralibus arenatis et et venis

interlateralibus reticulatis mndistinctis

constans; pagina supera viridis venatione

+ obscura trichomatibus dispersis; pagina

infera pallide viridis venatione indistincta

trichomatibus dispersus usque ad sparsis.

Pedunculi florentes 8-22 mm longi,

Austrobaileya 5(1): 53-57 (1997)

1.5—2 mm diametro, trichomatibus

dispersis floribus usque ad 9 ornati;

bractea ovato-truncata, 0.4-0.5 mm

longa, 0.5-0.8 mm lata, sparse ciliata.

Flores 12-14 mm longi, 17—18 mm

diametro; pedicelli 32-45 mm longi,

1.4-1.5 mm diametro, glabri. Sepala

triangularia, c. 1 mm longa et 2 mm lata.

Corolla 12-13 mm longa, 17-18 mm

diametro, alba; tubus 12—14 mm longa,

17-18 mm diametro, glaber, basi sub

sepalis protrusa eaque occulta, apice in

centro depresso; lobi 5-6 mm longi,

6—7 mm lati, apice leviter recurvi, intra

breve papillati. Corona staminalis c. 8 mm

longa et 10 mm diametro; apices loborum

apicem styli1 aequantes. Columna

staminalis c. 4 mm longa et 3 mm

diametro; antherae appendices

lanceolatae c. 1 mm longae et 0.7 mm

latae; fissura alaris 0.8—1 mm longa sub

antheris non prolongata. Apex styli

c. 1 mm longus et 1 mm diametro.

Pollinaria c. 0.96 mm longa et 0.77 mm

lata; pollinia 0.77-0.78 longa,

0.29-0.31 mm lata; corpusculum

0.38-0.43 mm longum, 0.21—0.24 mm

latum; caudiculae 0.11—0.14 mm longa,

0.5-0.9 mm lata. latiores in extremo

corpusculari. Typus: Cultivated at

Emerald Creek, Mareeba (from plant

collected Papua New Guinea. MADANG

Province: Headwaters Dom River,

4°58’S, 145° 45’E), 26 Nov 1995,

IM Liddle IML1076 (holo: BRI |1 sheet

+ spirit]).

Wiry twiner; indumentum of uncoloured

simple multicellular trichomes. Stems to several

metres long, rooting at and between nodes, with

sparse trichomes; internodes up to 200 mm long

and 2 mm diameter, lenticillate with age. Leaf

petioles cylindrical, 8-12 mm long, 1.5—3.5 mm

diameter, faintly grooved along top, with sparse

antrorse trichomes; colleters rounded, | or 2 at

lamina base. Leaf lamina elliptic to elliptic-

ovate, fleshy, up to 120 mm long and 60 mm

wide; tip acute to shortly acuminate; base

cordate with the lobes overlapping; venation

of 6 or 7 looping lateral veins and indistinct

reticulate minterlateral veins; upper surface green,

venation + obscure, with scattered trichomes;

lower surface pale green, venation indistinct,

Ht Pe CO ae SD ty ee ee ae ce De a ene oe ee a a* wane

Forster, Liddle & Liddle, Madangia inflata

with scattered to sparse trichomes. Flowering

peduncles 8—22 mm long, 1.5—2 mm diameter,

with scattered trichomes, with up to 9 flowers;

bracts ovate-truncate, 0.4—0.5 mm long,

0.5—0.8 mm wide, sparsely ciliate. Flowers

12-14 mm long, 17—18 mm diameter; pedicels

32-45 mm long, 1.4—-1.5 mm diameter,

glabrous. Sepals triangular, c. 1 mm long and

2 mim wide, glabrous. Corolla 12-13 mm long,

17-18 mm diameter, white; tube 12-14 mm

long, 17-18 mm diameter, glabrous, base

protuding down below sepals and obscuring

them, top depressed in centre; lobes 5—6 mm

long, 6—7 mm wide, slightly recurved at top,

shortly papillate inside. Staminal corona

c. 8 mm long and 10 mm diameter; lobe tips

level with style-head. Staminal column c. 4mm

long and 3 mm diameter; anther appendages

lanceolate, c. | mm long and 0.7 mm wide;

alar fissure 0.8—]1 mm long, not continuing

down below anthers. Style-head c. 1 mm long

and 1 mm diameter. Pollinaria c. 0.96 mm long

and 0.77 mm wide; pollinia 0.77-0.78 mm

long, 0.29-0.31 mm wide; corpusculum

0.38-0.43 mm long, 0.21—0.24 mm wide;

caudicles 0.11—0.14 mm long, 0.5-0.9 mm

wide, wider at corpusculum end. Fig. 1.

Additional speciinens examined: Known only from the

type collection and live plants in cultivation.

Distribution and habitat: Madangia inflata is

known only from the single type collection.

Plants grow as twig epiphytes in the canopy of

lowland complex mesophyll vineforest on

volcanic soil. Hoya kenejiana Schltr. and

miscellaneous ferns and orchids grow in

association. Plants recorded in the surrounding

forest include Tabernaemontana aurantiaca

Gaud., 7. pandacaqui Lam., Aglaia sp.,

Graptophyllum pictum (..) Griff, Pittosporum

sp., Popowia sp., Casearia sp., Rinorea horneri

(Korth.) O.Kuntze, Maniltoa psilogyne Harms

and Polyalthia sp.

Notes: Madangia inflata 1s unique in the

Marsdenieae for its globose corolla and the

form of the staminal corona. Globose corollas

are rare in the Marsdenieae, the only regional

example being the Australian Gunnessia pepo

P...Forst. (Forster 1990). Madangia inflata does

not appear closely allied to Gunnessia pepo

which has a totally dissimilar staminal corona

and pollinaria. Globose corollas are more

common, but still rare, in the Stapelieae (sensu

Bruyns & Forster 1991), with convergently

similar examples to Madangia being found in

Echidnopsis malum (Lavranos) Bruyns (Bruyns

1988) and Stapeliopsis neronis Pillans (Bruyns

1981), both stem succulents from Africa.

Unlike Echidnopsis malum, Gunnessia pepo

and Sfapeliopsis neronis, the staminal column

of Madangia inflata is not further enclosed by

a tubular staminal corona within the enclosing

corolla.

Madangia inflata is undoubtedly most

closely allied to Hoya as it has a similar

habit, and apart from the globose corolla and

staminal corona, has a similar floral

morphology to many species especially those

in Papuasia. Globose corollas are extremely

uncommon in Hoya with the only known

example being H. heuschkeliana Kloppenburg

from the Philippines. The corolla lobes in

Hl. heuschkeliana are not as completely fused

as in M. inflata with an obvious suture along

the margins of each lobe, nor are they anywhere

as large. Apart from its globose corolla,

H. heuschkeliana has a staminal corona typical

of Hoya.

The recently described H. telosmoides

Omlor from Sabah is also worth mentioning

here. This species has a corolla with a markedly

inflated tube that has a constricted mouth and

narrow lobes (Omlor 1996), These characters

are not found in other species of Hoya, but

H. telosmoides has a similar staminal corona

to other species of that genus and Omlor (1996)

concluded that it would be best placed there

until such time as a monograph of Hoya could

be undertaken and the status of the infrageneric

classification reviewed.

The staminal corona of M. inflata differs

markedly from that of Hoya. In Hoya the

staminal corona comprises five separate lobes

that are attached to the backs of the anthers

fused into the staminal column. The lobes are

discrete and although well separated in most

taxa of Hoya may be closely contiguous in some

species. The lower edge of each staminal corona

lobe in Hoya is strongly inrolled along the sides

56 Austrobaileya 5(1): 53-57 (1997)

*% “t, "s, _

* * a i‘ =

¥ '. FT a bee eh iialel ote

oat a vasst * eewitu gem ere bee - s

5mm 5mm

Fig. 1. Madangia inflata. A. habit of flowering stem x 0.5. B. side view of flower x 3. C. face view of flower x 3.

D, vertical cross-section of lower part of corolla tube, staminal corona and staminal column x 3.5. E, side view of staminal

corona and staminal column x 3.5. F, face view of staminal corona and staminal column ~ 3.5. G. pollinartum x 25.

All from live and spirit material of D.J.Liddle IML1076. Del. B.Gray.

Forster, Liddle & Liddle, Madangia inflata

forming the ‘coronal groove’ of Rintz (1978).

In Madangia the five staminal corolla lobes are

contiguous to each other for almost their entire

length, apart from the upper apex near the style

head and the strongly recurved lower edges.

The lower edge of each staminal corona lobe

in Madangia is recurved at the end, although

not at the sides, and forms a membranous frill,

rather then a fleshy roll, that 1s positioned

between involutions of the corolla wall. As a

result no ‘coronal groove’ is formed. The only

Hoya that approaches the staminal corona form

of Madangia is H. multiflora Blume, that 1s

sometimes segregated in the genus

Centrostemma as C. multiflorum (Blume)

Decne. In H. multiflora the staminal corona

lobes do not have a marked ‘corona groove’,

although it is still present, and the lower edge

of the lobes are sharpely pointed (Rintz 1978).

H. multiflora is a shrubby plant that never

twines, not an uncommon trait in Hoya, and

has a strongly reflexed rotate corolla. It is

feasible that the floral features of a Hoya such

as H. multiflora are plesiomorphic and similar

to a putative ancestor to Madangia.

The pollinaria of Madangia inflata appear

similar to those illustrated as group B of

Malaysian Hoyas by Rintz (1978), where the

caudicles are unwinged and the outer edge of

the pollinia have a pellucid germination mouth.

The features of a globose corolla with

totally fused corolla lobes, apart from the tips,

and contiguous staminal coronal lobes that have

a strongly recurved, frilled lower edge are

considered derived for Madangia. Description

of Madangia does not lend justification for

dismemberment of Hoya into segregate groups

as has been alluded to on occasion (e.g. Hill

1988). Despite the great morphological

variability encompassed within the latter, the

species presently recognised within Hoya are

united by the shared character states of the

staminal corona as described above.

Conservation status: The lowland rainforests

of Madang Province are being cleared at an

alarming rate for saw-logs and woodchips. The

type locality for MZ inflata was a remnant of

forest in an almost totally logged (clear-felled)

area. Survival of this species in the area of its

initial collection is unlikely 1n the near future.

Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from

the Latin inflatus (bladdery, thin, membranous

and swollen) and alludes to the corolla texture

and shape.

Acknowledgements

We are grateful to Bruce Gray of Atherton for

the illustrations and Les Pedley (BRI) for the

Latin translations. Fieldwork mm Papua New

Guinea was possible due to a Christensen

Research Institute Fellowship in 1992 and the

then Director of CRI Dr M. Jebb assisted in

various ways.

References

Bruyns, P.V. (1981). A review of Pectinaria Haw.,

Stapeliopsis Pillans and a new genus Ophionella

(Asclepiadaceae). The Cactus and Succulent

Journal of Great Britain 43: 61-83.

— (1988). A revision of the genus Echidnopsis Hook.f.

(Asclepiadaceae). Bradleya 6: 1-48.

Bruyns, P.V. & Forster, P.I. (1991). Recircumscription

of the Stapelieae (Asclepiadaceae). Taxon

40:381-391.,

Forster, P.I. (1990). Notes on Asclepiadaceae, 2.

Austrobaileya 3: 273-289.

Hitt, K.D. (1988). A revision of Hoya (Asclepiadaceae)

in Australia. Tefopea 3: 241-255.

Om or, R. (1996). Notes on Marsdeniecae (Asclepiadaceae)

- a new, unusual species of Hoya from Northern

Borneo. Novo 6: 288-294,

Rintz, R.E. (1978). The Peninsular Malaysian species of

Hoya (Asciepiadaceae). Malayan Nature Journal

30: 467-522.

Marsdenia jensenti (Asclepiadaceae: Marsdenieae), a new

Species from north-eastern Queensland

Paul I. Forster

Summary

Forster, Paul I. (1997). Adarsdenia jensenii (Asclepiadaceae: Marsdenieae), a new species from

north-eastern Queensland. Austrobaileya 5(1): 59-61. The new species Adarsdenia jensenii is

described and illustrated. It is endemic to north-eastern Queensland in the ‘Wet Tropics’ region

and apparently restricted to a smal! area near Gadgarra State Forest.

Keywords: Asclepiadaceae, Marsdenieae, Marsdenia - Australia, Afarsdenia hemiptera,

Marsdenia jensenii.

Paul I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland 4068, Australia

Introduction

A revision of Marsdenia R.Br. in Australia and

Papuasia was recently published wherein some

seventy-eight species were enumerated (Forster

1995). The following new species was

discovered too late to be included in that work,

or in the subsequent Flora of Australia account

(Forster 1996), and is described here.

‘Taxonomy

Marsdenia jensenti P.1.Forst., sp. nov.

affinis M4. hemipterae H.Rch. latice albo

(contra pellucido usque ad viridiflavo),

florrum pedicellis 15—25 mm longis (contra

5—13 mm), corollae lobis valde dextris

(contra + rectis usque = ad

modice dextris), sepalis orbicularis

usque ad orbicularo-ovatis (contra

lanceolatis), coronae staminalis lobis

apicem styli superantibus (contra non

superantibus), poliniis ellipsoideis

magnioribus 0.72—0.74 mm longis

(contra globoso-ovoideus 0.5—0.55 mm

longis) differt.

TFypus: Queensland. Coox District: State Forest

Reserve 310, Gadgarra, track to Yeti Ridge,

L7°17’°S, 145°44°E, 15 Feb = 1995,

R. Jensen 105 (holo: QRS; iso: BRI). Canopy

liane; latex white; indumentum of simple,

multicellular trichomes that are uncoloured or

Accepted for publication 20 June 1997

pale golden in colour, Stems woody, lenticillate

and up to 5 cm thick with age; internodes up to

150 mm long and 4 mm diameter, with scattered

trichomes when young. Leaves petiolate;

petioles 30-50 mm long, I-1.5 mm diameter,

grooved on top, with scattered trichomes;

colleters rounded to shortly subulate, 6 to 8 at

base of lamina. Leaf lamina lanceolate-ovate to

ovate, up to 160 mm long and 70 mm wide; tip

acute to shortly acuminate; base weakly cordate

to almost truncate; venation comprising 9 to 11

primary lateral veins per side of midrib and

secondary interlateral reticulate veins; upper

surface dark green, primary venation visible but

not prominent, glabrous; lower surface pale

green, primary and secondary venation

prominent, glabrous. Inflorescence racemiform,

up to 25 mm _ =4Iong; peduncle

11-15 mm long, c. 1 mm diameter, with sparse

trichomes; bracts lanceolate to triangular,

1—1.5 mm long, 0.5—0.7 mm wide, with sparse to

dense trichomes; flowers 1—20. Flowers

7-8 mm long, 17-22 mm diameter; pedicels 15—

25 mm long, |—2 mm diameter, with sparse

trichomes. Sepals orbicular to orbicular-ovate,

overlapping, 5.5—-6 mm long, 4—5 mm wide, with

scattered trichomes, ciliate. Corolla rotate, 17—

22 mm diameter, green outside, faintly purplish

inside; tube 1.5—2 mm long, not pouched at top,

mainly glabrous but with a few scattered

trichomes; lobes lanceolate with a bluntly acute

tip, dextrorse, 7-10 mm long,

4.8—-S mm wide, mainly glabrous with a few

scattered trichomes towards base, ciliate.

59-61 (1997)

Austrobaileya 5(1)

we tery

soy “th -

iS a4

ee *

i? *

Aielsliet-dsitetiet A ya ae ollie

Ce ee | a fat & +

Prey ee ee ee a

Pa ee ee se ee oe |

Pe ie ee | rs

Tid Sappre ri. *.

a ee oF eet {ttt =e » « &

ee ee oe ee

+t Oe gs 4a et 7 ~~ +

ae.

* a

+ “om

aed a ma)

oe oe 4 vl

re ee ees a dial

a ee ei ag gt

on te eo

we te

oe - we CO ii!

. 7 4 hare hal

*, # a 1* wd te

Peta “yf ras

+ TS

hie | + *

i ”

ie *

a ra

* ay * .

een * mE

ae Pa, Ls *

1 *

a4 *. ",

* * ".

¥ +

ae =r

af ra,

+ 4 4‘

* +

a ‘+

“Le

LPL

oho

igt

Here | ies Mts

ot,

Pre | -

tt ©

Ltd

*,*

oo ae

. x 0.6. B. inflorescence * 2.

ion

. A. undersurface of leaf showing lateral and interlateral venat

C, face view of flower x 3. D. lateral view of flower x 3. E. lateral view of fruit x 0.4. A & E from Forster 17132 & Jensen

la Jensenit

Fig. 1. Adarsden

B—D from Jensen 105 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.

(BRD)

SLC DA Ah cpa a a aa aR ee ee A eee

oie ra tant Corn ain an de REV OIE BE DR Oe

Forster, Adarsdenia jensenii

Corolline corona absent. Staminal corona

4-5 mm long, 4-5.5 mm diameter, yellow;

lobes in close proximity to one another,

tips overtopping style-head, 7-10 mm long,

4.8—5 mm wide, upper portion lanceolate

with an irregularly blunt tip, lower

portion + rectangular. Staminal column

c. 4mm long and 3 mm diameter; anther

appendages ovate, 0.8~1 mm long, 0.8—1 mm

wide; alar fissure c. 2 mm long. Style-head

flattened-umbonate, c. 1 mm long, 2.5-2.8 mm

diameter. Pollinaria c. 0.67 mm long and

1.53 mm wide; pollinia ellipsoid, 0.72—0.74 mm

long, 0.34-0.36 mm wide; corpusculum

oblong-ovate, 0.34—0.38 mm long, c. 0.19 mm

wide; caudicles c. 0.95 mm long and

0.43-0.9 mm wide, widest at corpusculum

end. Fruit cylindrical-oblong, c. 14.5 cm long

and 5.5 cm diameter; seeds not seen. Fig. 1.

Additional spectnen examined : Queensland. Cook

District: S.F.310 Gadgarra, track to Yeti Ridge, Jul 1995,

Forster 17132 & Jensen (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Marsdenia jensenti

is thus far known only from Gadgarra State

Forest at the western base of Bartle Frere, in

the “Wet Tropics’ of north-eastern Queensland.

Plants grow as canopy lianes in complex

notophyill vineforest on soils derived from

basalt.

Notes: Marsdenia jensenii appears to be related

to M. hemiptera H.Rch. in general habit and

floral morphology and keys to that species in

Forster (1995). M. jensenti is easily

differentiated from M. hemiptera on floral

characters with its pedicels 15—25 mm long

(versus 5—13 mm), strongly dextrorse corolla

lobes (versus + straight to slightly dextrorse),

orbicular to orbicular-ovate sepals (versus

lanceolate), staminal corona lobes overtopping

the style-head (versus not over-topping), and

larger ellipsoid pollinia that are 0.72—0.74 mm

long (versus globose-ovoid pollinia that are

Q.5—0.55 mm long). The nearly glabrous foliage

and white latex of M. jensenii also differs from

that of M. hemiptera which is always beset with

ferrugineous (ginger) indumentum and has

clear or greenish-yellow latex.

Conservation status: Marsdenia jensenti

appears to have a distribution largely restricted

to Gadgarra State Forest where it appears to be

reasonably abundant, as seedlings were

common in places. It is highly likely that a

detailed survey of the area will reveal further

populations and despite the current paucity of

herbarium records it 1s felt that no conservation

coding is warranted.

Etymology: The specific epithet honours Rigel

Jensen of Malanda who first discovered and

collected this species.

Acknowledgements

Thanks to Rigel Jensen for showing me the

plant in habitat, Les Pedley (BRI) for the Latin

translation, and Will Smith (BRI) for the

illustrations.

References

Forster, P.I. (1995), Circumscription of Afarsdenia

(Asclepiadaceae: Marsdenieae), with a revision of

the genus in Australia and Papuasia. Australian

Systematic Botany 8: 703-933.

—— (1996). Marsdenia (Asclepiadaceae). In A.G.L. Wilson

(ed.), Flora of Australia 28: 245-267. Melbourne:

CSIRO Publications.

Beet R ta a a a aa a a a RE al ese adsts tas

if pP eR GREE OSE ave oa eat ty AE errr PE Re PRR EED OE ME PLO CT MP ERIE EF LCC PY ENT PE SEN

A conspectus of Astrotricha DC. (Araliaceae) in Queensland,

including two new species

A.R. Bean

Summary

Bean, A.R. (1997). A conspectus of Astrotricha DC. (Araliaceae) in Queensland, including two

new species. Austrobaileya 5(1): 63-69. The eleven species of Astrotricha DC. indigenous to

Queensland are listed in systematic order, with synonymy, place of publication and distribution

given. Two new species, A. brachyandra and A. umbrosa, are described and illustrated. A

comprehensive key to Queensland species is included.

Key words: Astrotricha, Araliaceae, key, taxonomy, Astrotricha brachyandra, Astrotricha umbrosa,

Australian flora, Queensland

A.R.Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland 4068, Australia

Introduction

Astrotricha is an endemic Australian genus with

representatives in Queensland, New South

Wales and Victoria, and one species in Western

Australia. Recent research has resulted in the

description of several new species (Bean 1991,

Makinson 1991, Bean 1995).

The present paper aims to summarise

distributional and nomenclatural data on the

species indigenous to Queensland, and to

present descriptions of two new species.

No new infrageneric classification 1s

proposed, but the published name A. subg.

Hexocenia Domin 1s used for the species alhied

to A. pterocarpa.

‘Taxonomy

A key to Queensland species of Astrotricha DC.

bre CAV OS] SATIS. as « sire bt rd sate oP oe dal Vise WANA Lech Ft 2 lee tees CEA EM AEA) og HEM cal eal lesb 2

LEA VCS. Soe lS PTV IGE ech ests bols ate eta) Genin: & SLATER ee hereew eH ETR lle dey doa adele eid cad 7

2. Petioles 5.5—21 cm long; inflorescence > 70 cm long; fruits winged ...............5. 3

Petioles 0.6—5.0 cm; inflorescence 20 —40 cm long; fruits without

MATE Seg, axakinn BAU hase eiearsd aoe ED ALD bey a Meacin ion Atop ce ce SR Pace CELE A AG EG A ee ame 5

3, Leaves 9-16 cm wide, base cordate, midrib rounded below .............05. 3.A. cordata

Leaves 1.7—5.5 cm wide, base obtuse, midrib keeled below. . 0... 0.0.00. cee eee 4

4. Inflorescence woolly-hairy, umbels 10—15-flowered, flowers

creamy-white; leaves 1.7-4.0 cm wide... ... cee es 1.A. pterocarpa

Inflorescence glabrous, umbels 7—1 1-flowered, flowers purple; leaves

DOTA WIA! a Rd a, dhe woe pale Gasauleny WBunacl ates, ayise Chi Acerca arias 2.A. intermedia

>. Flowers purple; stems mostly unbranched ....... 0... cee ee eee 4, A. roddii

Flowers white or greenish-white; stems branched ........ 0.0. cece eee eee ees 6

__, Accepted for publication 9 July 1997

Austrobaileya 5(1): 63-69 (1997)

6. Petioles2.0-5.0cmlong ..... Ugrocat ras nd Sere eh anh dBaihidhas deen eeg el Sm tgPe dinar elk Soe 11. A. latifolia

Petiones 0:04 3 CRON 0 doers dk eee dah tee ke ee ghana es 10. A. umbrosa

Pee PISAVOS IGS Set vAlh ATTIC 2s revel ase Spcdestete os aeice: fs vee oaths oh Rd MOS Wie, acannaen eas ESE gee ais 8

LPaves G99 LS IWS oy, yo gi ane eeMig wate eo Ver on ae ee ROT a arb Aad Ge ol ele he ee 9

8. Leaves 3.5—7 mm wide, petioles 4-6 mm long; inflorescence 16 —30 cm

PORN Serre oe yaces gooe, Sigens. Sag, ¥ deo ee oe Bhs ie 6a Se else EE OAS BUR dae Prep enyfelee CE yale Cea 6.A. biddulphiana

Leaves 2.2—3.5 mm wide, petioles 3— 4 mm long; inflorescence 3—9 cm

POTD. AB prsrcen hater ea ore etene cay me Aree ner eaere docevaced ane egane-emede: & 7.A. pauciflora

9, Leaves glabrous on both surfaces ...... 0... ccc cc eee eens 8.A. glabra

Leaves with dense stellate tomentum on abaxial surface 2.0.0.2... 000. ee eee 10

10. Petioles (15-)23-30 mm long; flowers purple .............. 0000 ee eee 5.A. brachyandra

Petioles 3—15 mm long; flowers white 2.0.0.0... ccc cece eee eee eee ee ens I]

11. Tomentum on stems and leaves loose, individual hairs c. 1 mm diameter;

leaves 11~20 mm wide; pedicels 3-9.5 mmlong............ 000 eee eee 10. A. umbrosa

Tomentum on stems and leaves tight, individual hairs c, 0.5 mm

diameter; leaves (6-)7—11 mm wide; pedicels 8-15 mmlong ............ 9, A. longifolia

Astrotricha sabg. Hexocenia Domin, Biblioth.

Bot. 89: 485 (1928). Type: Astrotricha

pterocarpa Benth.

Monopodial shrubs, monocarpic; mericarps

3-locular, fruits winged (1n most species).

1. Astrotricha pterocarpa Benth., FI. Austral.

3: 379 (1867). Type: Queensland. Cook

District: Fitzroy Island, WAills.n. (holo:

Kx).

A description of this species is given in Bean

(1991).

Distribution and habitat: A. pterocarpa is

confined to north Queensland where it extends

from the Melville Range area north of Cooktown

southwards to Pentland and near Mackay. It

grows in shallow sandy soil, over sandstone or

eranite, in eucalypt woodland.

2. Astrotricha intermedia A.R.Bean,

Austrobaileya 3(3): 524 (1991). Type:

Queensland. LEicHHARDT District: Nogoa

River camping area, Salvator Rosa

National Park, 9 December 1989,

R.O. Makinson 600 (holo: BRI; iso: CANB,

NSW).

Tlustration: Williams, Native Pl. Queensl.

3:31 (1987), as.A. pterocarpa.

Distribution and habitat: A. intermedia occurs

along the central Queensland coast between

Marlborough and Rosedale, and west almost

as far as Tambo. It grows in open eucalyt

woodland, in shallow sandy soils derived from

sandstone, granite or sometimes serpentinite.

3. Astrotricha cordata A.R.Bean, Austrobaileya

3(3): 523 (1991).

Type: Queensland. LEICHHARDT DISTRICT:

Blackdown Tableland, c. 35 km SE

of Blackwater, September 1971,

R.J. Henderson H1018, £.Durrington

& P. Sharpe (holo: BRI).

Illustrations: Williams, Native Pl. Queensl.

2: 47 (1984), as A. pterocarpa.

Distribution and habitat: A. cordata 1s

sporadically distributed in southern

Queensland from Blackdown Tableland to

Mundubbera and Biggenden, and west to

Salvator Rosa N.P. There is one known

population in New South Wales, north-west of

Grafton. It inhabits skeletal soils derived from

sandstone, granite or occasionally rhyolite, in

open eucaypt woodland.

Bean, Astrotricha

4. Astrotricha roddii Makinson, Telopea

4(2): 313 (1991). Type: New South

Wales. NORTH WESTERN SLOPES:

Macintyre Falls, 3 km S of junction of

Macintyre and Severn Rivers, 23

November 1984, 4.N. Rodd 4096 (holo:

NSW; iso: BRI, MEL).

Ilustrations: Flora of N.S.W. 3: 82 (1992).

Distribution and habitat: A. roddii 1s mainly

distributed on the north-western slopes of New

South Wales, particularly around Ashford.

There is one population in Queensland, on

Mt Bullaganang north-east of Texas. It occurs

in shallow sandy acidic soils, with outcropping

rocks, in woodland often dominated by

Eucalyptus dealbata Cunn. ex Schauer and

FE. melanophioia ¥.Muell.

Note: Although A. roddii does not possess the

winged fruits characteristic of the other species

of A. subg. Hexocenia, its placement there is

supported by its unbranched slender habit and

its 3-locular mericarps.

Astrotricha DC. subg. Astrotricha

Branched shrubs, perennial; mericarps

1-locular, fruits not winged.

5. Astrotricha brachyandra A.R.Bean sp.

nov., affinis A. biddulphianae autem

petiolis multus longioribus, foltis

latioribus apice acuminatis, staminibus

brevioribus, partibus omnibus

inflorescentiae tomento stellato obsitis

differt. Typus: Queensland. Port Curtis

District: 41 km east of Biloela, in

Kroombit Tops S.F., 24°25’S, 150°55’E,

15 November 1995, EF.J/. Thompson

BIL207 & R.J.Price (holo: BRI; iso:

CANB, MEL, NSW, distribuendt).

Shrub to 2 m high, erect, sparsely branched.

Stems, petioles and abaxial surfaces of

leaves stellate-pubescent, with individual

hairs c. 0.1 mm across. Leaves alternate,

narrowly lanceolate, 90-140 x 7-13 mm,

acuminate, dark green adaxially, pale yellow

abaxially, midrib impressed adaxially, raised

abaxially; petioles terete, (15-)23—30 mm long.

Panicles terminal, up to 60 cm long, densely

stellate-hairy, grey in colour; bracts ensiform,

1.0—2.5 mm long. Unit inflorescence umbellate,

5—9-flowered; peduncles and pedicels slender,

pedicels 8—20 (-25) mm long. Flowers bisexual,

protandrous, 4—5 mm across. Hypanthium

stellate-hairy, 1.2—-1.9 mm long at anthesis,

campanulate; calyx lobes deltate to

semi-orbicular, apex acute or obtuse,

c. 0.5 x 0.5 mm, purple, tomentose. Petals 5,

deltate, 2.0-2.9 x 1.1-1.5 mm, purple,

recurved, caducous; glabrous on adaxial

surface, sparsely stellate hairy on abaxial

surface; apex acuminate. Stamens 5, alternating

with the petals; filaments terete, c. 0.6 mm long;

anthers white, c. 1.4 mm long, versatile,

dorsifixed, opening by longitudinal slits. Styles

2, 1.0-—2.0 mm long; at first erect, later

spreading from base, persistent. Ovules | per

carpel. Fruit a schizocarp, elliptical or

somewhat quadrangular in transverse section,

5.0-6.5 mm long, 2.5-3.5 mm wide, 2-3 mm

thick, surface stellate-hairy; brown to grey,

splitting at maturity; mericarps 1-locular.

Fig. 1 G—K. .

Spectinens exantined: Queensland, Port Curtis District:

Kroombit Tops SF (boundary) on ridge above Annies gorge,

Dec 1994, Brushe JB611 (BRI); creek flowing into

Kroombit Ck near Annies Gorge falls, c. | km SE of falls,

Oct 1995, Brushe JB201 (BRI); Kroombit Tops N.P.,

western section, Aug 1995, Thompson BILI14 & Turpin

(BRI); 41 km E of Biloela, in Kroombit Tops S.F., Oct

1995, Thompson BIL181 & Turpin (BRI, CANB, MEL,

NSW); 21.5 km NE of Biloela, Feb 1996, Thompson

BIL214 & Price (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: A. brachyandra 1s

known only from Kroombit Tops east of Biloela

and the Callide Range north-east of Biloela. It

grows in sandy soils derived from sandstone,

as a component of woodland dominated by

Eucalyptus trachyphloia F .Muell., £. suffulgens

L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill or &. cloeziana

F.Muell. Altitudes vary between 600 and 800

metres.

Phenology: Flowers have been recorded from

October to December.

Affinities: A. brachyandra 1s closest to

A. biddulphiana, and shares with that species

the purple flowers and obconical fruits.

A. brachyandra differs by the petioles being

(15-)23-30 mm long (4—6 mm long for

A. biddulphiana), leaves 7-13 mm wide with

acuminate apex (3.5~7 mm wide with acute

apex for A. biddulphiana), shorter stamens and

presence of stellate tomentum on all parts of

the inflorescence.

Conservation status: The risk category for

Astrotricha brachyandra according to the

criteria of Chalson & Keith (1995) is “priority

for investigation’ (criterion a), or 2RC1

according to the system of Leigh and Briggs

(1996). The species is known only from

Kroombit Tops and Callide Range, with a total

geographical range of about 50 kilometres. The

recommended conservation status for this

species as defined by the Queensland Nature

Conservation Act 1992 ts ‘rare’.

Etymology: The species epithet brachyandra

is derived from the Greek brachy-short and

andros-male, and refers to the short stamens

which are a feature of this species.

6. Astrotricha biddulphiana F.Muell.,

Victorian Naturalist 7: 115 (1890). Type:

Queensland. MARANOA DISTRICT: near

Mt Playfair, H. Biddulph s.n. (holo:

MEL? n.v.).

Astrotricha ledifolia var. glabriflora

F.M.Bailey, Queensland Flora 2:732

(1900). Type: Queensland. near

Rockhampton, undated, O’Shanesy s.n.

(holo: MEL, photo!).

Distribution and habitat: A. biddulphiana

occurs in southern Queensland away from the

coast, extending from Lake Elphinstone to

Barakula S.F. near Chinchilla, and west to Bull

Creek gorge and Mt Playfair. It grows in

eucalypt woodland on shallow sandy soils over

sandstone or granite.

7. AStrotricha pauciflora A.R.Bean,

Austrobaileya 4(3): 407 (1995). Type:

Queensland. Moreton Districr: North

Ridge, Mount Barney N.P., 16 July 1994,

A.R.Bean 7734 & D.A.Halford (holo:

BRI; iso: CANB, K, MEL, NSW).

Distribution and habitat: A. pauciflora 1s

confined to Mt Barney and Mt Maroon, both

in the Mt Barney National Park, Queensland,

Austrobaileya 5(1): 63-69 (1997)

close to the N.S.W. border. It grows in rocky

crevices in low eucalypt woodland or

heathland, at altitudes above 600 metres.

8. Astrotricha glabra Domin, Biblioth. Bot.

89: 486 (1928); Astrotricha longifoliavar.

glabrescens F.M.Bailey, Queensland

Agricultural Journal 21(6): 293 (1908).

Type: Moreton Island, 12—14 September

1908, C.T. White s.n. (ecto (here chosen):

BRI [AQ 333042]).

Distribution and habitat: A. glabrais endemic

to south-eastern Queensland and is found on

North Stradbroke Island, Moreton Island,

Fraser Island and the Cooloola area. It grows

under eucalypt forest in deep sands of

quaternary age.

Note: In his treatment of Astrotricha glabra,

Domin (1928) attributes the original publication

of a varietal epithet ‘g/abra’ to F. Mueller in

Fragmenta Phytographiae Australiae 7: 148.

While Mueller did discuss the occurrence of a

glabrous form there, he did not provide a

description of the plant, nor did he coin the

epithet ‘glabra’. The correct authorship citation

is hence A. glabra Domin.

9, Astrotricha longifolia Benth., in S.L.

Endlicher et al., Enum. pl. 54 (1837).

Type: New South Wales. Sydney area

(syn: Bauer s.n.; Sieber 538).

Illustrations: Williams, Native PI. Queensl.

2: 47 (1984).

Distribution and habitat: A. longifolia inhabits

coastal areas of southern Queensland and New

South Wales. It grows in low woodland

dominated by Eucalyptus spp. or Banksia spp.,

in sandy soils.

10. Astrotricha umbrosa A.R.Bean sp. nov.,

affinis A. fongifoliae autem tomento

laxiore ex pilis stellatis majoribus

constante, foliis plerumque 11-20 mm

latis (non 6-11 mm latis), pedicellis

3—9.5 mm longis (non 8-15 mm longis)

differt. Typus: Queensland. BURNETT

District: Dead End lookout, Coominglah

S.F., west of Monto, 17 August 1995,

A.R.Bean 8859 (holo: BRI; iso: CANB,

DNA, MEL, NSW).

pes in SSSR SIS Do Fd Rr PO I rs SERRE Teme ae eET

THEN See.

Jesexo Shhies.

LASSE ESE a

3 cee CaS a PR

Re ee Cate tt Ld reer el Ba braced

Bean, Astrotricha 7 67

Fig. 1. Astrotricha umbrosa A. portion of inflorescence x 4. B. flower at male stage x &. C. flower at female stage x 8.

D. fruit x 4, E. leaf x 0.5. F. stellate hairs x 8. Astrotricha brachyandra. G. portion of inflorescence < 4. H. flower at male

stage x 8. I. flower at female stage x 8. J. fruit x 4. K. leaf x 0.5. A-C,E,F Bean 9110; D, Bean 2540; G-K, Thompson

BIL207 & Price. |

Astrotricha sp. (Pomona A.R.Bean 1157) in

Bean (1994).

Shrub to 2 m high, erect, well-branched. Stems,

petioles and abaxial surfaces of leaves

stellate-pubescent, with individual hairs

c. 1.0 mm across. Leaves alternate, lanceolate

to narrowly lanceolate, (50)70—120 x (8-)

11-20 mm, acuminate, dark green adaxially,

pale yellow abaxially, midrib impressed

adaxially, raised abaxially; petioles terete,

6-13(-17) mm long. Panicles terminal,

10-30 cm long, densely stellate-hairy, brown

to yellow in colour; bracts ensiform,

1.7—3.5 mm long. Unit inflorescence umbellate,

(4-)5—11-flowered; peduncles and pedicels

slender, pedicels 3.0—9.5 mm long. Flowers

bisexual, protandrous, 4.5—6.0 mm across.

Hypanthium stellate-hairy, 1.0—1.5 mm long at

anthesis, campanulate; calyx lobes deltate, apex

acute or obtuse, c. 0.4 x 0.4mm, green to white,

stellate-hairy or mostly glabrous. Petals 5,

deltate, 1.52.5 x 0.7—1.1 mm, white or pinkish,

somewhat persistent; glabrous on adaxial

surface, stellate hairy on abaxial surface; apex

acute to acuminate. Stamens 5, alternating with

the petals; filaments terete, c. 1.9 mm long;

anthers white, c. 1.1 mm long, versatile,

dorsifixed, opening by longitudinal slits. Styles

2, 1.5-2.8 mm long; at first erect, later

spreading from base, persistent. Ovules I per

carpel. Fruit a schizocarp, + orbicular in outline,

3.3-4.0 mm long, 3.9-4.3 mm wide,

1.2—-1.5 mm thick, glabrescent; brown, splitting

at maturity; mericarps |-locular. Fig. 1 A-F.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Port Curtis District:

Kroombit Tops SF 316, 48 km E of Biloeia, Sep 1988,

Gibson TOT431 (BRI); near headwaters of Cedar Ck, SF

583, Jul 1995, Thompson CAL312 & Turpin (AD, BRI,

DNA, NSW). Burnett District: near Dead End Lookout,

Coominglah SF, near Monto, Aug 1990, Bean 2086 (BRI,

MEL, NSW); Cania Gorge NP, c. 600 m W of Mt Dowgo,

Nov 1995, Brushe JB315 & Hendry (BRI); c. 15 km (direct)

WNW of Monto, turn-off from Forest Drive to Dead End

Lookout, Coominglah SF, Oct 1988, Adakinson 550 &

Krauss (AD, BRI, CANB, CHR, K, MEL, NSW).

Wipe Bay District: Mt Cooroora, near Pomona, Oct 1989,

Bean 1157 (BRD; Linda Garrett Park, 2 km W of Mapleton,

Oct 1990, Bean 2539 (BRI, NSW); Oakey Creek road,

Mapleton SF, Oct 1990, Bean 2540 (BRI); Scenic Drive,

Blackall Range, c. 5 km N of Mapleton, Sep 1988, Sharpe

4824 et al. (BRI, NSW). Moreron District: Delicia road,

Mapleton, Dec 1989, Bean 1257 (BRI); Cooloolabin SF,

Mapleton Forest Drive, 2 km N of Mapleton, Sep 1989,

Leiper s.n. (BRD).

Austrobaileya 5(1): 63-69 (1997)

Distribution and habitat: A. umbrosa is

endemic to southern Queensland, extending

from Kroombit Tops and the Boyne Valley, to

the Mapleton area. It grows in relatively dense

and shady open forest dominated by Eucalyptus

spp. including &. pilularis Sm., E. cloeziana

F.Muell. and £. acmenoides Schauer, in sandy

or sandy loam soils.

Phenology: Flowering occurs in September-

October.

Notes: A. umbrosa 1s similar in appearance to

A. floccosa, but it differs by its ensiform bracts

1.73.5 mm long (filamentous, 2-10 mm long

for A. floccosa), inflorescences 10-30 cm long

(30-100 cm long for A. floccosa) and the

5—l1-flowered umbels (12—20-flowered for

A, floccosa).

From A. longifolia, it differs by its stellate

hairs c. 1.0 mm across (c. 0.5 mm for

A. longifolia), looser tomentum, leaves mostly

11-20 mm wide (6-l[lmm wide for

A, longifolia), and pedicels 3.0—9.5 mm long

(8-15 mm for A. /ongifolia).

Conservation status: The risk category for

Astrotricha umbrosa according to the criteria

of Chalson & Keith (1995) is ‘susceptible’

(criteria e and f), or 2RCi according to the

system of Leigh and Briggs (1996). The species

is known from about half a dozen widely

scattered populations. The recommended

conservation status for this species as defined

by the Queensland Nature Conservation Act

1992 is ‘rare’.

Etymology: The species epithet is from the

Latin wmbrosus meaning shady or growing in

shade and refers to the habitat of the species in

rather dense, shady forests.

11. Astrotricha latifolia Benth., in S.L.

Endlicher et al., Enum. pl. 54 (1837);

A. floccosa var. incana Benth., FI.

Austral. 3: 380 (1867); A. floccosa vat.

latifolia (Benth.) Domin, Biblioth. Bot.

89: 486 (1928), nom. illeg. Type: ‘in

collectione Baueriana’ (? W n.v.).

Illustration: Flora of N.S.W. 3: 82 (1992),

VSM rrr cam an le DOE had ee ada nad te dee e tn ht ATED TEN eA DE

Bean, Astrotricha

Distribution and habitat: A. latifolia occurs in

southern Queensland south from about Gympie

and west to the Great Dividing Range, and

along much of the New South Wales coast. It

inhabits tall eucalypt forest in high rainfall

areas.

Acknowledgements

I am grateful to John Thompson for his

persistent efforts to collect good flowering and

fruiting material of A. brachyandra, to

Will Smith for the illustrations, and Les Pedley

for the Latin diagnoses.

References

Bran, A.R. (1991). Notes on Astrotricha DC. (Araliaceae)

in Queensland. Austrobaileya 3(3): 523-528.

(1994). Astrotricha, In R.J.F. Henderson (ed,)

Queensland Vascular Plants: Names and

Distribution. Brisbane: Queensland Department of

Environment and Herttage.

(1995), A new species and new record for

Astrotricha DC, (Araliaceae) in Queensland.

Austrobaileya 4(3): 407-409.

CuHaLson, J.M. & Keitu, D.A. (1995). A Risk Assessment

scheme for Vascular Plants: Pilot Application to

the Flora of New South Wales, Hurstville: National

Parks and Wildlife Service.

Domm, K. (1928). Astrotricha, In Bettrage zur Flora und

Pflanzengeographie Australiens. Bibliotheca

Botanica 89: 485-487,

Briaces, J.D. & Leicu, J.H. (1996). Rare or Threatened

Australian Plants. Melbourne: CSIRO.

Makinson, R.O, (1991). Two new species of Astrotricha

(Araliaceae) from New South Wales. 7e/opea

4: 313-319.

Cooktownta robertsii, a remarkable new genus and species of

Orchidaceae from Australia

David L. Jones

Summary

Jones D.L. (1997). Cooktownia robertsii, a remarkable new genus and species of Orchidaceae

from Australia, Cooktownia robertsii D.L. Jones is described from Queensland. Austrobaileya

5(1): 71-78.

Keywords: Orchidaceae - Queensland, Orchidoideae, Orchideae, Cooktownia robertsii

D.L. Jones, Centre for Plant Biodiversity Research, Environment Australia, Box 1600, Canberra,

Australian Capital Territory 2601, Australia

Introduction

Identification of the genus of an unfamiliar

species of orchid becomes relatively straight

forward with some experience. The generic

placement of an extremely unusual terrestrial

orchid recently collected in northeastern

Queensland, however, has caused considerable

difficulty. Embryological studies (Clements

pers. comm.) show that the species has similar

developmental stages to orchids of the

subfamily Orchidoideae, tribe Orchideae (Abe

1972; Fredrikson 1991; Clements 1995). The

elongated, somewhat fusiform, asymmetric

ovaries, the shape and arrangement of the

sepals and petals and the shape of the elements

of the column are consistent with this

placement. However the paired, broadly ovate,

eround-hugging leaves and the thin wiry scape

are very different from any Orchidoid species

which has been described from the region. The

labellum, which is entire, lacks a basal spur,

usually considered to be a feature of orchids of

this type, but Dressler (1993) notes that a spur

may be lacking in some species.

Examination of the flowers of this

novelty shows that the column is much

modified and would appear to be

non-functional. Elements of the anther and

stigma occur as simple rod-like analogues

(Fig 1.1). The anther analogue can be recognised

by its dorsal placement opposite the labellum

Accepted for publication 15 August 1997

(Fig. 1.3 & 1.4) and the presence on its lateral

surfaces of aggregates of structures which

resemble pollen tetrads (Fig. 1.5, 1.6). Two or

four rod-like structures anterior to the anther

analogue are apparently much modified stigmas

(Fig. 1.2) and/or rostellar arms (for

developmental studies in Orchidoid species see

Kurzweil 1987). Thus although the flowers of

this enigmatic species appear to be supertficially

normal, the column is much modified and tts

elements would appear at first sight to be

non-functional, lacking pollen and receptive

stigmata. Despite these significant reproductive

limitations the species 1s common over a

localised natural area and is maintaining a

viable population level (L.Roberts pers. comm.,

C.Broers pers. comm.). Examination of mature

ovaries shows that they contain reproductive

structures which have an appearance

remarkably similar to normal Orchidoid seed

(Fig. 2).

Subtribal Placement

The subtribal classification of the Orchideae

is difficult and well beyond the scope of

this paper. A brief consideration of the

subject 1s necessary since the subtribal

characters influence the generic choices for the

taxon in question. Dressler (1993) recognised

two subtribes within the Orchideae, the

Habenariinae and Orchidinae, and at the same

time noted that the distinction between them

needs reevaluation. In Orchidinae, according

to Richard (1818) and Dressler (1993), the

ustrobaileya 5(1): 7i~—78 (1997)

oh at , ST oe ee

Pa rs Sais Raa = mit fan Te renee Srnnennee 3K,

este eet

Patel aF te Soe

SESE sete > > 7 > c

TSHEA Satie Se eiee tan ner wine Reser pinta Seiten

ees cee * 2 Ja a 2 Pe omen mS

2 ‘ : perenne i - ee =

ciate ie

et,

Hoe ns rea Lat Meee ie mae

: Sniper ieaueringied reeeteet ema

LE Es in eee ear

icles ere

= sn

feeeager

ee reat

Tees

poe

ee iff .

: pret

cain! + SIE

i Senin te f PEELE

arta tht crs aces

Ati rics

Sr iar yh et

Hares

a, oan? Pp.

oa ST aii nie SU a ey ee

see ne, 2 z: ore C: migra Bes

SRE wee eerie : i Z Spear.

pear iee Le aioe : ue TEESE aS eres oe

“ aes . . peel a. A eS

fhe

a Laeey,

Sabet y,

sone

mai ire les

a fe of sel ieteees

wieiepecertee!

Peet

ait ore,

8 as 2

Monette, + sit

Pr itiites arin’ * ERE,

a5) *, wx stg z

carts

Sere Th

fetter

Eee

ete rior ae

Sic

Fer eee Pees

ree

J aa

iat ls ores fe ate - seats

= a Sa reg reser bg iad md re is ra r.

rete r ca es Speed Pe yrange ee seers

pase

ree,

i : = FEM SE ete

watt Se, i veers seasons Hurbeeee eset teres ierdie

H Ie 3 fee

Somes

Paras

aye

TEA

j TEESE Fe enen ers

Stare

Shae aan

acute et ae

Cpe ae 4 5

heats aot toe ¢ Set

POPPE De ali d pa PST TE aes ; a

Sain

oro.

SeGosirirete

es ttt :

seta prin»

: [fers

seater: dake reece cee

min Fur iorpee ad Sere peated

Ftp ee a

art

SE,

See

ears

sis os ae

eae eae

: Peietion

SOREL BEER ee :

Lara

are

ees

Hae

ote

Ths gl

=? . =

Sees ek Pn td ol

ee et ee

BE pp a

eee Hae ESS eet gene ce nce nme ree spoons meal avervebets ieeder eget

POST ST Perret eee ited pein

MISSA TATE

* STD ase ke ss att =

3! SILA ee < SST 2p Rotors

: DLT Ak reyes Hani te ttn

2 eet tes age Pe

TANI a

eat ahs aiattieta® Sach deas ws ME

at Ditters See

ete nrha tiga Mtmel genres Bettis con

at WAS = rj

“3 auakey Senne te oon Coens aot

: aire beeps =

fe ces sient on : Temeeenent as Sorel patente =

. ee cama ctaal Be = 7

a: ia sia ae Bb = s noone ie ae oe

3 i : . .IeVIY een aeeeet pee tide

Tae : fi i

Pee Sere saa nan sleetel DD BRR SEZ Perea,

Ti. Sores Ere, sea tattat 3 para are

“TUTE ESE oo re iQ LOR ee eee Rear naittg

Ee = only eh pS SUT eee eatayre

ata oe! 7 SORTS ped Raney erie ec he el rt

re. ciecateieeeent iat pat te : : : : Sa ee " " alien.

oH We a. ie a

ree Reaaieretey “ 5 7 iH " oes on we Lt eee eae

Pipers renee, a ce “4 = wea lagna et oes ae

a Sees Fs 2 cat sane witty

anaes 2, feet

geen ea pearanten : 8 OR

cp ee ee

sas y

eo :

eine

rire:

orate: Saar

prereinseen eae: aie

Hees

SH et

Se eee

me Bad Lee

Fea wes

ae Snes

eit pbopecet

- eet wees 2

TEelgglritnemreeer rh caeaiee af

See

Sree ore?

foarte Srey Re Scr ane : TSH Vata ee

Serer eno : ee ee ere

Senseo ‘ae aa i nas

erecta sh

(Fite ae ee

> is

: Hs =. ae

¥ a ee

Cote : -*, eee

mo up eres : = rer! a =

pieatteted : = cE: * 7

Wee bate a + ate r 4 meee,

ats r, ate > i aes

aoe sprees ‘. = Sy Fy =

Fie

SESE

pee

sacripee

coer ne yatt] 2 aaa ae

tee eH =

eee sats Soe

eae : Tare

THERES ENERO

SREB LES

irene

puna ere

eer

Sip tia ase irae See ioe

ceiirhereearrenies nan Sats sores

nme eran ie fapfend! =z

qpicaaeirers eeryae car arnt

fh each bool eed Peron ener ed

eee poorer ates poe naee eel oad

Perera TEE a peteee rere es

Welt tuleseed wy TS CHO cee pee eta ra pee nee at

se fitter mre ec are

mi reer pea i

ocr aee Peat IEEE

: x ei pal eae nee at te Sie a

CaP UIE Us Serre pr ran Dla) beet es

TREE UIT TR s + 2 aa Sag rape A ag

Su HE 2 Dd a net tam aa A Ee

: : = TI, apemrereed Pree ee emer neat a reper

eae et eee peed praia eaters

SNAG Tee oN ae an ad ed eg A ee cA

Re er eee ro er er eres ee eS rel ee cary

sperartOe iga recta poner eer aed renee

= ST errr ina three ep aetna ocr acta’

Teteee) ret URSA ay eee ero BS Ti pes ore ae ey ed gee

Tiissr openers sel ne = peed

: Sine oe pa ase -

oleTects tetris l pppoe ee oe, rs es 5

7 erties *

Behe et an

earn :

Pret oie tes Peet *

ny Seen Tyee =

peered

FErIN eet,

Sher

2s 4 as 2 a ae en Sie Sree

yasit ie : elite rs ee ee

ates OOP

Sea gan

in TTS Pe at erasers :

URIS!

> rai eee

a Ary apelin

. oo " : a SSE PRPE EMOTES arenas

¥ a eae a

Fig. 1. Scanning electron micrographs of Cooktownia robertsii. 1.1. column elements from side (x 36); 1.2, surface

structure of stigma analogue (x 100); 1.3 & 1.4 anther analogues from two flowers (x 40); 1.5. site of development of

abortive pollen structures (x 165); 1.6. abortive pollen structures (x 430).

columns have a concave stigma, whereas those inmy view they are also subjective and difficult

in Habenariinae have convex, long-stalked to interpret. Certainly undue emphasis has been

stigmas, long rostellar arms and long caudicles _ placed on features of the gynostemium in much

(Senghas 1973; Dressler 1993). These of this generic classification, resulting in

characters are not all clear cut as Kurzweil & considerable overlap and confusion.

Weber (1991) found that the stigmas of the

Orchidinae are usually convex or pad-like. Based on the gynostemium characters,

Linder & Williamson (1986) note that these —_ the subtribal placement of the taxon under study

stigmatic characters are difficultto observe,and —_is equivocal. Although abortive, the shape of

Senin

ones, Cooktownia robertsii

erty

yas roe

edie

rater

PIT at

isape tea ata

eis

Fig, 2. 2.1 & 2.2. Mature seed-like structures of Cooktownia robertsii showing proembryo and supensor (x 35),

the stigma analogues could be considered to

be flat to concave and thus consistent with a

member of the Orchidinae. Alternatively their

elongated shape could place them in the

Habenariinae. Because of this subtribal

uncertainty, the generic placement of the new

species 1s also uncertain. Dressler (1993)

enumerates 34 genera in the subtribe

Orchidinae and 23 in the Habenariinae. Several

authors (Linder & Williamson 1986, Kurzweil

& Weber 1991, Dressler 1993) mention

problems in the generic classification of

the Orchideae. Even a brief examination of

the literature reveals conflicting and

confusing views on generic delimitation an

characterisation (see for example Ames 1910;

Luer 1975; Seidenfaden 1977; Inoue 1983;

Yokota 1990; Catling & Sheviak 1993).

“allt

The majority of the genera listed by

Dressler (1993), are very distinct from the

Queensland taxon, a conclusion supported by

examination of line drawings and colour

illustrations of numerous taxa of Orchideae (for

example Luer 1972, 1975). A comparison with

the Orchidoid flora of New Guinea and

Indonesia, where the genera Habenaria,

Peristylus and Platanthera are represented,

provides no solution to the problem.

Emphasis has been placed by some

authors on the shape and orientation of the root

tubers (see for example Inoue 1983), but a scan

through the literature and experience with

Australian and New Guinea species of

Habenariinae, shows this character to be

extremely variable and of limited taxonomic

application. Some of the characters of the new

taxon, in particular the elongated root tubers

and undivided labellum, are similar to species

in some sections of the genera Platanthera

(Ogura 1953; Inoue 1983) and Peristylus

(Seidenfaden 1977). In both of these genera,

however, the flowers have a labellum spur.

Thus the new Queensland taxon has

uncertain generic and subtribal placement. The

options are to accomodate it in a new genus or

to place it in an existing genus 1n which it does

not sit comfortably. Opinions as to its

placement are divided evenly among the eight

orchid specialists who have read drafts of this

paper. Although a judgement on its taxonomic

placement is hindered by its unusual sexual

elements and the taxonomic and nomenclatural

confusion that exists within the tribe Orchideae,

its local abundance and relative uniformity

shows that it is an extremely interesting taxon

worthy of recognition and further study.

Because I cannot reconcile the general habit

of the plant and its unusual floral morphology

with any known genus, I have decided to

recognize it as a new genus.

Materials and methods

This study is based on the examination of fresh

flowers and spirit-preserved specimens

collected from localities in north-eastern

Queensland. Herbarium collections were

examined from AD, CANB, MEL, NSW and

ORS. Measurements given in the description

are from living plants. Habitat details were

supplied by Lewis Roberts. Samples of fresh

flowers were examined in a Cambridge

Instruments $360 scanning electron microscope

using an Oxford CT1500 Cryo Preparation

System with the sample maintained at —18° C

throughout the viewing operation.

Taxonomy

Cooktownia D.L.Jones, gen. nov.

Herbae tuberosae terrestres. Tubera elongata,

radicibus similia. Folia 2, basalia, longitudine

latitudinem fere aequanti, prostrata, ad

basin arcte imbricata. Scapus gracilis, filo

metallico similis. Bracteae steriles et fertiles

arcte vaginantes. Ovarium cylindricum,

attenuatum. Flores virides atro-striatae, non

vel tarde aperientes. Sepalum dorsale anguste

ovato-ellipticum, ad apicem cymbiforme,

marginibus incrassitis. Sepala lateralia

ovato-lanceolata, ad apicem cymbiformia.

Petala ovato-lanceolata, marginibus pallidis.

Labellum anguste obovatum, integrum, sine

calcari. Organa sexualia abortiva, atro-viridia.

Anthera discreta, sine polliniis. Stigmata

discreta. Capsulae anguste ovoideae, rectae.

Typus: Cooktownia robertsii D.L. Jones

Tuberous terrestrial herb. Tubers clongate,

root-like. Leaves 2, basal, nearly as broad as

long, prostrate, the bases closely imbricate.

Scape slender, wiry. Sterile bracts closely

sheathing. Fertile bracts closely sheathing.

Ovary cylindrical, apex attenuate. Flowers

sreen with darker lines, remaining closed or

opening tardily. Dorsal sepal narrowly

ovate-elliptical, margins thickened, apex

cymbiform. Lateral sepals ovate-lanceolate,

apex cymbiform. Petals ovate-lanceolate,

margins pale. Labellum narrowly obovate,

entire; spur absent. Sexual organs abortive, dark

sreen. Anthers free, lacking pollen. Stigmas

free. Capsules narrowly ovoid, erect.

Austrobaileya 5(1): 71-78 (1997)

The new genus belongs in the subfamily

Orchidoideae, tribe Orchideae, but its subtribal

placement is uncertain. Only one species is

known.

Etymology: The generic name is derived from

the nearest main population centre, the historic

town of Cooktown which was settled near

where Captain James Cook had earlier effected

repairs to the barque Endeavour after it struck

the coral of the Great Barrier Reef in June 1770.

Cooktowntia robertsti D.L. Jones, species

nova, Platanthera papuanae Schitr. affinis,

a qua foliis basalibus arcte subimbricatis

orbicularibus, floribus apomictibus, labello

calcari carente, et columna abnormali

staminodiis et stigmate discreto differt. Typus:

Australia. Queensland. Cook District: c. 3 km —

north of Mt Misery, 1 April 1993, C_H. Broers

441 & LJ. Roberts (holo: CANB; iso CANB,

BRI, NSW, MEL).

Tuberous terrestrial herb. Tubers elongate,

4—6 cm x 6-8 mm, root-like. Leaves 2,

ovate to broadly ovate-orbicular, 1.3-3 cm

x 0.8-3 cm, basal, ground-hugging, the bases

closely imbricate, dark green, entire, acute to

subacute. Scape 15—26 cm tall, slender, wiry.

Sterile bracts 3, 9-15 mm x 3-3.5 mm,

lanceolate, closely sheathing. Fertile bracts

ovate to ovate-lanceolate, closely sheathing.

Ovary 12-15 m x 2—3 mm, apex, attenuate.

Flowers 3—9, green with darker lines, c. 7.5 mm

long, remaining closed or the perianth segments

spreading tardily. Dorsal sepal narrowly

ovate-elliptical, 6-7 mm x c. 2.5 mm, margins

thickened, apex cymbiform. Lateral sepals

ovate-lanceolate, 6-7.5 mm x c. 2.5 mm, apex

cymbiform. Petals 6-7 mm * c. 2.3 mm,

ovate-lanceolate, margins pale greenish white.

Labellum narrowly obovate when flattened,

7-7.5 mm X c. 2.5 mm, not 3—lobed, margins

incutved, apex obtuse to cymbiform; spur

absent. Sexual organs incompletely united and

not forming a column, dark green. Anthers

abortive, remaining free, lacking pollen.

Stigmas abortive, longer than wide, remaining

free. Capsules narrowly ovoid to narrowly

obovoid, 18-22 mm <x 3.5—4 mm, erect, apex

drawn out. Figs. 3 & 4.

Flowering Period: March to May.

Jones, Cooktownia robertsit

Distribution and habitat: Cooktownia

robertsii is endemic to northeastern

Queensland, Australia, where apparently it

is restricted to areas south of Cooktown,

between Helenvale and Mt. Poverty and North

Mt. Sampson. It grows in small to large colonies

amongst grass in open forest at low to moderate

elevations (300-500 m.). The plants grow

mostly on ridges and slopes, sometimes on very

steep hillsides and also at the heads of gullies.

The soil is a red stony or gravelly loam derived

from decomposed slate.

Affinities: The anomalous floral morphology

of Cooktownia robertsii makes it difficult to

determine its affinities. Often such an

anomalous species is spawned from an

equivalent, normally reproducing taxon, but no

such relationship is apparent here. The genera

Habenaria and Peristylus, both members of the

Habenariinae, are recorded from Australia

(Clements 1989, Dockrill 1992) but none of

these species are even remotely similar to the

new taxon. Geographically the closest member

of the Orchidinae is Platanthera papuana

Schltr. from Papua New Guinea (Schlechter

1911-14), This species is readily distinguished

from Cooktownia robertsii by its single erect

petiolate leaf, a ligulate labellum with a basal

spur and a normally functioning column.

Population size: Cooktownia robertsii has

a narrow distributional range over about

12 km between the coordinates 15°45’S,

145°12’E on the northern side of its range

and 15°55’S, 145°13’E on the southern side.

_. It occurs in sporadic populations consisting

of individuals of mixed ages and is

frequently locally abundant. Juvenile plants

are common. The population size 1s estimated

to be 10,000—15,000 plants.

Reproductive biology: The population size,

mixed age within populations and local

abundance all show that C. robertsii is

vigorous and reproducing freely. Examination

of the root system shows clearly that

vegetative reproduction does not occur in

this species and it is spread entirely by the

seed-like structures which are released from the

capsules. These apparently germinate freely in

the wild (L.Roberts pers. comm.), and at least

one juvenile has now been successfully raised

from plants cultivated in the collection of the

Australian National Botanic Gardens by

sprinkling the seed-like stuctures around the

base of mature plants.

Developmental embryology: The

embryological development of C. robertsiiwas

studied by Mark Clements as part of his Ph.D.

thesis (Clements 1995), and I am grateful for

his input into this section of the paper. The

absence of functional pollen and stigmas in this

Species points to its reproduction being

via apomixis. The seed-like structures have

the appearance of a normal orchid seed with

the embryo being rounded and surrounded

by typical clathrate wings. The embryos are

uniform in all of the samples studied and

are completely different from the type of

embryos usually seen in the seeds of other

apomictic orchids. In these species, as

exemplified by Caleana minor R. Br. and

Genoplesium apostasioides (Fitzg.) D.L. Jones

& M.A. Clem., the embryos are notable for their

irregular shapes and asymmetric development.

Pollen tubes are absent from the

developmental phases of C. robertsii and

consequently there is no penetration of the

embryo sac and fertilisation of the egg cell by

male gametes. However, despite this the

developmental stages of the embryo appear

normal and are consistent at all stages with

those of a typical fertilised embryo of the

Orchidoideae. Thus a proembryo develops that

fills the embryo sac and a linear chain of four

suspensor cells grows out into the inner

micropyle (Fig 2.1, 2.2). In the sample range

studied, which represents many hundreds of

individuals from a number of parent plants, the

embryos were all uniform and no freaks or

multiple embryos were seen. This clearly

indicates that C. robertsii has successfully

developed a very effective and unusual system

of apomictic reproduction. In this species

apomixis arises from the egg cell itself within

the embryo sac. Further studies are needed to

clarify the mechanism involved in this form of

apomixis.

Notes: Apart from collections associated with

this study no specimens of C. robertsii exist in

any Australian herbaria.

76 Austrobaileya 5{1): 71-78 (1997)

Zin

“a of eal lL Hoe | Mee gt ay |

ha Pd ai bi

wae th le

war

or ‘ Pty

- A fe ate ew bom pe wh i

7 ”

he 5

s Mal SF Eg sah 9 thy en a

Siete d ie naae we

. t

SWAT en STC EATER ARO “s

wala . : may ce

Ses me ag Sap tsated th ght TERME PEN Chae

ee, ers ee :

es a RE ee

aiiee SFr oy

20m

Tin

Fig. 3. Cooktownia robertsii. a. piant; b. & c. flowers from side; d. labellum from above; e. dorsal sepal; f. lateral sepal;

g, petal; h. column from side; i, column from front; j. fertile bract. All from Broers 441 & Roberts.

Jones, Cooktownia robertsii

Fig. 4. Cooktownia robertsii. a. plant from above showing leaves; b.& c. plants from side showing root system, All from

L. Roberts (ORG 710).

Additional collection: Stony Ck, 27 Apr 1997,

Roberts (ORG 710) (CANB).

Conservation status: Although locally

common, Cooktownia robertsiits restricted to

a relatively small area and 1s not conserved; |

suggest a classification 2R by the criteria of

Briggs & Leigh (1996).

Etymology: The specific name honors

Lewis J.Roberts who discovered the species and

recognised its orchidaceous features; he has

many notable natural history discoveries,

including other new orchids, to his credit.

Acknowledgements

I thank Lewis Roberts for bringing the species

to my attention, supplying specimens and

copious notes and for numerous discussions;

Corinna Broers for making the type collection

and Mark Clements for regular discussions,

reading the manuscript and assistance

with understanding the embryological process

in Orchidaceae. I thank Alex George for

the Latin diagnoses, Marion Garratt and

Karina FitzGerald for technical assistance and

Laurie Jessup for his patience. I also express

my appreciation to Phillip Cribb, Wayne Harris,

Peter Lavarack, Peter Linder and two unknown

American referees for commenting on various

drafts of the manuscript. Iam grateful to Roger

Heady for technical assistance on the scanning

electron microscope. The directors of AD,

CANB, MEL, NSW and QRS are thanked for

allowing me access to their collections.

References

Apr, K. (1972). Contributions to the embryology of the

family Orchidaceae VI. Development of the

embryo sac in fifteen species of orchids. Sci. Rep.

Tohoku Univ. 36: 135-178.

Ames, O. (1910). Orchidaceae. Fascicle IV: The genus

Habenaria in North America. 1979 reprint

Stanfordville, New York. E.M.Coleman.

Briaes, J.D. & Leicu J.H. (1996). Rare or Threatened

Australian Plants, Revised Edition. CS7RO and

Australian Nature Conservation Agency.

CATLING, P.M. & Sueviak, C.J. (1993), Taxonomic notes

on some North American orchids, Lindleyana

8(2): 77-81.

CLEMENTS, M.A. (1989). Catalogue of Australian

Orchidaceae. Austral. Orch. Res. 1: 1-160.

— (1995), Reproductive biology in relation to

phylogeny of the Orchidaceae especially the

tribe Diurideae, Doctor of Philosophy Thesis,

Australian National University, Canberra.

DocxritL, A.W. (1992). Australian Indigenous Orchids.

Vol. 1. Chipping Norton: Surrey Beatty & Sons.

Dresser, R.L. (1993). Phylogeny and Classification of

the Orchid Family. Portland, Oregon: Dioscorides

Press.

FrEDRIKSON, M. (1991). An embryological study of

Platanthera bifolia (Orchidaceae). Pi. Syst. Evol.

174: 213-220,

INouE, K. (1983). Systematics of the genus Platanthera

(Orchidaceae) in Japan and adjacent regions with

special reference to pollination. J. Fac. Sci, Univ.

Tokyo 13: 285-374.

Kurzweil, H. (1987). Developmental studies in orchid

flowers II: Orchidoid species. Nord. J. Bot.

7: 443-451.

Kurzweit, H. & Weper, A. (1991). Floral morphology of

southern African Orchideae. I. Orchidinae. Nord.

J. Bot. 11: 155-178.

Linper, H. P. & G. WiLLiAMson (1986). Notes on the

orchids of southern Tropical Africa, 2. Oligophyton

drummonadii, gen. et sp. nov. Kew Bull,

41(2): 313-7.

Luer, C.A. (1972). The Native Orchids of Florida, New

York: New York Botanical Garden.

——~ (1975). The Native Orchids of the United States and

Canada excluding Florida, New York: New York

Botanical Garden.

Ocura, Y. (1953). Anatomy and morphology of the

subterranean organs in some Orchidaceae, J. Fac.

Sci. Univ. Tokyo 6(4): 135-157.

RicHARD, L.C.M. (1818). De Orchideis Europeis

Annotationes. Mem. Mus. Hist. Nat. 4: 4248, 49,

57.

SCHLECHTER, R. (1911-14). Die Orchidaceen von Deutch-

Neu-Guinea, Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg., Beih.

1: 1-1079; english translation by R.S.Rogers,

H.J.Katz & J.T.Simmons (1982). Melbourne: The

Australian Orchid Foundation.

SEIDENFADEN, G, (1977). Orchid Genera in Thailand V,

Orchidoideae, Dansk Bot. Arkiv 31(3): 1-150.

SENGHAS, K. (1973). Unterfamilie: Orchidoideae. Pages

195-215 in F.G. Brieger, R. Maatsch & K. Senghas,

[edsj., R. Schlechter, Die Orchideen. 3rd Ed. Berlin:

Paul Parey.

Yoxota, M. (1990). Karyomorphological studies in

Habenaria, Orchidaceae, and allied genera from

Japan, J. Sei. Hiroshima Univ. 23: 53-161.

Austrobaileya 5(1): 71-78 (1997)

da a a aa ae ae WEE ad hey Atala aaa hale Se lgte d gpbdnaeteasdsacd tetra: gien Big tty 2a cig aeciy “a. hs hhh berate Sid erctechbe chee? be

ASAE BaD BAL BoE Sete See Deeg a epee gt RRR ARR RAR PARAS Pet a CS

A taxonomic revision of the genus Austrosteenisia R.Geesink

(Fabaceae: Millettieae).

D.J. Dixon

Summary

Dixon,D.J. (1997). A taxonomic revision of the genus Austrosteenisia R.Geesink (Fabaceae:

Milletticae). Austrobaileya 5(1): 79-91. The genus Austrosteenisia R.Geesink is revised. Four

species are recognized, namely Austrosteenisia blackii (F.Muell.) R.Geesink, A.stipularis

(C.T. White) Jessup, A.glabristyla Jessup and A. mollitricha. Two varieties are recognized within

A. blackii namely A. blackii (F.Muell.) R.Geesink var. blackii and A. blackii var. astipella

D.J.Dixon. All taxa are described in detail and a key to their identity is provided.

Keywords: Fabaceae, Millettieae, Austrosteenisia, Austrosteenisia blackii var. blackii,

Austrosteenisia blackii vay. astipella, Austrosteenisia glabristyla, Austrosteenisia mollitricha,

Austrosteenisia stipularis.

D.J.Dixon Co-operative Research Centre for Tropical Rainforest Ecology and Management and

The Department of Tropical Plant Sciences, James Cook University, Townsville, Queensland

4811, Australia

Introduction

Austrosteenisia R.Geesink, a member of the

tribe Millettieae in the family Fabaceae, was

first described in 1984 although A. blackii

(F.Muell.) R.Geesink (Millettia blackii

F.Muell.) and A. stipularis (C.T.White) Jessup

(Lonchocarpus stipularis C.T.White) were

described much earlier. Mueller (1861)

described M. blackii based on material collected

from the Clarence River, Hastings River and

Moreton Bay areas. Bentham (1864) transferred

M. blackii to Lonchocarpus Kunth. A new

taxon, L. nesiotes, was described by Bailey

(1906) based on two specimens collected from

the Bloomfield River and Percy Islands. The

Bloomfield River specimen was subsequently

selected as lectotype for Bailey’s name

which was transferred to Derris Lour. by

Domin (1926). During a survey of the

Australian species of Derris, Tephrosia Pers.,

and Lonchocarpus, White (1929) found the

material used by Bailey as syntypes of his name

consisted of fragments of Derris trifoliata

var. macrocarpa Domin and A. blackii. White

pointed out that the specimen chosen by Domin

Accepted for publication 9 July 1997

as lectotype of Bailey’s name was also a mixed

collection and that while the pods belonged to

a species of Derris the leaves and flowers

belonged to Lonchocarpus blackii. He thereby

restricted the lectotype of Bailey’s name to the

pods in Poland’s Bloomfield River specimen.

White (1933) described L. stipularis. Polhill

(1971) transferred the Australian species of

Lonchocarpus to Kunstleria Prain, stating that

only a slightly broadened generic concept was

needed for their inclusion in this genus. Geesink

(1984), in discussing his concept of Kunstleria,

found that the Australian species differed from

the Malesian and Philippine species, hence the

circumscription of Austrosteenisia and the new

combination, A. blackti, which was made at

that time. Jessup (1986) made the second

combination when transferring Kunstleria

stipularis to Austrosteenisia, and at the same

time described a new species, A. glabristyla.

Despite the studies of Geesink (1984),

Austrosteenisia has never been critically revised

in its entirety, and problems remain within the

group. For example, Jessup (1986) considered

that imperfect material present in the

Queensland Herbarium represents further taxa

in the genus. These specimens were not seen

by Geesink. Therefore the research reported

here aimed to critically review the genus and

to assess the status of these specimens.

Materials and Methods

This study was based on herbarium specimens

in BRI, LAE, MEL, NSW and QRS. Field

observations of all species except. glabristyla

were made by the author.

Taxonomy

Geesink (1984) based his concept of

Austrosteenisia on the known species A. blackii

and Kunstleria stipularis. However, to account

for the species described by Jessup (1986) and

the new taxa identified here, Geesink’s concept

needs to be slightly modified. To account for

the new taxa, the leaflet number, flower length,

ovule number and number of seeds per pod

have been amended in the generic description,

(Table 1), Axillary panicles are also recorded

Austrobatleya 5(1): 79-91 (1997)

in the genus for the first time. The following

generic description is thus based partly on the

description of Austrosteenisia sensu Geesink

(1984) and partly on the results of this research.

A key to the genera of the Milletticae has

already been provided by Geesink (1984).

Austrosteenisia R.Geesink, Scala Millettiearum

78 (1984) Type: A. blackii

(F.Muell.) R.Geesink

Lianas. Leaves compound, alternate; leaflets

S—17; stipellae present or absent. Inflorescence

a terminal or axillary panicle. Bracts shorter

than the corresponding flower buds; bracteoles

present. Flowers 7.5—10.5 mm _ long;

hypanthium indistinct. Calyx imbricate with 5

subequal lobes. Standard blade + orbicular,

strongly reflexed at base; basal callosities

absent; wings with a normal claw and strongly

reduced blade; keel petals falcate. Staminal tube

straight; upper filament adnate to the other

filaments. Basal fenestrae distinct. Disk distinct.

Ovary hairy; ovules 9-20. Pod indehiscent, fiat,

membranous, without wings. Seeds 1-8,

reniform, laterally flattened; radicle folded.

Table 1. The character states as accepted here in Austrosteentsia, compared with those

given by Geesink (1984).

Character

Leaflet number

Geesink (1984)

7-17

Dixon (1997)

Flower length c. 10mm long 7.5—10.5mm long

Ovule number 14-17 (7) 9-20

Seeds per pod 4—7 1-8

Panicle terminal terminal & axillary

Dixon, Austrosteenisia 8]

Key to the species of Austrosteenisia

1. Leaflets 9-17; flowers either pink and white or mauve and white............. 000 eae 2

Leaflets 5-11; flowers maroon-red.... cc ee ee ee ee seen een eens 3

Wales between latitudes 26°30’S and 30°20’S 2.0... ees 4. A. glabristyla

Stipellae absent; flowers pink and white; style bearded along upper margin ............

ae rhe oe ee eee 1. A. stipularis

2. Stipellae present; flowers mauve and white; style glabrous or nearly so;

distribution south-eastern Queensland and north eastern New South

with golden hairs; distribution in rainforests of north-eastern Queensland.

between latitudes 15°50’S and 17°30’S ...

. Abaxial leaflet surface pilose; staminal tube with erect + appressed hairs;

distribution north of latitude 14°S along the east coast of Cape York

PROIPISUNA 2.6".6.95) o\b.x = 66S ase ole did ws

ER oat Bede 4. ed ee ee BE 3. A. mollitricha

Abaxial leaflet surface glabrous or with erect or appressed antrorse hairs,

rarely pilose; staminal tube glabrous rarely with hairs; distribution south

of latitude 15°26’S extending along the Queensland and New South

Wales coast to latitude 32°24’s .........,

1. Austrosteenisia stipularis (C.T. White)

Jessup, Austrobaileya 2(3): 243-245

(1986); Lonechocarpus stipularis

C.T. White, Contr. Arnold Arb. Harvard

Univ. 4: 45-46 (1933); Kunstleria

stipularis (C.T.White) Polhill, Kew Bull.

25(2): 265 (1971). Type: Queensland.

Cook District: Lake Barrine, Atherton

Tableland, 8 November 1929,

SF. Kajewski 1348 (holo: BRI).

Robust liana. Stems covered with dense

hyaline to rusty brown appressed hairs,

glabrescent; lenticels elliptic, longitudinal.

Leaves 5.5—27.0 cm long; stipules peltate,

subrotund, 3.5—6.4 mm long, 2.3—4.5 mm

wide, ciliate, caducous; stipellae absent.

Leaflets 9-15, opposite, subopposite or

occasionally alternate, imparipinnate,

petiolules 0.6-7.0 mm long; laminae

elliptic, oblong, or obovate, 0.97.2 cm long,

0.4—2.5 cm wide, increasing in size distally;

base obtuse, cuneate, narrowly cuneate or

attenuate; apex rounded, obtuse, acute, or

acuminate with a small mucro; secondary veins

4—8 pairs with vein angle 32°—73°; adaxial

leaflet surface with + appressed antrorse or

erect, hyaline to light brown hairs, glabrescent;

abaxial surface pilose with erect hyaline to

light brown hairs. Inflorescence a panicle to

ee 2 ee ea eee 2. A. blackii

38 cm long. Pedicels 0.5—3.6 mm long; calyx

4.3-5.8 mm long; petals pink and white;

standard circular or widely to very widely

ovate, 7.5-10.5 mm long including claw,

c. 8.0 mm wide; wings 3.5~5.6 mm long; keel

7.0-9.6 mm long. Staminal tube glabrous.

Ovary densely villous; ovules 6—14. Style

bearded with golden hairs along upper margin.

Pod elliptic to oblong, 4.7—-9.0 cm long,

1.8—-2.1 cm wide, with long and short

golden brown appressed and erect hairs; stipe

4.5—10.0 mm long. Seeds 1-6. Fig. |.

Selected examined specimens : Queensland. Cook

District: 18 miles N of Mossman, Nov 1967, Boyland

& Gillieatt 389 (BRI); Fairyland, Jan 1940, Flecker

6536 (QRS); 5 miles the Mareeba side of Kuranda, Oct

1976, Gray 203 (QRS); Forestry Reserve 1073, near

Kuranda, Oct 1962, Hyland AFO/2793 (BRD; Lake

Barrine, Nov 1971, Hyland 5637 (QRS); Egan Creek

logging area, SW corner, Nov 1958, Smith 10486 (BRD;

Canal Creek near Waugh’s Pocket N of Innisfail, Oct

1973, Webb & Tracey 13653 (QRS); Lake Barrine,

Atherton Tableland, Nov 1929, White 1348 (BRI);

Kuranda, Nov 1985, Williams 85322 (BRI),

Etymology: The species epithet refers to the

presence of stipules.

Distribution and habitat: A. stipularis 1s

restricted to the ‘Wet Tropics’ rainforests of

north-eastern Queensland between latitudes

15°50’S and 17°30’S, (Map 1). Personal

82 Austrobaileya 5(1): 79-91 (1997)

Fig. 1. Austrosteenisia stipularis. A. leaf x 0.4, B. standard = 4, C. stipule x 4. D. pod x 0.4. E. wing * 4. F. keel x 4.

G. staminal tube x 4. H. calyx x 4, I. gynoecium x 4. A from Hyland 5637 (QRS); B—E, H & IJ from Dixon

MB 10/1994 (JCU); F from Flecker 6536 (QRS). Del. D.J.Dixon.

a cb anitit bial < yet errerer erase e rt i. Se ee Se eee eter leueceedS 2

DIL eg A UE TT SSS

Dixon, Austrosteenisia

observations indicate that it is commonly

encountered throughout its distributional range.

Complex mesophyll vineforests are recorded

as its preferred habitat (Hansen and Sankowsky,

1992). It has been found growing on a variety

of soil types such as alluvial, basaltic, granitic

and soils derived from metamorphic rock

(Hansen and Sankowsky, 1992).

Phenology: A. stipularis is a deciduous species.

Flowering occurs either before or with the new

flush of leaves (Williams 1984). This species

flowers between the months of September and

November. Fruits have been recorded in

January.

CT eT ae es 0S

| {

| é i

i { i ,

\ qT = Ky

ees & Tm 1 {5°S

\ . { i

{ { j

{ i !

1 i 5

Gris r====41 20°S

j i

\ f

l {

j ! a

Go "325 S$

; j

t {

" : : !

ine ieee india ae 'a0°s

Map 1. Distribution of Austrosteenisia stipularis.

2. Austrosteenisia blackii (F.Muell.)

R.Geesink, Scala Millettiearum (1984);

Millettia blackii F.Muell., Fragmenta

Phytographiae Australiae, 2:123 (1861);

Lonchocarpus blackii (F Muell.) Benth.,

Flora Australiensis, 2:271-272 (1864);

Kunstleria blackii(F .Muell.) Polhill, Kew

Bull. 25(2):259-273 (1971). Type:

Moreton Bay, W.Ail/(syn: n.v.); Hastings

River, H.Beckler (syn: MEL); Clarence

River, 1. Beckler (syn: n.v.).

[Lonchocarpus nesiotes sensu F.M.Bailey,

Queensland Agric. J., 17:162 (1906), pro

parte, fide Pothill loc. cit.]

|. Leaves with stipellae present ............

Leaves with stipellae absent

a of Ft t& &€© © 4 F © © © EF

Woody liana. Stems covered with dense

hyaline to rusty-brown erect to curved and

appressed hairs, glabrescent; lenticels elliptic

to rounded, longitudinal. Leaves 5.5-—26 cm

long; stipules peltate, lanceolate, ovate,

§.0—12 mm long, 3.5—5.0 mm wide, caducous;

base rounded; apex acuminate; margin ciliate;

stipellae present, 0.8—3.3 mm long, or absent.

Leaflets 5-11, opposite or subopposite,

imparipinnate; petiolules 1.6—-6.7 mm

long; laminae narrowly elliptic, elliptic to

oblong, ovate or obovate, 1.4-11.8 cm long,

0.7—5.9 cm wide, increasing in size distally;

base oblique, obtuse, truncate, or cuneate; apex

acute, acuminate, or caudate with a small

mucro; secondary veins 4-11 pairs with vein

angle 38°—73°; adaxial leaflet surface glabrous

or glabrescent; midvein with hyaline to rusty-

brown, erect or curved hairs extending on to

the laterals; abaxial surface with appressed

antrorse, erect, hyaline hairs, glabrescent, very

rarely pilose. Inflorescence a panicle to

34 cm long. Pedicels 1.0-4.5 mm long; calyx

4.0—7,0 mm long; petals maroon-red; standard

circular, broadly to very broadly ovate, or

depressed ovate to broadly depressed

ovate, 7.5-10.5 mm long including claw,

5.2-9,5 mm wide; wings 3.5—6.0 mm long; keel

7.0-9.8 mm long. Staminal tube glabrous,

rarely with hyaline hairs. Ovary densely villous

with golden brown hairs; ovules mostly

1Q—20, very rarely as few as 7. Style bearded

with golden brown hairs along upper margin.

Pod elliptic to oblong, 3.8—9.6 cm long,

0.92.0 cm wide with appressed short and

erect long hyaline and golden brown hairs; stipe

3.0-10.0 mm long. Seeds 1-8, reniform.

Etymology: This species was named after the

most renowned Alan Black, custodian of

Hooker’s Herbarium and who first placed this

species in the genus Millettia (Mueller 1861).

Two varieties are distinguished as follows.

84 Austrobaileya 5(1): 79-91 (1997)

ROR

KJ \

x fy

X hays

Wipe

a yc

eons

WSs

; NA

— Or 7)

rm c

"Tl

‘asa

= S>

Fig. 2. Austrosteenisia blackii var. blackii. A. leaf. x 0.4. B. standard x 4. C. wing x 4, D. keel x 4, E. stipule x 4.

F, pod x 0.4. G, staminal tube x 4. H. calyx x 4. I. gynoecium x 4, A from McDonald 4511 et al. (BRD; B—D,

G-—I from Dixon CA10/1994 (JCU); E from Forster PIF7676 (BRI); F from MEL 725121 (MEL). Del. D.J.Dixon.

ssid anne bnofan ahd abidd ddan dink dss ce ba td dined al dah see look ean et di bne idea td

methine cS Ee ST

aa ie Tc 1 ce

neil e ot gia Te eye e VeRUSg yD Lipase beste rt ees

Dixon, Austrosteenisia

Austrosteenisia blacki var. blacki

Distinguished by stipellae present on leaves.

Fig, 2.

Selected examined specimens: Queensland, Cook

District: Prior Creek, Atherton, Dec 1938, Flecker s.n.

(QRS); S.F.R. 185, Jan 1980, Gray 1617 (QRS); Tolga,

Jan 1981, Gray 1878 (QRS). NorRTH KENNEDY DISTRICT:

5 km NW of Cardwell, on S bank of Meunga Creek,

Oct 1976, Everist sn. (BRI); Port Curtis DISTRICT:

West Bay, Middle Percy Island, Nov 1989, Batianoff

11823, Champion, Thompson & Dillewaard (BRD; near

Carmilla, Oct 1937, White 12101 (BRI). BuRNETT

District: Kalliwa S.F. 169, Dec 1990, Forster PIF7713

(BRI). Wipe Bay District: Ocean Park Estate,

Dundowran, Nov 1991, Forster PIF9182 (BRI).

Moreton District: Petrie, N of Brisbane, Nov 1931,

Blake, 2842 (BRI); Fig Tree Pocket, Brisbane, Jan 1978,

Pedley 5005 (BRI); Mt. Crosby Road, Barnes Hil!, Nov

1993, Grimshaw G94 (BRI). New South Wales. Lismore,

Fawcett sn. (MEL); Richmond River, Fawceft s.n.

(MEL); Upper Hastings River, Nov 1897, Maiden s.n.

(NSW); Ballina, Dec 1895, Bauerlen sn. (NSW);

Tooloom Range, Dec 1907, Maiden s.n. (NSW),

Austrosteenisia blackii var. astipella

D.J.Dixon var. nov. ab A. blackii var.

blackii differt stipellis absentibus. Type:

Queensland. Coox District: S.F.R. 185

opposite fire tower, 17°09’S 145°31’E, 31

October 1978,./.D. Fitzsimon 296, (holo:

QRS). Fig. 3.

Selected examined specimens: Queensland. Cook

District: S.F.R. 185, Oct 1978, Fitzsimon 296 (QRS);

Mazlin Creek, Atherton, Nov 1991, Le Cussan 11 (QRS);

7 km NNW of Lakeland Downs, Cape York, Sep 1987,

Orr 197 (DNA); Clohesy River, Oct 1984, Sankowsky

354 & Sankowsky (BRI); Yungaburra, Nov 1985,

Sankowsky 451 & Sankowsky (BRI). NortH KENNEDY

District: west of Kennedy, near Cardwell, Sep 1935,

Blake 9721 (BRI).

Etymology: The varietal epithet refers to the

absence of stipellae.

Distribution and habitat: A, blackii is

distributed along the east coast of Australia

from latitude 15°26’S to 32°24’S. A. blackii

var. astipella occurs between latitudes

15°26’S and 19°S (Map 2), and is sympatric

for part of its range with the type variety which

occurs between latitudes 16°55’S and 32°24’S,

(Map 3). Both varieties of A. blackii are

strong vigorous conspicuous lianas common

throughout their respective distributional

ranges. A. blackii is considered well preserved

(Forster et al., 1991). Rainforest classified as

simple notophyll evergreen vineforest, complex

mesophyll vineforest (Hansen and Sankowsky,

1992), semi-evergreen vine thickets, araucarian

microphyll vineforest, and complex notophyll

vineforest are the main habitats recorded for

this species (Forster et al., 1991). It does

however, extend out of the rainforest wherever

ample moisture prevails, being quite common

on creek and river banks of coastal Queensland

(Williams, 1979), This species is commonly

referred to as blood vine because of the red

exudate that oozes from wounded tissue.

Raa ag Bae mi am iets 2408S

{ 4

“pean; 20°S

coo

{

r-- ~ | 25°S

‘ i

| {

Ms em me ey faq°s

Map 2. Distribution of Austrosteenisia blackii var.

astipella.

PT ay t0°s

j t |

{ t

er es toric

i 1

\ i

1 [

Map 3. Distribution of Austrosteenisia blackii var.

blackit.

86 Austrobaileya 5(1): 79-91 (1997)

oor se

CLA PAVE

GHAMIIEN

WQ3y)}*

(]} |

y B

ROSS

Fig. 3. Austrosteenisia blackii var. astipella. A. leaf x 0.4. B. standard x 4. C. wing = 4. D. keel x 4. E. stipule x 4.

F. pod x 0.4. G. staminal tube x 4. H. calyx x 4. I. gynoecitum x 4. A~D, G—I from Fitzsimon 296 (QRS); E from

Poland 27 (BRI); F from Kemp (xxx). Del. D.J.Dixon.

This content downloaded from

136.154.23.253 on Tue, 18 Jul 2023 23:50:21 +00:00

All use subject to https://about.jstor.org/terms

Dixon, Austrosteenisia

Phenology: A.blackii flowers between

September and December. Pods have been

recorded from October to the following June.

Notes: A. blackii has also been recorded from

Papua New Guinea (Queensland Herbarium,

1994) although I consider its recorded

occurrence in PNG to be doubtful. The LAE

specimen NGF48634 was annotated by a

previous worker as of doubtful origin and

locality. I agree with this annotation for a

number of reasons. Firstly, A. blackii is a very

conspicuous liana when in flower and

in Australia is commonly encountered and

collected. BRI, MEL, NSW and QRS hold

substantial accessions compared to LAE

which has only one. Secondly, A. blackii, in

Australia, does not occur north of latitude

15°26’S, although there is suitable habitat

north of this latitude. Thirdly, the new species

A. mollitricha, also a commonly encountered

liana which occurs north of latitude 14° S to

the tip of Cape York Peninsula, has not been

recorded from PNG. Therefore, the disjunct

nature of the NGF48634 collection casts doubt

on the occurrence of A. blackii in PNG. Only

further field work will establish the

authenticity of the PNG accession as actually

coming from PNG.

3. Austrosteenisia mollitricha D.J.Dixon, sp.

nov. affinis A. blackii, A.stipulari et

A. glabristyla; ab A. blackii var. astipella

et A. stipulari differt stipellis

praesentibus; ab 4. blackii differt

tricomatibus pilosis in abaxiali pagina

folioli praesentibus; ab A. glabristyla

differt stylo barbato et numero

foliolorum. Type: Queensland. Cook

District: Lockerbie Scrub, 23

September1991, G. Sankowsky 1229 &

N. Sankowsky (holo: BRI; iso: NSW,

MEL).

Robust liana. Stems covered with dense hyaline

to rusty brown hairs, glabrescent, glaucous,

lenticels elliptic, longitudinal. Leaves

15.0-33.0 cm.long; stipules, peltate, ovate,

c. 14mm long, c. 4mm wide, ciliate, caducous;

stipellae 1.3-3.5 mm long. Leaflets 5-9,

mostly 7, opposite, imparipinnate; petiolules

2.1— 6.7 mm long; laminae elliptic, oblong,

ovate, obovate, 3.6-14.3 cm long,1.3—6.1 cm

wide, increasing in size distally; base obtuse,

rounded, oblique, cuneate, or narrowly cuneate;

apex rounded, obtuse, acuminate, or caudate,

with a small mucro; secondary veins 6—13 pairs

with vein angle 36°— 65°; adaxial leaflet surface

mainly glabrous; midvein with hyaline to rusty

brown hairs, some extending to the secondary

veins; abaxial surface pilose with erect hyaline

to rusty brown hairs. Inflorescence a panicle

to 33 cm long. Pedicels 2.2—5.0 mm long;

calyx 4.4-6.5 mm long; petals maroon-red;

standard widely ovate, 9.0-10.5 mm long

including claw, to 6.0 mm wide; wings

3.6-6.2 mm long; keel 8.5—10.0 mm long.

Staminal tube with hyaline erect, + appressed

hairs. Ovary densely villous; ovules 9-13. Style

bearded with hyaline to light golden

brown hairs along upper margin. Pod elliptic

to oblong, 5.2—10.8 cm long, 1.5—2.1 cm wide,

with long and short appressed and erect golden

brown hairs; stipe 4.0—7.7 mm long. Seeds

1-7, reniform. Fig. 4.

Selected examined specimens: Queensland. Cook

District: Wenlock River, Portland Roads road, Jul 1988,

Dalliston CC125 (BRI); Pascoe River mouth, N bank,

33.8 km NNW of Lockhart River, Apr 1993, Fell

DGF3138 & Butcher (BRI); escarpment of Great Dividing

Range, 14.6 km NE of Heathlands Ranger Base, Oct 1993,

Fell DGF3737 & Stanton (BRI); Lankelly Creek, Oct

1980, Hyland 10845 (QRS); Lockerbie Scrub, Sept 1991,

Sankowsky 1229 & Sankowsky (BRI; NSW); Quintil

Beach, N of road from Lockhart River, Nov 1977, Tracey

14319 (BRI); north bank of Pascoe River approx | km

inland of river mouth, Nov 1977, Tracey 14387 (BRI);

Lockerbie Homestead, Sep 1985, Williams 85189 (BRI);

Goanna Creek E. of Mcllwraith Range, Nov 1956, Webb

3159 (BRI); Bamaga, in 1962, Webb & Tracey 8019

(BRI); headwaters of Massey Creek, MclIlwraith Range,

Oct 1969, Webb & Tracey 9278 (BRI); Rocky River,

Mcllwraith Range, Oct 1969, Webb & Tracey 9368 (BRI);

Rocky River on E. Foothills of MclIlwraith Range, Oct

1969, Webb & Tracey 9423 (BRI); head of Peach Creek,

Mcllwraith Range, Oct 1969, Webb & Tracey 9868 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: A. mollitricha

occurs north of latitude 14°S along the east

coast of Cape York Peninsula (Map 4). Itisa

commonly encountered canopy liana found

growing in a range of forest types including

semi-evergreen vineforest, semi-deciduous

mesophyll vineforest, evergreen notophyll

vineforest, and deciduous vine thickets. This

species favours no particular soil type. It has

been recorded on red lateritic soils, granitic

alluvium, aeolian dune sand and sandstone.

This content downloaded from

136.154.23.253 on Tue, 18 Jul 2023 23:50:21 +00:00

All use subject to https://about.jstor.org/terms

88 Austrobaileya 5(1): 79-91 (1997)

irk arp aly ‘ Lt 4

: 4.2 & 34 ~ APs

ERE IIA RER SS

ARIE RIS RY

LILIA DRA A RR

RESES SD PIO TO

a Sase lwateree, te

NORA LET Le OT]

‘ oO

BOK f

Fig. 4. Austrosteenisia mollitricha. A. leaf x 0.4. B. standard x 4. C. keel x 4. D. wing x 4. E staminal tube x 4,

F, stipule x 4. G. pod x 4. H. calyx x 4. I. gynoecium * 4, A from Tracey 14319 (BRI); B—E, H & I from Sankowsky

1229 & Sankowsky (BRD, F from Webb & Tracey 9868 (BRD; G from Webb and Tracey 9368 (BRI), Del D.J. Dixon

Ce ea Prete eee eae ee al Een Tat Peres See Te | ee ee Pe i nee SEE ee en eee en ne ee ae ae a ae oe

Dixon, Austrosteenisia

Map 4. Distribution of Austrosteenisia mollitricha.

Phenology: A. mollitricha flowers from August

to October with fruit sometimes persisting until

the following flowering season.

Etymology: The species epithet is derived from

the Latin mo//is (soft or pliant) and tricha (hair),

and refers to the soft hairs present on the abaxial

surface of the leaflets.

Notes: A.mollitricha is closely related to

A. blackii. St can be distinguished from this

species by the pilose hairs on the abaxial surface

of the leaflets and the presence of hairs on the

staminal tube. A. mollitricha also possesses a

unique distribution which does not overlap with

that of any of the other species.

4. Austrosteenisia glabristyla Jessup,

Austrobaileya 2(3): 243-245 (1986).

Type: Queensland. Moreton District:

Picnic Rock Track, Lamington National

Park, 10 January 1984, L.W Jessup 581

& A. Daly(holo: BRI; iso: BRI; CANB,

K, L, MEL, MO, NE, NSW fide Jessup

op. cit.).

Woody liana. Stems densely villous with

golden, rusty brown erect and + appressed

hairs, glabrescent; lenticels subrotund,

longitudinal. Leaves 5.0—27.5 cm long; stipules

peltate, ovate, 10.0-14.0 mm _ long,

6.0—-8.0 mm wide, ciliate, caducous; stipellae

0.9-5.0 mm. Leaflets 9-17, opposite,

subopposite, or occasionally alternate,

imparipinnate; petiolules 1.3—3.8 mm long;

laminae elliptic, oblong, obovate, lanceolate,

or oblanceolate, 1.5—10.4 cm long, 0.4—2.9 cm

wide, increasing in size distally; base obtuse,

oblique, cuneate, or narrowly cuneate; apex

acute or acuminate, with mucro; secondary

veins 5—12 pairs with vein angle 33°— 65°;

adaxial leaflet surface mostly glabrous;

midvein with hyaline to rusty brown erect hairs;

abaxial surface pilose with + appressed antrorse

hyaline to light brown hairs. Inflorescence a

panicle to 33 cm long. Pedicels 1.1—2.1 mm

long; calyx 3.0—5.5 mm long; petals mauve and

white; standard broadly ovate, 9.2-10.5 mm

long including claw, 8.3—8.5 mm wide; wings

4.5—5.0 mm long; keel 8.6—9.7 mm long.

Staminal tube glabrous. Ovary densely villous;

ovules 10-16. Style glabrescent. Pod elliptic

to oblong, 32.0-61.0 mm long, 13.0—-16.0 mm

wide with long and short appressed and erect

hairs; stipe 3.5—9.5 mm long. Seeds 1-4, oblong

to reniform; testa brown. (Stipules not seen;

measurements taken from Jessup 1986).

Fig. 5.

Selected examined specimens: Queensland. MORETON

District: Picnic Rock Track, Jan 1984, Jessup 581 &

Daly (BRI; NSW); Picnic Rock Track, Apr 1984,

Jessup 584 (BRI); Currumbin Valley, May 1985, Jones

1807 (BRI); near Bijungoroo Cave, W of Canungra

Creek, Lamington Plateau, Jan 1966, Whaite 3014

(NSW). New South Wales. Dorrigo, Jan 1935, Fraser

sn. (NSW); between Thora and Dorrigo, Jan 1960,

Salaso 1905 (NSW); 3 km E of Mooball, beside

Burringbar Creek, Nov 1977, Williams s.n. (BRI,

NSW).

Etymology: The species epithet refers to the

glabrous style.

Distribution and habitat: A. glabristyla occurs

in coastal south-eastern Queensland and

north-eastern New South Wales between

latitudes 26°30’S and 30°20’S, (Map 5). In

Queensland, it has been found growing in

complex notophyll vineforest (Jessup 1986)

and is considered adequately conserved

(Forster et al.1991), In New South Wales, it

has been recorded in both rainforest and open

eucalypt woodland.

Phenology: A. glabristyla flowers between

November and January. Fruits have been

recorded from April to September.

90 Austrobaileya 5(1): 79-91 (1997)

Fig. 5 Austrosteenisia glabristyla. A. leaf x 0.4. B. standard x 4. C. wing x 4. D. keel x 4. E. pod x 4, F. staminal tube

x 4. G. calyx x 4. H. gynoecium x 4. A from Jessup 192 (BRI); B—D, F-I from Williams [AQ520574] (BRD); E from

Jessup 584 (BRI). Del. D.J.Dixon

5 ‘ re Sea CEES eee Pere EY iy Pn SPR ECE PEER ESSE EERE CELE FE REELS VELEN EES ALE EIEN sais inte hebuad elelubeleh gmtanased aertunet me noah s 2 to tae petriddutvheae rer aa wie 4

Dixon, Austrosteenisia

Map 5. Distribution of Austrosteenisia glabristyla.

Acknowledgments

[ would like to sincerely thank my supervisors

Assoc, Prof. Betsy Jackes and Dr. Leone Bielig.

J also wish to acknowledge the financial support

given by the CRC TREM without whose

assistance this project would have been more

difficult. would like to thank Irene Champion,

Mery! Ritchie and Mary Gandini for taking the

time to locate and collect specimens, and

Douglas Smith for help with the Latin

diagnoses.

References

BAILEY, F.M. (1906). Contributions to the Flora of

Queensland, Queensland Agricultural Journal,

17:162.

BENTHAM, G. (1864). Leguminosae. In Flora Australiensis

2: London: L.Reeve & Co,

Domin, K. (1926). Beitrage zur flora und

pflanzengeographie Australiens 758—786,

Bibliotheca Botanica, 89(3):230-231.,

Forster, P.[., Bostock, P.D., Birp, L.H. & Bean, A.R.

(1991). Vineforest Plant Atlas for South East

Queensland. Brisbane: Queensland Herbarium.

Geesink, R. (1984). Seala Millettiearum. E. J, Brill /

Leiden University Press.

Hansen, V. & Sanxowsky. G. (1992). Treedis:

A Rainforest Tree Distribution Database. Tolga:

Ausplot Software.

Henderson, R.J.F. (ed.) (1994). Queensland Vascular

Plants: Names and Distribution, Brisbane:

Queensland Department of Environment and

Heritage.

Jessup, L.W. (1986). New combination and species in

Austrosteenisia Geesink (Fabaceae-Millettieae).

Austrobaileya 2(3): 243-245,

MUuE LL, F. (1861). Pragmenta Phytographiae Australiae

2:123-~]24,

PoLHILL, R.M. (1971). Some observations on generic

limits in Dalbergieae-Lonchocarpineae Benth.

(Leguminosae). Kew Bulletin 25(2):259-273.

Wuitse, C.T. (1929). The Australian species of

Lonchecarpus and Derris. Royal Botanic Gardens

Kew Bulletin of Miscellaneous Information ,

10:309-310.

Wuite, C.T. (1933). Ligneous plants collected for the

Arnold Arboretum in North Queensland by S. F.

Kayjewski in 1929, Contributions from the Arnold

Arboretum of Harvard University 4:45—-46.

WILLIAMS, K.A.W. (1979). Native Plants Queensland,

Volume 1. North Ipswich: Keith A. W. Williams.

— (1984). Native Plants Queensland, Volume 2. North

Ipswich: Keith A. W. Williams.

ATES 0d PS eR Sea a

Rothia indica subsp. australis A. E. Holland (Fabaceae:

Crotalarieae), a new subspecies occurring in Australia

A.E. Holland

Summary

Holland, Ailsa. E. (1997). Rothia indica subsp. australis (Fabaceae: Crotalarieae), a new subspecies

occurring in Australia. Austrobaileya 5(1): 93-96, Australian material previously identified as

Rothia indica (L.) Druce, is here described as a new subspecies R. indica subsp. australis AE.Holland,

subsp. nov. Hlustrations and a key to the subspecies of Rothia indica are included.

Key words: Fabaceae:Crotalarieae, Rothia indica subsp. austrais.

Ailsa E.Holland, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland 4068, Australia

Introduction

Rothia Pers. is a genus of two species: R. hirsuta

(Guill. & Perr.) Baker occurs in Affica, and

R. indica (L.) Druce occurs in Asia and

Australia. Roth named the latter species

Dilhwynia trifoliata in 1806 (Dilhwynia Roth,

not to be confused with the Australian genus

Dithwynia J.E.Smith), probably from material

from India. Rothia was first collected in

Australia in 1855 by F. Mueller from Upper

Victoria River. He had placed the name

k. lotoides on the label of this specimen (KX)

but this name was never published. This

specimen was later identified as R. trifoliata

(Roth) Pers. (= R. indica) by Hooker (1859),

in the section on tropical Australian flora, and

again by Bentham (1864). Both authors refer

to this species as also occurring in India.

Examination of specimens of Rothia indica

collected in India and S.E. Asia indicated that

the Australian material belongs to a taxon

distinct from that from India and S.E. Asia.

Rothia indica (L.) Druce, Bot. Exch. Club Soc.

Brit. Isles 3:423 (1914)

Trigonella indica L., Sp. Pl. 778 (1753). Type:

not designated. Original material: India.

Hb. Linn. 932.18 (LINN, microfiche

BRI).

Accepted for publication 16 May 1997

Rothia trifoliata (Roth) Pers., Syn P/, 2:638 &

659 (1807); Dillwynia trifoliata Roth,

Catal. bot. 3:71 (1806). Type: ‘horto

medico Amsteledamensi’, location of

specimen unknown.

Prostrate annual, sparsely to densely hairy; hairs

long and spreading or short and somewhat

appressed, white, golden or reddish. Stems to

40 cm long. Leaves digitately trifoliate; petioles

2—17 mm long, slightly shorter than the leaflets,

somewhat flattened; terminal leaflets obovate

to oblong, 5—21 mm long, 1.5—6 mm wide,

entire, cuneate at base, obtuse or broadly acute

at apex, sparsely to densely hairy on both

surfaces or nearly glabrous on upper surface;

lateral leaflets similar, slightly smaller. Stipules

ovate, obovate or elliptic, 2-10 mm long,

1.5-3.5 mm wide, on a stalk less than 1 mm

long, acute or obtuse, herbaceous. Inflorescence

axil opposed; flowers solitary or paired or

2—4 in short racemes up to 4mm long;

peduncles 0—2 mm long; pedicels 0.5—4 mm

long; bracteoles on pedicel filiform, 1-3 mm

long. Calyx 46.5 mm long, densely hairy; tube

campanulate, 1.5—-3 mm long, 10-veined,

membranous; lobes lanceolate (upper two

somewhat falicate), subequal, 2.5—5 mm long,

erect. Standard 46.5 mm long, 1.5—2 mm wide,

pale yellow inside, orange or reddish outside;

lamina oblong-ovate, tapered at base, rounded

and slightly incurved at apex, hairy along centre

of back; claw 1.5-2.5 mm long. Wings

4—6.5 mm long, 1.5—2.5 mm wide; lamina

obovate, obtuse at apex; claw c. 2 mm long.

Keel 4—5.5 mm long, 1.5—2.5 mm wide lamina

truncate at apex, curved on lower edge; claw

c. 2mm long. Style 1.5—2 mm long, persistent.

Stamens monodelphous; staminal tube c. 4mm

long; anthers uniform. Pods erect or spreading,

linear to slightly falcate, somewhat flattened,

Austrobaileya 5(1): 93-96 (1997)

25.5 cm long, 1.5—2.5 mm wide, acute at apex,

moderately to densely hairy; hairs spreading

or appressed, Seeds 7-16, cuboid, 1.2—2 mm

long, 0.7—-1.3 mm wide, pale yellow or brown,

shiny.

This species occurs throughout Asia and

Australia. Two subspecies are recognised here:

Plants sparsely to moderately hairy with appressed hairs; leaflets 8-21 mm

long; petioles 5-17 mm long. Inflorescences either with pairs of flowers

or 2—4 in short racemes to 4 mm long; pedicels 1-4 mm long; flowers

5—6.5 mm long; calyx 5-6.5 mm long...

beebee OLE ye AP APRA Men poled cee HAY subsp. indica

Plants densely hatry with long + spreading hairs; leaflets S—12 mm long; petioles

2~8 mm long. Inflorescence of 1 or 2 flowers not in racemes; pedicels

0.5—3 mm long; flowers 4-5 mm long; calyx 4-6 mm long.......... subsp. australis

Rothia indica subsp. indica

Tilustrations: Wight,Ic. pl. Ind. orient., No. 199

(1840-1853); N.V.Thuan et al., F/. Cambodge,

Laos, Vietnam 23: 197, Plate 36 (1-9) (1960);

K.M.Matthews, Fl. Tamilnadu Carnatic, Plate

219 (1982).

Herb, sparsely or moderately hairy with fine,

white, appressed or slightly spreading hairs.

Stems to 40 cm long. Petioles S—17 mm long.

Stipules ovate to elliptic to obovate, 3-5 mm

long, 1.5~-3 mm wide, sparsely to moderately

hairy. Leaflets obovate to oblanceolate,

5—21 mm long, 3-6 mm wide. Flowers 2-4,

usually on a short peduncle; pedicels 1-4 mm

long; bracteoles usually 2—3 mm long. Calyx

5—6.5 mm long, densely hairy with appressed

hairs; tube 1.5—2.5 mm long; lobes 2.5—3.5 mm

long. Standard 5—-6.5 mm long. Wings

45.5 mm long. Keel 4—-5.5 mm long. Pods

densely hairy with long fine appressed hairs.

Specimens examined: India, Donkanayi near Mangapadu,

Andhra Pradash, Dec 1967 Subbarao 29673 [AD9863 1173]

(AD); Maisor & Carnatic, without date, Thompson

[MEL713522] (MEL); Peninsula Indiae Orientalis,

1866—-7, Wight 571 [MEL713525]) (MEL); Hassan District,

Mysore, Aut 197] Ramamoorthy (SX). Sri Lanka.

Trincomalee, near China Bay Airport, Feb 1970 Rudd 3134

& Balakrishnan 3134 Cs).

Distribution and habitat: tn India and Sri

Lanka. Also in S.E. Asia as described by Thuan

et al. (1987). Usually occurs in seasonally

inundated areas.

Rothia indica subsp. australis A.E. Holland,

subsp. nov., Rothiae indicae (L.) Druce

subsp. indicae, affinis sed indumento

conferto patenti, folus parvis, et floribus

solitariis vel duplicatis, nunquam in

racemis differt. Typus: Queensland.

GREGORY SoOuTH District: Site 195,

Warlus 1,7 Aug 1971, D.E. Boyland 4016

(BRI).

Herb, densely covered in reddish or white, long,

spreading hairs. Stems to 30 cm long. Petioles

2-8 mm long. Stipules obovate or elliptic,

2~4 mm long, 1.5—2.6 mm wide. Leaflets

obovate to oblong, 5-12 mm long, 1.5—4 mm

wide, densely hatry on both surfaces. Flowers

1 or 2; peduncles 0; pedicels 1—4 mm long;

bracteoles 1.5—2.5 mm long. Calyx 4-6 mm

long, densely patently hairy; tube 1.5—2.5 mm

long; lobes 2.5—3.5 mm long. Standard 4—5 mm

long. Wings 4—5.5 mm long. Keel 4-5.5 mm

long. Pods densely hairy with long fine

obliquely spreading hairs. Fig. 1.

Holland, Rothia indica 95

SW ye

Zz,

Fig. 1. Rothia indica subsp. australis: A. branch with immature pod x 3.4, B. calyx x 7. C. bracteole x 7. D. standard

x 7, E. wing x 7, F. keel x 7 G. stamens x 7. H. ovary x 7. I. mature pod x 3.4. J. seed x 14. All from Boyland 4016,

Specimens examined; Australia. Western Australia:

Two Mile Ck, May 1941, Burbidge 775 (PERTH); Manguel

Ck Station, South of Broome-Derby road, Apr 1968, Payne

S.N. (PERTH). Northern Territory: Walker River, May

1993, Dunlop 9529 & Leach (BRI, DNA); 70km E of

Soudan, Wakaya Desert, May 1993, Latz 13138 (BRI,

DNA); Jitiya Soakage, 4km SE of Lake Suprise, Tanami

Desert, Aug 1991, Zatz 12131 (DNA); Upper Victoria

River, in 1855, Afueller (K, 2 sheets). Queensland: Cook

District: Junction Ck, Georgetown-Mt Surprise Rd, Jui

1983, Hacker 369 (BRD); Black Rock (Lynd), Apr 1981,

Horsup 11 (BRI). Burke District: road from Lawn Hill

to Doomadgee Mission, Jul 1974, Ollerenshaw, 1345 &

Kratzine (BRD); Adel’s Grove, via Camooweal, Jun 1950

de Lestang 486 (BRI). 64km NW of Richmond, Mar 1995,

Milson JM826 (BRI). Grecory NortH District: Currawilla,

about 100 mls [160kms] W of Windorah, Jun 1949, Everist

3898, (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: This subspecies

occurs right across the drier parts of northern

Australia. Only 13 collections have been seen.

It is found in sandy soils on sandhills and sandy

flats.

Phenology: Flowers from April through to

August.

Etymology: This subspecies is here named

‘australis’, because of its southern distribution.

Affinities: The only other presently recognised

species of Rothia, R. hirsuta (Guill. & Petr.)

Baker, can easily be distinguished from

R. indica by the pods which are falcate, less

than 12 mm long and tapered at the apex.

R. indica has pods which are linear, 20—55 mm

long and acute at the apex.

Austrobaileya 5(1): 93-96 (1997)

Acknowledgements

I am especially grateful for information

obtained by Mr Les Pedley and

Mr Laurie Jessup while visiting the

Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew and

to the directors of K, P, PERTH, DNA, MEL,

AD and CANB for the loan of specimens and

the provision of photographs, photocopies and

informaton. Will Smith prepared the

illustrations.

References

BENTHAM, G. (1864). Leguminosae. In Flora Australiensis

2:185. London: L.Reeve & Co.

Hooker, J.D, (1859, 1860’). The botany of the Antarctic

voyage of H.M. Discovery ships ‘Erebus’ and ‘Terror’

in the years 1839-1843. Part 3 Flora Tasmaniae,

Volume | Dicotlyledons, p.xliu.,

THUAN, N.V.et al. (1987). In Flora du Cambodee du Laos et

du Viétnam 23:197, Paris: Muséum National

d’ Histoire,

Notes on Caesalpinia subg. Mezoneuron (Leguminosae:

Caesalpinioideae) in Australia

Les Pedley

Summary

Pedley, Les (1997). Notes on Caesalpinia subg. Mezoneuron (Leguminosae: Caesalpinioideae) in

Australia. Austrobaileya 5(1): 97-102. Caesalpinia erythrocarpa and C. traceyi, both from tropical

Queensland, are described as new. C. nifens is anew combination based on Pterolobium nitens Benth.

A key to the six species of the subgenus in Australia is provided.

Key words: Caesalpinia, Caesalpinia erythrocarpa, Caesalpinia traceyi, Caesalpinia nitens, Pterolobium

nitens, Mezoneuron.,

Les Pedley, c/- Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland 4068, Australia

introduction

Whether Mezoneuron Desf. should be

treated as a distinct genus or included in

Caesalpinia L. is open to question. The two

are distinguished mainly by differences of the

pod. Species of Mezoneuron have pods that

are indehiscent, strongly flattened, not or

scarcely thickened with a wide wing along the

dorsal suture (Brenan 1963). Because of

similarities in foliar and floral characters

Hattink (1974) treated Mezoneuron and

Caesaipinia as congeneric making a number

of new combinations. Vidal & Hul Thol (1976)

considered Mezoneuron to be a subgenus of

Caesalpinia but did not effect the transfer. This

was left to Herendeen & Zarucchi (1990) who

formally treated it as Caesalpinia subg.

Mezoneuron (Desf.) Vidal ex Herend &

farucchi. They transferred two African species

from Mezoneuron to Caesalpinia. Verdcourt

(1979) and Lock (1989), however, had

maintained the genus Mezoneuron. After a

phylogenetic study of Caesalpinia sens. lat.

Lewis & Schrire (1995) suggested that

Mezoneuron and other proposed segregates of

Caesalpinia might well be treated as distinct

genera.

Accepted for publication xxx—xxx

Recognition of narrowly circumscribed

genera would be in keeping with recent trends

in legume systematics (with the curious

exception of the Bauhiniineae). However,

treatments of caesalpinoid genera are currently

being prepared for the Flora of Australia and

since the results of Lewis & Schrire’s ongoing

studies are not likely to be available for some

time, Mezoneuron is treated here as a subgenus

of Caesalpinia.

The subgenus in Australia is represented

by six species, though additional material may

indicate that the recognition of five species, one

consisting of two subspecies, is more realistic.

All are sprawling shrubs or prickly climbers that

often flower in the canopy of rainforest trees.

Fertile specimens are therefore difficult to collect

and some species are poorly represented in

herbaria. Nevertheless material available is

sufficient for description of previously

unrecognised species to be drawn up.

Austrobaileya 5(1): 97-102 (1997)

Key to species

1. Ovary and developing pods pubescent; leaflets markedly discolorous,

14-24 mm x10-16 mm, 1.3—1.7 times longer than wide ............ C. erythrocarpa

Ovary and developing pods glabrous; leaflets discolorous or not, often

sma llerane More. cl ONGates ve 4s ily yx ead aaa fe OE SO Rtele, BE ae aE She oleh ae 2

2. Pinnae 6-11 pairs with 10—22 leaflets per pinna ........... cee eee ees 3

Pinnae (1-)2—8 pairs with 4-14 (rarely 16) leaflets per pinna ........ 0.0... eee ees 4

3. Standard 3.5—4.3 mm long, the claw 1.5mm long inrolled at top with tuft of

hairs in the tube; pod 3.54 cm long, c. 2.5 cm wide ...........0. 02 eee C. traceyi

Standard 7-8 mm long, the claw 3—4 mm long prolonged into a bilobed

to dentate ligule c. 1 mm long; pod 6—15cm long, 2-4 cm wide ...... C. hymenocarpa

4. Leaflets 9-12 mm x 4.5—6.5 mm; flowers small, mature buds 4-5 mm

long; pods:to: 3-cith Wide <5 ey peak ere wed Gee Ay peed ee baie C. subtropica

Leaflets 10—15(-30) mm x 5-15(-20) mm; flowers larger, mature buds

5—6 mm long; pods (where known) 3.5—Scm Wide... ..... ccc eee ee eens 5

5. Pinnae 2—4(-5) pairs; leaflets (2-)4-10 per pinna, glabrous or almost so,

-- veins apparent beneath, shining above, margins incurved ..............04. C. nitens

Pinnae (3-)4—8(-9); leaflets 10-14(-16) per pinna, sparsely appressed

pubescent beneath, veins not apparent, not shining above ............. C. scortechinii

Caesalpinia erythrocarpa Pedley, sp. nov.

affinis C. scortechinii (F .Muell.) Hattink

a qua foliolis plerumque minus elongatis

plerumque pilis minutis appressis infra

sine pilis longis patentibus in venis

obtectis paucioribus in quoque pinna,

ovario pubescenti, leguminibus nervis

tenuibus ornatis differt. Typus:

Queensland. Cook District: Rocky River

c. 13°50’S, 143°25’E, 6 September 1973,

B. Hyland 6812 (holo: BRI; iso K, QRS).

C. scortechinii auct. non (F.Muell.) Hattink;

Hattink, Reinwardtia 9:52 (1974); Ding

Hou, Fl. Malesiana ser.1. 12(2): 552

(1996).

Large scrambling vine, prickles along stems and

leaf-rachises; branchlets with moderately dense

crisped hairs, glabrescent. Leaves opposite or

subopposite; axis 15—20 cm long (including

petiole 3—4 cm) with fulvous crisped hairs,

becoming glabrous, hairs persisting on

secondary axes; pinnae (4-)6 pairs, axis 4—5 cm

long; leaflets alternate, 6—10(-14) in all, obovate

to oblong (occasionally almost orbicular),

rounded, truncate or sometimes slightly

emarginate at apex, (14-)16—20(-24) mm long,

10—14(-16) mm wide, 1.3—1.7 times longer than

wide, markedly discolorous when dry, glabrous

above, sparse minute appressed hairs beneath.

Flowers in racemes forming terminal panicles,

branches opposite, up to 25 cm long with

moderately dense fulvous hairs, bracts early

deciduous, pedicels 3(-5) mm long. Flowers:

sepals, with moderately dense fulvous hairs, the

longest c. 7 mm long, the rest c. 6 mm long, all

c. 3.3 mm wide; corolla with standard 5 mm

long, 4mm wide, the rest c. 6 mm < 4 mm, all

clawed at the base, the standard with a

prominent flange above the claw; staminal

filaments c. 5 mm long with long hairs

(c. 0.5 mm long) in lower part; ovary felty hairy;

style glabrous, stigma narrowly funnel-shaped.

Pod l-or 2 - seeded, (3-)4.5—5 cm long,

2.9—3 cm wide, the wing 4—6 mm wide, shining

with finely reticulate nervature, scattered

appressed hairs when young. Fig. 1

Pedley, Caesalpinia

Selected specimens: Papua New Guinea. Lake

Davumbu, Middle Fly River, Aug 1936, Brass 7498 (BRI).

Queensland. Cook District. Claudie River, 20°43’

143°17’, Dec 1994, Hyland 21263 V (BRI, QRS); Claudie

River between Portland Roads and Iron Range, Oct 1968,

Webb & Tracey 8546 (BRI); Archer River, Jun 1948, Brass

19746 (BRD; Stewart River, near Port Stewart, Nov 1965,

Pedley 1888 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Scrambling over

trees in riverine rainforest on the eastern side

of Cape York Peninsula between about 12/2°

and 14° latitude, and in southern New Guinea.

Notes: Hattink (1974) who adopted a rather

wide concept of species generally, considered

C. scortechinii ranged from southern

Queensland to New Guinea, though he noted

that Brass 19746 (cited above) might represent

a distinct species. This proves to be the case:

C. scortechinii has more elongate leaflets and

smaller flowers and pods and is confined to

south-eastern Queensland and north-eastern

New South Wales.

Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from

Greek erythros, red and carpos, fruit; both

Brass and Hyland noted that immature pods of

the species are red.

Caesalpinia traceyi Pedley, sp. nov. notabilis

propter margines unguis petali posterioris

(vexilli) valde involutis in parte supera

tubum paene clausum pilis brunneis

plus minusve plenum formantes, a

C. scortechinii (F.Muell.) Hattink pinnis

pluribus plerumque foliolis pluribus

differt. Typus: Queensland. Coox

District: Kuranda, 16°49’S, 145°38’E,

7 November 1958, L.S.Smith 10448

(holo: BRI; iso K).

Large scrambling vine, prickles on stems and

leaf rachises; branchlets with sparse fulvous

hairs, glabrescent. Leaves usually alternate;

axis 16-35 cm long (including petiole 3-6 cm),

with fulvous crisped hairs, often patchy often

glabrescent, hairs usually persisting on

secondary axes; pinnae 7-11 pairs, (2.5-)

4—7 cm long; leaflets alternate (12-)16—22 per

pinna, oblong, rounded or occasionally truncate

or emarginate at the apex, 8-19 mm long,

3,5-9 mm wide, 1.7—2.7 times longer than

wide, glabrous above, sparsely appressed

pubescent or occasionally glabrous beneath.

Flowers in racemes forming terminal panicles,

branches + opposite to c. 12 cm long, rachis

with fulvous hairs, bracts c. 2 mm long, early

deciduous, pedicels 2-3 mm long. Flowers

yellow; longest sepal keeled, c. 5 mm long,

1.5-2 mm wide, the rest rounded, punctulate,

3—4 mm long c. 1.6 mm wide; standard petal

3.5-4.3 mm long with claw c. 1.5 mm long,

margins of claw strongly inrolled enclosing a

tuft of brown matted hairs, remaining petals

44.5 mm long, 2~2.5 mm wide; stamens

4—5.2 mm long, filaments with long tangled

hairs in the lower half, anthers glabrous; pisti]

glabrous. Pods membranous, 3.5—4 cm long,

c. 2.5 cm wide including wing c. 4 mm wide,

glabrous, finely reticulately nerved. Fig. 1

Selected specimens: Queensland. Cook Districr, between

Cairns and Herberton, in 1896, Hild AQ 228397 (BRI);

S.F.R. 315, c. 1.5km on Black Mountain road, Jun 1955,

K.J. White 1021 (BRI); Copperlode Falls Dam, Cairns, Dec

1972 Birch 41 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Scrambling over trees

in rainforest in the Cairns-Cape Tribulation area

with an isolated occurrence (Webb & Tracey

9967, sterile) near Coen, within the range of

C. erythrocarpa. |

Notes: Related toC. scortechinii but has more

pinnae and usually more leaflets. The standard

petal is most unusual: the upper part of the claw

is inrolled to such an extent as to form an almost

closed tube more or less filled with brown hair.

Etymology: The species is named in honour

of Mr J.G.Tracey of Yungaburra, Queensland

who has made significant contributions to the

scientific study of the rainforests of Australia

and, in more recent years, has worked

assiduously in helping to preserve them.

Caesalpinia nitens (F.Muell. ex Benth.)

Pedley, comb. nov.

Pterolobium nitens F.Muell. ex Benth.,

Fl, Austral. 2:279(1864). Type:

Queensland. Mt Mueller, near

Edgecombe Bay, 12 December 1863,

J.Datlachy s.n. (holo: MEL).

Vine or sprawling shrub, branchlets with

100

att

at eg

agen ee ag

A i * see

* we ae tt eae 2 gr A

. . = a z i + ath ee

SA RRS uk apa eet ees oe

Austrobaileya 5(1): 97-102 (1997)

; -

a 4

if }

‘ ar i

i » * *

*. f + Ps Py

ba ar

ae *

Tangs

”

‘ll

ey ~

i»

ayy

ony

Fees ete tee, a

— “se, ae *

ee Oe ia ee elie! ee es

ae F Pepe te pet Fy

pant

it?

‘

Tee eth hea eee

tkarag &

avd ee ee ewe a *

ener

ebay

iy '

‘ hand geet

+ wae

all

I *

* + ‘

af af .

r a te

+) ._ +

rk ‘i:

. '. 7

+ « 7

* = 4

I *

+ La

<2 %.

4 is

7 r

ee te ue

oa. =

af +45

oF ag +s ee ee 7 > Zt ma yt

¥ rs 3 nae bed Mee i vodevat

pie \ ¥, be Hi * a4 t

we oe bl * asf Foyt

* weet eat atat tone? ne te a

rs = or pres rate . oo wut *

* Md Pi te i Ba :*

* efit ah 4 watt a “pet at

er aet id jie * we fas 7 , Pa

ee Fe I av aH Pett va,

t+* * 4 ee tae” gee ak

ea ety 4 a ote gy! “i | %

* + 4 Lr i fs ty

a 7 *

* weit 4+ a +E = at =

= FF aah se FS, ." ea 4

s+ 7 Prtens bl | ar pee at a5

v* ' — La i

yi Mae at eae ite, pete

7 *% pte et" oo =f

, ass hiss nt “7 Ve

. % ¥, * +

Mat ff half wen) P

Geese er eemred

T +o att. aa tt nt

, a" +t a ae cs + La

eee afi tas! ae Ge

Sat

eng

a4,

ae aur

nee ray * Wee te aii |

* A Lea Pogo tl eg te ete a sete

oy = 4 “ # rd Yeeey eye? i pt F Oe a SATA T ‘A

335 aa Sapte eet ot as ay ant ae ote ore e ae * tf .

* *s + Pa ** re heletak van

, Seo eka TT | hae ok Le

"atte are Midstream So ae,

¥ i. r ate

nt alet

adel S

: a

* *F

¥ +e, 2 8

ay fr

Fig. 1. Caesalpinia traceyi. A, petals (standard at top) x 6. B. pod x 1.5. C. pinna x 1. Caesalpinia erythrocarpa.

D. petals (standard at top) x 4. E. pod x 1.5. F. pinna x 1. A from Smith 10448 (BRI); B, C from Birch 00041 (BRI); D,F

from Hyland 6812 (BRI); E from Hyland 6401 (BRI).

STE EE ST UO TRS BTA DR RRA ot LS Re YS PU DD ae Dd LMR I ar eS Wl A oe om a Dela eR RE EE

TE Dh A ee Se Tag TATA UP D2 SY OLE OES

PUD SILT 2 be a

USSR Le es bsp Me ad ee

AS BS SS AS SAE EVE I

peters] eee ret LES

Pedley, Caesalpinia

small rather rusty dense crisped hairs,

glabrescent, scattered dark-tipped prickles;

old stems with corky flanges (stmilar to those

of C. subtropica). Leaves: axis 4-9 cm long

(including petiole 6—20 mm) with indumentum

similar to that of branches; pinnae 2—4(-5) pairs

with slender, straight or recurved prickles at

base of each and usually one or two between

them, 5-35 mm long with (2-)4—10 leaflets,

alternate to opposite, broadly obovate, rounded

to cuneate and slightly emarginate at apex,

(7-)10—24(-27) mm long, (5-)7-13(-17) mm

wide, (1.2-)1.4—1.7(-2.2) times longer than

wide, glabrous or with a few scattered hairs on

upper surface when young, margins slightly

recurved, shining, particularly above, coarsely

anastomosing veins prominent beneath.

Flowers in racemes, forming terminal panicles,

axis with indumentum of stem, bracts c. 4 mm

long pedicels c. 2 mm long. Flowers: sepals

densely pubescent at base, the largest 7.5 mm

long, 3 mm wide, the remainder 4.5—5 mm

long, 2.5—2.8 mm wide; petals clawed, standard

5.5 mm long, 3 mm wide, a minute projecting

ridge at top of claw, the remaining petals

5.5-6 mm long, 3-3.7 mm wide; staminal

filaments densely. hairy in lower half,

c.6 mm long, anthers 1.2 mm long, glabrous;

ovary glabrous with one ovule, style straight,

stigma narrow funnel-shaped, fringed. Pod not

seen.

Specimens examined; Queensland. (all BRI). Scawfell

Is., 50 km ENE of Mackay, 20°53’°S’E, 149°37°S’E, Nov

1986, Batianoff6189 & Thompson; 9.5 km SW of Ubobo,

24°29’°S’E, 151°16’S’E, Nov 1995, Thompson CAL 358

& Price; State Forest 645, N of Gin Gin, 24°S1°S’E,

151°S8’S’E, Feb 1995, Bean 8376; Mt Moorooreeral,

26°17? S’E, 152°32’S’E, Oct 1993, Bean 6709; c 25 km

NW of Didcot, 25°19°S’E, 151°417S’E, Aug 1995,

Sparshott KMS 597 & Turpin.

Distribution and habitat: Scrambling over

vegetation in rainforest in rather dry situations

sometimes with unusual associates such as

Archidendropsis thozetiana and Barklya

syringifolia, from about Proserpine to the

vicinity of Nambour. The type locality,

Mt Mueller, is the present-day Mt Millar (c.

20°33' 148°43') near Bloomsbury (Blake 1955)

near the northern limit of the range of the

Species,

10]

Notes: Closely related to C. scortechinii which

occurs in wetter rainforests and which may

prove to be only subspecifically distinct.

C. nitens has leaves with fewer pinnae, fewer

leaflets per pinna and, most obviously, by its

virtually glabrous leaflets with shining upper

surfaces and anastomosing veins on the lower

surfaces. The corky flanges on the stem

suggests a relationship with C. subtropica but

that species has smaller leaflets not more than

{2 mm long and rarely more than 6 mm wide.

Bentham (1864) described Mezoneuron

brachycarpum (= Caesalpinia subtropica) and

Pterolobium nitens on successive pages, the

latter from a single collection. Though Mueller

(1876) listed two additional specimens of

P. nitens which were again cited by Bailey

(1900), no specimens of the species were

recognised at BRI. Vidal & Hul Thol (1974)

excluded P. nitens from Pterolobium and

referred 1t to Caesalpinia brachycarpa (Benth.)

Hattink. In transferring MM. brachycarpum to

Caesalpinia, however, Hattink (1974) made no

reference to P. nitens. When proposing

C. subtropica as a nomen novum for

C. brachycarpa (Pedley, 1977) I was not aware

of Vidal & Hul Thol’s reference to Hattink’s

name. Examination of type material of

Pterolobium nitens showed it to be different

from both C. brachycarpa and C. scortechinii.

Acknowledgment

I am grateful to the Chief Botanist, National

Herbarium of Melbourne (MEL) for lending

the type material of Prerolobium nitens.

References

BaiLey, F.M. (1900). The Queensland Flora 2:452.

Brisbane: Diddams & Co,

BENTHAM, G. (1864). Flora Australiensis 2:2786-279,

London: Lovell Reeve & Co.

BLAKE, S.T. (1955). Some pioneers of plant exploration

and classification. Proceedings of the Royal

Society of Queensland 66:1-19.

Brenan, J.P.M., (1963). Notes on African Caesalpinioideae.

Kew Bulletin 17:197-214.

Hattink, T.A. (1974). A revision of Malesian

Caesalpinia, including Mezoneuron

(Leguminosae— Caesalpinioideaec). Reimvardtia

9: 1-69,

102

HERENDEEN, P.S. & ZaAruccul, J.L. (1990), Validation of

Caesalpinia subgenus Mezoneuron (Desf.) Vidal

and new combinations in Caesalpinia for two

species of Mezoneuron from Africa. Annals of the

Missouri Botanical Garden 77:854-855,

Lewis, G.P. & Scurire, B.D. (1995). A reappraisal of

the Caesalpinia group (Caesalpinioideae—

Caesalpinineae) using phylogenetic analysis. In

M.Crisp & J.J.Doyle (ed.): Advances in Legume

Systematics 7:41—-52.

Lock, J.M. (1989). Legumes of Africa - A check-list. Royal

Botanic Gardens, Kew,

MUELLER, F. (1876). Fragmenta Phytographiae Australiae

10:7 Melbourne: Victorian Government.

PepLey, L. (1977). Notes on Leguminosae. I,

Austrobaileya 1:33-34.

Verpcourt, B. (1979). Manual of New Guinea legumes,

18-20. Lae: Office of Forests, Botany Bulletin

no. 11,

VipaAL, J.E. & Hurt Tuo, 8S. (1974). Revision du genre

Pterolobium (Caesalpiniaceae). Bulletin du

museum d’histoire naturelle, Paris, serie 3, 227

(Botanique 15): 1-29,

Austrobaileya 5{1): 97-102 (1997)

ne ee ee Sees SA!

Guioa sarcopterifructa (Sapindaceae): a new Australian species

Peter C. van Welzen

Summary

van Welzen, P.C. (1997). Guioa sarcopterifructa (Sapindaceae): a new Australian species.

Austrobaileya 5(1): 103-105. Australian specimens originally identified as Guioa pteropoda

Radlk., a species only known from the Indonesian Moluccas and New Guinea, are described as a

new species, Guioad sarcopterifructa, because the fruits are reminiscent of the genus Sarcopteryx.

Typical are the crenate leaflets, with a highly inserted domatium, and deviating angle of the

nerve below the domatium.

Keywords: Sapindaceae, Guioa crenifoliola, Guioa pteropoda, Guioa sarcopterifructa.

Peter C. van Welzen, Rijksherbarium/Hortus Botanicus, University of Leiden, P.O. Box 9514,

2300 RA Leiden, The Netherlands

Introduction

Several sterile specimens from northeast

Queensland were initially identified as

Guioa crentfoliola Merr. & Perry by Reynolds

(1984, 1985). Fruiting material was

subsequently illustrated by Cooper & Cooper

(1994) who identified their collection as

G. pteropoda Radlk. of which G. crenifoliola

is now considered to be a synonym (van Welzen

1989). G. pteropoda was only known from a

few localities in northwest Irian Jaya

(van Welzen 1989), although recently also

material became available from Ceram in the

Moluccas. The disjunction in distribution with

the Australian specimens is large, which makes

conspecificity doubtful. Another reason to

doubt the identification of the Australian

specimens is the fact that all other Australian

species of Guioa do not show a close

relationship with G. pteropoda (van Welzen

1989). The status of the Australian populations

is examined in the current paper in the light of

the additional fertile specimens now available.

The fruits of the Australian material strongly

resemble those of the genus Sarcopteryx in

possessing very sharp and winged edges.

several characters are incompatible with

Sarcopteryx, like the crenate margin of the

leaflets, the large domatia, an indistinct

reticulation of the veins, biseriate ovate sepals,

horseshoe-shaped discs, leathery fruits, absence

Accepted for publication 25 July 1997

of hairs below the placenta, and a curled instead

of a straight pseudofunicle of the arillode. All

the latter characters agree with the genus Giioa,

especially with the species G. pferopoda.

G. pteropoda, unlike any other species of

Guioa, also possesses sharply edged and

winged fruits. However, a few differences with

G. pteropoda exist, the Australian specimens

have larger fruits, smaller leaflets, and the

domatia are much larger and they are found in

the axil of the fourth nerve instead of the first

or second, while the nerve under the domatium

has a different angle with the midrib than the

other nerves (in G. pferopoda all nerves have

the same angle). Unfortunately, flowering

specimens are lacking. The specimen I could

examine had a few badly conserved petals,

which broke apart when touched. These petals

were very small, shorter than the sepals. This

agrees quite well with the other Australian

species of Guioa, but it is quite unlike the

well-developed petals of G. pteropoda.

The resemblance with G. pferopoda is

partly based on the retention of juvenile

characters. Seedlings of Guioa show slightly

winged rachises, crenate leaflets, a lack of

papillae on the lower surface of the leaflets (all

other mainland Australian species are papillate),

and usually a lack of domatia. On the other

hand, the fruits of both species are very typical

and the discs very asymmetric; this may

indicate a close relationship between both

species, because these are obviously

104

apomorphic traits in Guioa, though parallelisms

are possible. If the two species are related, then

a historical biogeographical explanation of their

distributions will be a difficult but interesting

analysis.

Taxonomy

Guioa sarcopterifructa Welzen, sp. nov.

Foliol crenati domatia sacciformes in

axilla nervi quarti laminarum cum nervo

eodem ad angulam acutiorem patenti

quam nervos alios, margines fructuum

acuti alatique. Typus: Queensland. Cook

District: Big Tableland, 15°42’S,

145°16’E, 9 Jan 1996, K.R. McDonald21

(holo: QRS; iso: L).

G. crenifoliola auct. non Merr.&

L.M.Perry:S.T.Reynolds, Austrobaileya

2: (1984) 37, fig. 2k, 1; in Flora of

Australia 25: 47, map 56 (1985).

G. pteropoda auct. non Radlk.: W.Cooper

& W.T.Cooper, Fruits of the Rain Forest

510, fig. 310 (1994).

Mlustrations: Cooper & Cooper (1994, fig.

310); Reynolds (1984, fig. 2k, 1; 1985, map 56).

Small tree, up to 6 m tall. Leaves paripinnate,

alternate, 4—6-jugate; rachis 7-12.5 cm long,

slightly winged; leaflets opposite to

subopposite, (sub)sessile, elliptic, 3—5.5

x]—1.5 cm, asymmetric, acroscopic side wider,

base strongly asymmetric, attenuate, margin

crenate, apex acuminate, very apex rounded,

glabrous, lower surface lighter when

dry, domatia absent or a single large sac with

apical pore in axil of fourth nerve; venation

very indistinct, nerves marginally looped

and joined, nerve below domatium possessing

sharper angle with midrib than other

nerves. Infructescences subterminally axillary,

presumably thyrsoid, up to c. 10 cm long.

Flowers not seen. Sepals 5, ovate, outer 2

smaller, 2.2-2.5 x 2—3 mm, inner 3 larger,

2.22.8 X 2.5-4 mm, margin with glandular

hairs. Petals: only remnants seen, smaller than

sepals. Disc strongly horseshoe-like, smooth,

glabrous. Fruit capsular, 3-lobed, obcordate,

c. 2.5 em high, 2.7 cm broad, loculicidal,

leathery, thin-walled, smooth, glabrous, pink

to red, margins sharp, winged. Seed ovoid,

Austrobaileya 5(1): 103—105 (1997)

c. 8 xX 6 mm, blackish brown; enveloped by an

orange arillode; latter apically open, basally

with a curled extension attaching to endocarp,

seed dangling from it after dehiscence.

Cotyledons unequal, curled together like a

hand-shake. Seedlings epigeal; cotyledons

thick, c. 17 x 4-5 mm, irregular, keeled below,

margin entire or with a few small teeth, ciliate,

venation indistinct; first pair of leaves opposite,

imparipinnate with c. 4 jugae, rachis winged,

leaflets with 2-4 deep teeth, domatia present.

Additional specimens studied: Queensland, Cook

District: Big Tableland, Jan. 1994, Cooper & Cooper 734

(QRS); Windsor Tableland (Northeast of Mt. Carbine), June

1969, Hyland 2311 (BRI); Gold Hill near China Camp,

July 1973, Webb & Tracey 13314 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat:

Guioa sarcopterifructa 18 endemic in

northeastern. Queensland, Windsor Tableland

to Big Tableland, in upland rainforest; alt.

400-1000 m.

Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the

close resemblance with the fruits of the genus

Sarcopteryx (Sapindaceae).

Note: The key to the genera of Sapindaceae in

the Flora of Australia (Reynolds 1985) does

not have to be changed, but floral characters,

which are for instance needed in lead 20, 21,

are still absent. It is unknown whether or not

G. sarcopterifructa has scales.

The key to the species of Guioa

(Reynolds 1985: 47) only needs a minor

change, the name G. crenifoliola has to be

changed to G. sarcopterifructa. The description

can be replaced with the one presented above.

Acknowledgements

Sally Reynolds pointed my attention to

the fact that fruiting specimens have been

found of what was hitherto known as

Guioa crenifoliola or G. pteropoda. On behalf

of Berme Hyland, Rebel Elick was so kind to

send a specimen for study. I am also glad that

Hans-Joachim Esser was willing to make the

Latin description. Bernie Hyland added

information on seedlings and suggested a few

improvements to the manuscript, which were

gladly added. An anonymous referee is thanked

for his useful comments.

van Welzen, Guio Sarcopterifucia

References

Coopgr, W. & Coopgr, W.T. (1994). Fruits of the Rain

Forest: 154, 155, text & fig. 310. Chatswood: Geo

Productions Pty Ltd.

REYNOoLDbS, S.T. (1984). Notes on Sapindaceae, HI.

Austrobailyea 2: 37, 40, fig. 2k, 1.

— (1985). Sapindaceae, Flora of Australia 25: 4-8,

47-51, map 56. Canberra: Australian Government

Publishing Service.

WeuzeEN, P.C. vANn (1989). Guioa Cay. (Sapindaceae):

taxonomy, phylogeny, and historical biogeography,

Leiden Botanical Series 12: 51—95, 268, 269.

105

Capparis velutina (Capparaceae), a new species from

south-eastern Queensland

Paull. Forster

Summary

Forster, Paul 1. (1997). Capparis velutina (Capparaceac), a new species from south-eastern

Queensland. Austrobaileya 5(1): 107-111. Capparis velutina (Capparis section Busbeckea

(Endl.) Hook.f.}, a new species allied to C. arborea (F.Muell.) Maiden, is described and illustrated.

Information is provided on its distribution, habitat and conservation status.

Keywords: Capparis velutina, Capparis arborea, Capparaceae, Queensland, New South Wales.

Paul I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland, 4068, Australia

Introduction

An undescribed species of Capparis belonging

to C. section Busbeckea (Endl.) Hook.f. has

been recognised to occur 1n south-eastern

Queensland for some time and has been

variously referred to as C. sp. ‘hairy leaves’

(unpublished plant lists), C. sp. ‘Bulburin’

(unpublished plant lists), C. (P.[. Forster 6620)

(Forster et al. 1991) or C. sp. (Coen L.S.Smith

11862) (Jessup 1994). This taxon was first

formally recognised as Capparis nobilis var.

pubescens Benth. (Bentham 1863) based on a

collection by Alan Cunningham from Moreton

Bay, but was reduced to synonymy under

C. arborea (F.Muell.) Maiden by Jacobs

(1965), albeit with some doubt.

In the ‘Flora of Australia’ treatment of

Capparis by Hewson (1984), C. nobilis var.

pubescens was included in the synonymy of

C’. arborea, but one specimen of this taxon

(McDonald 3223 et al. (BRI)) was cited as a

representative specimen under an entity named

Capparis sp. A. I believe that Hewson’s

concept of Capparis sp. A covers at least two

entities. One appears to be endemic to the

Mcellwraith Range 1m far north Queensland and

has distinctive elongate fruit and more or

less glabrous foliage (e.g. Smith 11862),

whereas the other is endemic to south-eastern

Queensland and north-eastern New South

Wales, and has globose fruit and a distinctive

Accepted for publication 20 June 1997

velutinous, hairy lower leaf lamina surface.

Both taxa have been previously lumped

together at BRI with most collections being

sterile or with only buds.

Unfortunately, no additional fertile

collections of the taxon from the McIlwraith

Range have been made since that of Smith,

hence it remains unnamed for the time being

and retains the code name of C. sp. (Coen

L.S.Smith 11862). Recent fertile collections of

the second species now enable its formal

description and it is named here as C. velutina.

Materials and methods

This paper is based on specimen holdings at

BRI and QRS, type material at BM, and field

observations by the author. Terminology and

structure of the description largely follow

Jacobs (1965).

Abbreviations: T.R. = Timber Reserve; S.F.

= State Forest, L.A. = Logging Area.

Taxonomy

Capparis velutina P.I.Forst., sp. nov. affinis

C. arborea (F.Muell.) Maiden autem

planta volubili scandentive caulibus

floriferis spinosis, folio lamina infra

velutina mucrone 1—2 mm longo venis

lateralibus infra prominenter elavatis

praedita, sepalis interioribus angust-

ioribus 4.0—6.5 mm latis differt. Typus:

Queensland. Porr Curtis District: State

108

Forest 391 Bulburin, Resumption Logging

Area, 29 Dec 1994, P. J. Forster PIF 16004,

+ G.Smyrell, M.C.Tucker & D.Orford

(holo: BRI [2 sheets + spirit]; iso: A, K, L,

MEL, NSW, QRS}.

Capparis nobilis var. pubescens Benth., FI.

Austral.1:96 (1863). Type: Queensland.

MorETON District: Brisbane River,

A. Cunningham (holo: BM [000031692 |

labelled as ‘Capparis laurifolia’ in

Cunningham’s hand).

Scrambler or vine up to 20 m long; trunk woody

and up to 10 cm diameter. Juvenile shoots,

ist and 2nd stages: twigs with short, dense,

simple, erect, brownish hairs of unequal

length, internodes 7~20 mm long. Thorns

acicular, straight, patent to sometimes

divaricate, 2-10 mm long. Leaves distichous,

petioles 1-2 mm long, lamina ovate, 15-50 mm

long, 12-25 mm wide, apex acute to acuminate,

mucronate (mucro 1—2 mm long), base cordate,

rounded or truncate, coriaceous; upper surface

glabrous, dark glossy green, lower surface

velutinous with sparse, erect, brownish hairs;

lateral veins 4~7 pairs, raised below, mterlateral

reticulate veins + obscure. Adult shoots: twigs

with short, dense, simple, erect to slightly

antrorse, brownish hairs of unequal length;

internodes 10-20 mm long. Thorns usually

present, recurved, 1-4 mm long. Leaves spirally

arranged; petioles 3-7 mm long, indumentum

as on twigs; lamina elliptic to elliptic-ovate,

25-130 mm long, 20-50 mm wide, apex

acute to rounded with a pronounced mucro

(this 1-2 mm long), base cordate, cuneate or

rounded, coriaceous; upper surface

dull-green, glabrous, midrib shallowly sunken;

lower surface pale tan, with short, sparse to

dense, erect to slightly antrorse, simple

brownish hairs, midrib raised, margin often

slightly recurved; lateral veins in 7-12 pairs,

prominently raised below, interlateral reticulate

veins just visible below. Flowers, axillary,

solitary, collateral in pairs, or in racemes with a

slender rachis up to 12 mm long; bracts small,

lanceolate or spine-like; pedicels 17-28 mm

long, c. 1 mm diameter, with sparse, antrorse,

simple, brownish hairs; flower buds globose,

shortly pointed, smooth; outer sepals fused

in bud, + ovate, + cucullate, 7-11 mm long,

Austrobaileya 5(1): 107-111 (1997)

8—11 mm wide, coriaceous, minutely hairy

externally; inner sepals free, narrow-obovate,

+ flattened, 8-12 mm long, 4—6.5 mm wide,

glabrous or minutely and irregularly

marginally ciliate, somewhat thickened in

middle; petals broadly obovate, 15-25 mm

long, 7-10 mm wide, flabellate, cream-white,

loosely hairy inside for entire length or mainly

in lower half, margin somewhat fimbriate in

upper half; stamens 80—100, anthers narrow-

oblong, 1.5—1.6 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide,

cream, filaments filiform, 13-15 mm long,

cream; gynophore filiform, 10-17 mm long,

c. 0.5 mm diameter, cream, glabrous, ovary

ovoid, 2~3 mm long, 1.8—2.0 mm diameter,

glabrous, green, stigma inconspicuous. Fruit

ona stipe 10-15 mm long, globose, incrassate,

35—40 mm diameter; seeds c. 5 mm long

(ammature). Hairy caper. Fig. 1.

Selected additional specimens examined: Queensland.

Port Curtis District; 2.5 km N of Glassford Vale, T.R.

353, 24°34’S, 151°18’E, Sep 1989, Forster 5678 & Bean

(BRI); S.F. 471, Mt Coulston, 24°11’S, 151°26’E, Oct

1989, Forster 5810 & Bean (BRI); Resumption L.A.,

S.F. 391 Bulburin, 24°32’S, 151°28’E, Dec 1993,

Forster 14542 et al. (BRI); Scott Road, 4 km from old

barracks site, Boyne L.A., S.F. 391 Bulburin, 24°32’S,

151°29°E, Dec 1993, Forster 14566 (BRI); T.R. 115,

Mt Coulston, 9 km NNW of Bororen, 24°11°S, 151°26°E,

Sep 1989, Gibson TOI814 (BRI, L); S.F. 67 Bulburin,

Jul 1978, AdeDonald 2369 & Stanton (BRI); S.F. 67

Buiburin, vicinity of Forest Station, Apr 1980,

McDonald 3223 et al. (BRI); S.F. 67 Bulburin, vicinity

of Forest Station, Apr 1980, AfcDonald 3224 et al.

(BRI); S.F. 391 Bulburin, vicinity of Forest Station, Nov

1981, AfcDonald 3425 (BRI). Wine Bay District: NW

slopes of Mt Glastonbury, 26°14’S, 152°27’E, Dec 1991,

Forster 9274 & Sharpe (BRD; Fireclay Scrub, Wrattens

S.F., S.F. 639 Widgee, 26°15’S, 152°19’E, Feb 1988,

McDonald 4162 (BRI, NSW); Imbil, Jan 1918,

Weatherhead 381 (BRI). DARLING Downs District: SW

slope of Wilsons Peak, 28°15’S, 152°29’E, Jan 1990,

Forster 6220 et al. (BRI); Warwick district, Jan 1919,

Moore 8 (BRI). Moreton District: Three Mile Scrub,

Newmarket, Jan 1891, Bailey [AQ028017] (BRI);

2kmE of Mt Brisbane, Rough L.A., T.R. 209, 27°06’S,

152°33’E, Apr 1989, Forster 5038 (BRI, CANB, K,

MEL); Nineteen L.A., T.R. 209, Mt Brisbane, 27°06’S,

152°32’E, Jun 1990, Forster 6868 et al. (BRI, QRS);

Mt Lindesay, 28°20’S, 152°42°E, Oct 1992, Forster

12183 & Leiper (BRI); Blackall Range, Apr 1918, White

[AQ028016] (BRI). New South Wales. Acacia Creek,

Feb 1905, Boorman [AQ027999] (BRI ex NSW).

Distribution and habitat: Capparis velutina

is endemic to south-eastern Queensland and

north-eastern New South Wales from

109

fut

LS Ve

Forster, Cappar

—

= ae

Pita ed i '

ri am }s

Bere it

+ ad \ ahah ate

oe a \ ; ai A4ta ave

yes = he Sah?

Rasta \ WRAL re

ee ‘ atte

SANS |} Yi +k ibe

: by a ly "I ELL: tayteats +f Pac

>» nd yh it ee

r,t.” Ay pe * ih ~ ye

ate \ PL Ce)

” wit a * 7

gt 7 or hp ey? ~~”

Pe a h et ae oe he

ae 53 4* uk at ye Ce ee! aa

2 ie 4 » h L b aha? Lda ty

* tan, 4 +e oye ef a*

ray Paks Da Ta +h * -

Sad 1 sh iL ‘hot e be yt ri roe

» 74 Leas Page ea tyr 7 oo

Peat re Ce eee ees beat ro)

Paes eee Cn

oe 1 Fg ee

hada aThs oe eee oo

* Age ay,e* a

a et ae, WC dell

a ' es » *

Phe 4 mat *

Pad al ++ hee

ae ohne

poae Med

Hi tae dl ie al de

“tate * oe +a - b,

_™

waa ots *

rs td 4

+. a Ca

elias “ he

=, * a? a}

tao +t “4

ee * he

a“* * + eae

Pee rt wFey

a tag te eeere

i ed) 7, ted

a ar ra tee

* *’ wy Ft

»* = te r ‘ on]

* ae eo = # sd a

he a ee ee _ ah "yy *

wee : el *

t , * r + To et ae

La, Fast he ame rar ee oi

7 a ~ » *

oe a oe ” a "+

- ah Mad oo

ig ee ae ee C2) ‘

Tie , 2 dh +s

oe .* *

tga oer Pe Mead a4 Lae

Call tM lied tee Pg va ¥

™ ey le ee ove .

Ea »* aw re algal a a

»* ae rae ee

4 ory -

oe Le lila a M

a ee eee it

‘

ran inna rn rn nnn

AA ee Br ee bn en es en ns ba

{

jus

x 1. C. bud

ion

en *

Fig. 1. Capparis velutina. A. flowering branchlet x 0.8. B. undersurface of leaf showing ven

2. All from Forster

before anthesis x 1.5. D. lateral view of flower x 1.5. E-F, petals x 1.5. G. style x 5. H. stam

Pee ee

16004 (BRI). Del. W. Smith,

110

Mt Coulston in the north to Acacia Creek in

the south (Map 1). According to Floyd (1989)

this species occurs from the Macleay River

north to Acacia Creek in New South Wales. I

have not seen any specimens to support this

Statement.

Capparis velutina occurs in complex

notophyll vineforest (usually araucarian) often

on red soils derived from rhyolite or related rock

substrates. These vineforests are often

dominated by species of Argyrodendron and

Araucaria cunninghamii.

me seereaeaeueaee

: , COCe

cee Peer errr

COREL 2MCTRORESER YEE

Cl PELELEEr

penevGnsReenEae

CER er

CCRC CECT eee

abenueseatestoneneatanaaiis

EEE CEEE REECE REBEL AE

ae acne SaeseeeuEe 2. -CenEEERE iceman ‘

EEE CEE GREE

| Re Laie

Ho FCCC ASAE EE SEPT ~]

CECE Py

COREE E CE RH

FEHR HEE ECP REE

tee

20 rere cl - at — epEsEnEE Seas

: BEEEECAEEECEEE CECE EEE HA

: ECECCEEE EEE EAE

s Se SRS SSERSUREM HERE EY

Pa Eee CEE ESSE

Austrobaileya 5(1): 107—111 (1997)

Notes: Capparis velutina appears to be allied

to C. arborea and they occur sympatrically at

many localities. Maiden & Betche (1905),

when discussing C. nobilis var. pubescens,

noted that 1t differed from C. arborea (as

C’. nobilis) in the climbing habit, smaller

flowers with pale blue stamens, and the

branches and underside of the leaves densely

covered with short soft hairs. With the greater

number of specimens now available, it is now

possible to state that the two taxa differ in many

character states. Major differences are

summarised in Table 1. As well as these

differences, C. velutina also appears to have

smaller flowers (supporting Maiden &

Betche’s observations) and broader, thicker

leaves than C. arborea, but I have not observed

pale blue stamens.

qT]

SEH

{4 i =a a

PEEECEEEEEEEEEEHEL Peer = ; HH

| Peg

a LIN PTH

PECL

cCECEEE ECC ree ze

ris 120 {25 130 i35

Map 1. Distribution of Capparis velutina in 1° grid squares.

140 145 ESO 155

Forster, Capparis velutina

111

Table 1. Morphological comparison of Capparis arborea and C. velutina.

Character C. arborea C. velutina

habit shrub/small tree scrambler or vine

flower bearing stems spineless spinose

leaf lamina undersurface glabrous velutinous hairy

leaf lamina mucro short (<< 1 mm} long (1-2 mm)

leaf lamina lateral veins below indistinct prominently raised

inner sepal width 8—11 mm 4.0-6.5 mm

Specimens of Capparis are renowned for being Acknowledgments

difficult to identify and the only real solution to

this is to use adequate fertile material. However,

Capparis velutina 1s relatively easy to identify,

even from sterile collections, due to the

distinctive velutinous, hairy lower leaf lamina.

In Hewson’s (1984) key to the Australian taxa

of Capparis, C. velutina will key to C. arborea

but may be distinguished by the characters

outlined above.

Floyd (1989) referred to this plant as ‘var.

pubescens’ under his account of C. arborea;

however, no formal combination of Bentham’s

variety under that species name has ever been

made.

Conservation status: Capparis velutinais known

to occur in at least thirteen localities, including

three conservation reserves (Forster et al. 1991).

It is usually relatively common where it does

occur and none of the known localities are under

any direct threat for the present. Hence, while it

is nota particularly common plant, it should not

be considered as rare or threatened.

Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from

the Latin velutinus (velutinous) and alludes to

the distinctive indumentum cover on the lower

surface of the leaf lamina.

W.Smith (BRI) for the illustrations.

A.R.Bean, L.H.Bird, D.Orford, P.R.Sharpe,

G.Smyrell and M.C.Tucker for assistance in

the field on occasions when this plant has been

collected. L.Pedley (BRI) for the Latin

translation. A.RBean for comments on a draft

ofthe manuscript. The Director, Dept Botany,

Natural History Museum (BM), for loan of

relevant material. |

References

BENTHAM, G. (1863). Capparidae. In Hora Australiensis

1: 89-98. London: L. Reeve & Co.

FLoyp, A.G. (1989). Rainforest Trees of Mainland

South-eastern Australia. Melbourne/Sydney:

Inkata Press.

Forster, P.L, Bostock, P.D., Birp, L.H. & Bean, A.R.

(1991). Vineforest Plant Atlas for South-east

Queensland. Brisbane: Queensland Herbarium.

Hewson, H.J. (1984). Capparaceae. In A.S.George (exec.

ed.), Flora of Australia 8: 207-231.

Jacoss, M. (1965). The genus Capparis (Capparaceae)

from the Indus to the Pacific. B/lumea

12:385-541.

Jessup, L.W. (1994). Capparaceae. In R.J.F.Henderson

(ed.), Queensland Vascular Plants, Names and

Distribution. Brisbane: Queensland Department

of Environment & Heritage.

Maipen, J.H. & Betcue, E. (1905), Notes from the Botanic

Gardens, Sydney. Proceedings of the Linnean

Society of New South Wales 30: 354-375.

[eA eo DT a a anid alain i i a RE ET EE EEE Ee Eo —————_—— a

Se ert Ba a

‘kan agepissso ee

Notes on the naturalised Flora of Queensland, 3°

Paul I. Forster

Summary

Forster, P.I. (1997). Notes on the naturalised flora of Queensland, 3. Austrobaileya 5(1): 113-119.

Naturalisations in Queensland are documented for Graptopetalum paraguayense (N.E.Br.) Walther

(Crassulaceae), Kalanchoe lateritia Engl. (Crassulaceae), Jasminum mesneyi Hance (Oleaceae),Jatropha

podagrica Hook, (Euphorbiaceae), Manihot esculenta Crantz (Euphorbiaceae), AZ grahamii Hook.,

M. glaziovii Muell.Arg., Persicaria capitata (Buch.-Ham. ex D.Don) H.Gross (Polygonaceae),

Sedum praealtum A.DC. (Crassulaceae) and Vernicia fordii (Hemsl.) Airy Shaw (Euphorbiaceae). A

generic key to naturalised genera of Crassulaceae, and a key and descriptions of the naturalised species

of Manihot are presented. Orthography of the family name Aloaceae is highlighted and name changes in

Aloe L. discussed.

Keywords: Graptopetalum paraguayense, Kalanchoe lateritia, Jasminum mesneyi, Manihot glaziovii,

Manihot esculenta, Manihot grahamii, Jatropha podagrica, Persicaria capitata, Sedum praealtum,

Vernicia fordii, Aloe maculata, Queensland Flora

Paul I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland 4068, Australia

Introduction

The flora of Queensland continues to increase,

not only from the number of recognised

indigenous flora, but from an ever burgeoning

range of exotics that may be considered as

naturalised. Few of these ‘alien’ plants (viz.

Johnson 1995) pose much threat in the long

term or have the potential to become serious

weeds in natural or man-made ecosystems.

Nevertheless, documentation of their

naturalisation together with accurate

identification remains an important priority for

long-term management as some plants have

been known to become serious weeds after

many years of low-level naturalisation.

Plants considered naturalised in

Queensland have recently been listed in

Henderson (1997), updating the listing in

Henderson (1994) and in a number of accounts

in the ‘Flora of Australia’. This paper

documents nine taxa from diverse families that

can be considered as naturalised in Queensland

with three representing additional taxa to those

listed in Henderson (1997), Nearly all should

be labelled as ‘adventive’ (sensu Kloot 1987)

Accepted for publication 9 May 1997

* Part 2: Austrobaileya 3:761—763 (1992).

at this stage. Kloot (1987) defined five

categories of naturalisation, of which the

categories ‘adventive’ and ‘established’ are

most relevant here. ‘Adventive’ was defined

by Kloot (1987) as “A plant that is persisting

without, or in spite of, human intervention at

one or few separate locations, generally for less

then 25 years. Generally reproducing only

sparingly”. This category is suitable for many

of the garden escapees that are found near to

habitation. ‘Established’ was defined by Kloot

(1987) as “where an alien plant is widespread

over large parts...or locally abundant in one or

more regions, and generally reproducing

freely”.

Four of the species documented below are

succulents additional to those listed elsewhere

(Forster 1996b); these are plants that are

invariably poorly represented in the herbarium

record due to difficulty with specimen

preparation. In addition original keys for some

taxa are given to enable identification and some

nomenclatural matters are discussed that update

previous accounts in the ‘Flora of Australia’.

Materials and Methods

Taxa discussed in this paper are based on

collections in the Queensland Herbarium (BRI).

114

New Naturalisation Records

CRASSULACEAE

Graptopetalum Rose

This is the first record of the genus becoming

naturalised.

1. Graptopetalum paraguayense (N.E.Br.}

Walther, Cact. Succ. J. (Los Angeles) 9:

108 (1938).

Two subspecies are known with

G. paraguayense subsp. paraguayense

recorded here.

Specimen examined: Queensland. Morton DISTRICT:

Boyce’s Quarry project, Bundamba Tafe College, Ipswich,

Oct 1995, Forster PIF 17876, Bird & Figg (AD, BRI).

Notes: G. paraguayense subsp. paraguayense,

despite the specific epithet, is thought to be

native to Mexico but has never been recollected

from a known wild locality since its

introduction to horticulture in the 1800s. A

second subspecies, G. paraguayense subsp.

bernalense Kimn. & Moran is native to

Tamaulipas, Mexico (Kimnach & Moran

1986). This species propagates from fallen

leaves or stem sections and is a localised

adventive at the given locality.

Kalanchoe Adans.

This is the first record of this genus becoming

naturalised.

2. Kalanchoe lateritia Engl., Pflanzenw.

Ost-Afr. C. 189 (1895).

Three varieties are recognised within

K. lateritia (Raadts 1977; Wickens 1987) with

K. lateritia var. lateritia recorded here.

Specimen examined: Queensland. BurNetTT DISTRICT:

Neurum Creek, c, 21 km SW of Gin Gin, 25° 07°S, 151°

48°E, May 1995, Sparshott KMS556 & Hohnen (BRI).

Notes: K. lateritia is indigenous to East Africa

where it is found in Kenya and Tanzania

(Raadts 1977; Wickens 1987). K. lateritia

var. /aferitia is infrequently cultivated in

Queensland gardens and propagates both

Austrobaileya 5(1): 113-119 (1997)

vegetatively and from seeds. It is a localised

adventive at the given locality.

Delimitation of the genera Bryophyllum

and Kalanchoe has been debated for many

years (Forster 1985) and some workers

prefer a single, broadly circumscribed genus

(Rauh 1995; Boiteau & Allorge-Boiteau

1996). The case for both to be recognised is

strong (Lauzac-Marchal 1974) and the

generic treatments of Toelken (1985) and

Wickens (1987) are supported herein. All of

the taxa lumped under the common name

of ‘Mother of Millions’ belong to the

genus Bryophyllum of which only

B. daigremontianum (Raym.-Hamet & Perr.)

Berger, B. delagoense (Eckl. & Zeyh.) Schinz

(syn. B. tubiflorum Harv.), a hybrid of these

first two species, and B. pinnatum (Lam.) Oken

should be considered as serious established

weeds, Other species of Bryophyllum are

generally non-invasive garden or shadehouse

plants and undeserving of cradication

programs advocated by weed control agencies.

sedum L..

This is the first record of this genus becoming

naturalised.

3. Sedum praealtum A.DC., 10™° Not. Pl. Rar.

Jard. Genéve 21 (1824).

Three subspecies are recognised within

S. praealtum (Stephenson 1994), with

S. praealtum subsp. praealtum recorded

here. |

Speciinen examined: Queensland, Moreton District:

Boyce’s Quarry project, Bundamba Tafe College, Ipswich,

Oct 1995, Forster PIF17878, Bird & Figg (BRI).

Notes: S. praealtum subsp. praealtum is

thought to originate from Central America,

probably from the tropical lowlands of Vera

Cruz (Stephenson 1994). The species has been

cultivated in many countries for centuries and

is known to be an occasional adventive in

eastern Europe (Stephenson 1994), In Australia

naturalisations have been previously recorded

from New South Wales and South Australia

(Forster 1996b). The species is a localised

adventive at the given locality.

ut ne _ epi yee ln COOL, Lilet elie ep eddy Re Pe EE e—————e—_——— eee eee

Forster, Naturalised Flora of Queensland

115

The genera of Crassulaceae (including the native Crassula) in Queensland may be

distinguished with the following key -

1. Stamen number equal to petal number ........ 0... 0c ec cc eee eee Crassula

Stamen number twice Petal MUNIDE oo... ees eae a te ee ee be ba 2

Zee EOL ARES TES VOWED, ase ats cy, pores y eu ase ach eamen zee bree thay Gerroae th eg Nek te 2B tocy ethernet eth ae ahaa 6 3

PUPA BAS AVS: oe id eccesee need bo ihre aoe aly ehh Pcae Bee aes, Pe ce MTL Oe eine Eu Ate 5 4

3, Flowers erect; filaments fused to corolla tube at or above middle ........... Kalanchoe

Flowers pendulous; filaments fused to corolla tube in lower third ......... Bryophyllum

A. ANIGTESCONCE TOUIIMIAY < 6's ans 423 ru Os doh eee or oR ve tes bs Slaten Ds re Edy BAEK pre X dant, eke ge Sedum

JHEIGRESCERGCESTATOVAD oye oie acu epee ser see icy Fees Myles a aes] d Kad plas « fern la es Graptopetalum

EUPHORBIACEAE

Jatropha L.

Two species of Jatropha have been previously

recognised as naturalised in Queensland,

namely J. curcas L. and J. gossypifolia L.

(Henderson 1994, 1997).

4, Jatropha podagrica Hook., Bot. Mag. t.

Specimen examined: Queensland, SOUTH KENNEDY

District; Keswick Island, Sep 1996, Batianoff 960912 &

Champion (BRI).

Notes: J. podagrica is native to Mexico

(Dehgan & Webster 1979) and is widely

cultivated in subtropical and tropical gardens

in eastern Australia. It has been recorded

recently as an adventive near abandoned

habitation. The species propagates only from

4376 (1848). seed.

Key to the naturalised species of Jatropha

1. Foliage and stems with stipitate glandular trichomes...............04.. J. gossypifolia

Foliage and stems glabrous or with simple trichomes

2. Stipules entire; leaf lamina broadly-ovate

a er er i

Stipules multifid; leaf lamina 3—5 palmatifid or palmatipartite ............ J. podagrica

Manihot Mill.

There seems to have been some confusion as

to both the identity and diversity of the

naturalised taxa of Manihot. Stanley (1983)

lists MZ. esculenta Crantz as being naturalised

in south-eastern Queensland and Henderson

(1994) also lists this species for the entire State.

M. glaziovii Muell.Arg. andM. grahamii Hook.

also occur as naturalised species (Henderson

1997). Because of the apparent confusion, short

descriptions are provided for the three species,

as well as a key to distinguish them.

116

Austrobaileya 5(1): 113-119 (1997)

Key to the naturalised species of Manthot

1. Leaf lamina lobes broadly ovate to obovate; fruits globose................ M. glaziovii

Leaf lamina lobes lanceolate, oblong, oblanceolate or ovate; fruits ovoid

OF SUDGIODOSE «6k ga wee ced ee wan Sale

2. Root tubers present; male flower sepals lanceolate- triangular; fruits ovoid,

LSSEF ty TONG ike bane ok BA anges, eres

Root tubers absent; male flower sepals triangular-ovate;

subglobose, c. 14mm long ...........

5. Manihot esculenta Crantz, Inst. Rei Herb.

1: 167 (1766).

Subshrub or shrub to 5 m high. Root tubers up

to 50 cm long. Stipules lanceolate-triangular,

S—11 mm long. Leaves deeply palmatipartite,

3—7 lobed, the lobes oblanceolate to lanceolate

or ovate, 517 cm long, 1-6 cm wide; tip acute

to acuminate; base attenuate to cuneate. Male

flowers: pedicels 2—7 mm long; calyx lobes

lanceolate-triangular, 4-6 mm long, 2-4 mm

wide, tube 4—6 mm long. Female flowers:

pedicels 5-12 mm long; calyx lobes

triangular-ovate 6-10 mm long, 2.5—5 mm

wide. Fruits ovoid, 15—17 mm long, 14-15 mm

diameter. Seeds ellipsoid, c. 11 mm long,

5.5—5.8 mm wide. Tapioca or Cassava.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook DISTRICT:

Darnley Island, Torres Strait, 9° 35’S, 143° 46°F, Jul 1974,

Heatwole 449 (BRD; 3.5 km SE of Weipa Mission, 12°

42’°S, 141° 5S’°E, Jui 1974, Specht & Salt W324 (BRD;

McDonnell Creek behind school, 17° 12’S, 145° 53°E,

Dec 1993, Forster PIF14451 (BRI). NortH KENNEDY

District: | km N of Cardwell, 18° 16’S, 146° O1’E, Apr

1975, McDonald 1469 & Batianoff (BRD.

Notes: M. esculenta is the species used for

production of cassava and is native to tropical

South America. The species is widely

cultivated in the tropics and is naturalised as

an adventive in a few places in northern

Queensland where it is an escape from

cultivation. Propagation occurs from division

of the starchy root-storage tubers. It is

uncertain whether the species reproduces

sexually in Australia as no fertile specimens

have been sighted and the population at

McDonnell Creek showed no evidence of

flowering or fruiting.

Sco the eee Me eee adcek sd g2ce ky ML. esculenta

fruits

Fe atta gee yh at an eter eA th be ata oe M. grahami

6. Manihot grahamii Hook., Icon PI. 6: t: 530

(1843).

Subshrub or shrub to 4 m high. Root tubers

absent. Stipules lanceolate, 9-15 mm long.

Leaves deeply palmatipartite, 5—13 lobed, the

lobes oblong to oblanceolate, 5-14 cm long,

0.93.5 cm wide; tip acuminate; base attenuate.

Male flowers: pedicels 7-10 mm long; calyx

lobes triangular-ovate, 4-10 mm long, 3-5 mm

wide, tube 5-8 mm long. Female flowers:

pedicels 7-9 mm long; calyx lobes

triangular-ovate, 10-12 mm long, 5—5.5 mm

wide, tube 1~3 mm long. Fruits subglobose,

c. 14 mm long and 15 mm diameter. Seeds

ellipsoid, c. 12 mm long and 8 mm wide.

Spectnens examined: Queensland. DARLING Downs

District: Gowrie Creek, Toowoomba, Feb 1984, Swarbrick

7382 (BRI). Moreton District: Chapel Hill, Jan 1981,

Pieters J¥958 (BRD; Kangaroo Point, Brisbane, Mar 1933,

White 8649 (BRI); Enoggera Creek, The Gap, Brisbane,

Nov 1993, Forster PIF14258 (A, BRI, K, L, MEL, QRS);

Teviot Brook, Dugandan, Apr 1994, Forster PIF 15086 (A,

BRI, MEL, NSW, QRS); Kalbar, Jan 1969, Thomas

{1AQ204048}] (BRO).

Notes: M. grahamii is native to Brasil,

Argentina, Paraguay and Uruguay and is

naturalised as an adventive on a small scale in

south-eastern Queensland and north-eastern

New South Wales. Propagation occurs from

seeds. Itis the most widely encountered species

of Manihot in Australia and is often cultivated

as an ornamental, although the roots do not

produce starchy tubers (Rogers & Appan 1973).

James & Harden (1990), in describing

collections from north-eastern New South

Wales, misidentified this species as

M. flabellifolia.

ea i ee a eis a ne ee ed Nee ee ic ieee ee eeeee!

Forster, Naturalised Flora of Queensland

7. Manihot glaziovii Muell.Arg. in Martius,

FI. Bras. 11(2): 446 (1874),

Shrub or small tree to 6 m high. Root tubers

absent. Stipules lanceolate, c. 5 mm long.

Leaves deeply palmatipartite, 3-5 lobed, the

lobes broadly ovate, obovate or

obovate-lanceolate, 4-15 cm long, 2-9.5 cm

wide; tip obtuse to rounded; base attenuate to

rounded. Male flowers: pedicels 7-9 mm long;

calyx lobes triangular, 8-9 mm long, c. 6 mm

wide, tube 6—7 mm long. Female flowers:

pedicels 8—15 mm long; calyx lobes lanceolate,

c. 12 mm long 3.5—4 mm wide. Fruits globose,

18-20 mm long, 18-22 mm diameter. Seeds

ovoid, 13—15 mm long, 9-12 mm wide.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District:

foothills of Mt Bartle Frere, Aug 1984, Jago 600 (BRI,

QRS). SourH KENNEDY District: Finchhatton, Sep 1942,

Goodchild [AQ206988] (BRI).

Notes: M. glaziovii is native to Brasil and is

naturalised as an adventive in at least one

locality in north-eastern Queensland. It is

cultivated to a small extent in high rainfall areas

of the Wet Tropics (R.L.Jago, pers. comm.

1994), but whether any products are harvested

from the plant 1s uncertain as the roots are not

supposed to be specialised for starch storage

(Rogers & Appan 1973).

Vernicia Lour.

The genus Vernicia is closely allied to Aleurites

J.R.Forst. & G.Forst. and has sometimes been

included in 1t. Atry Shaw (1966) recognised

Vernicia as distinct and this has been supported

in subsequent publications (Radcliffe-Smith

1987; James & Harden 1990; Forster 1996a).

Vernicia is considered to comprise three

species, all of which are native to Asia. The

genus has not been previously recorded as

naturalised in Queensland.

8. Vernicia fordii (Hemsl.) Airy Shaw, Kew

Bull. 20: 394 (1966).

Specimen examined: Queensland, Moreton DISTRICT: c.

9 km from Nambour on Maroochydore road, Mar 1979,

Zande (BRI).

Notes: V. fordii was tntroduced to Australia

during the 1930s for the production of ‘Tung

Oil’ used in waterproofing, varnishes and

117

lacquers with extensive plantations established

in north-eastern New South Wales,

south-eastern and north-eastern Queensland

(Buzacott 1932; Gibb 1938; McKay 1940).

Eventual replacement with synthetic substances

‘sounded the death-knell’ for an industry that

in 1938 consumed 170,632,000 pounds weight

throughout the western world (Gibb 1938).

James & Harden (1990) record V. fordii

as naturalised in New South Wales based on

specimens from the Sydney area. Stanley

(1983) and Henderson (1994) did not list the

species, and it is recorded here (with

reservations) as being an adventive in the

Nambour region of south-eastern Queensland

with some large trees highly visible from the

Bruce Highway. A single tree has also been

sighted on the edge of a forestry plantation at

Gadgarra State Forest on the Atherton

Tableland (pers. obs. 1996), but this is probably

a planted individual rather than an adventive.

The extensive plantations established in the

1930s in the Johnston River valley in

north-eastern Queensland no longer exist

(R.L.Jago, pers. comm. 1996).

OLEACEAE

Jasminum L,

Queensland has eight native species of

Jasminum, but none of the exotic species

cultivated in gardens have been previously

listed as naturalised (Henderson 1994).

9, Jasminum mesneyi Hance, J. Bot. 20: 37

(1882).

Specimens examined: Queensland. BuRNETT DISTRICT:

Cushnie road, 1.5 km S off Proston to Wondai road,

opposite Springs road, 26° 15’°S, 151° 46’E, Sep 1996,

Forster PIF19613 & Ryan (AD, BRI, MEL). Moreton

District: Collingwood Park, Redbank, Ipswich, Sep 1995,

Bird |AQ584205| (BRI).

Notes: J. mesneyi (Primrose Jasmine) is native

to western China and commonly grown in

temperate and subtropical gardens in Europe,

north America and eastern Australia. Most

plants in cultivation, and undoubtedly those in

Australia, are supposed to originate from live

material collected near Mengzi, southern

Yunnan by E.H.Wilson in 1899 (Lancaster

[18

1989). In Queensland it has occasionally

become established as an adventive where

garden rubbish is deposited and appears to

propagate by suckering. Wilson’s original

collection (with the double corolla) supposedly

did not propagate from seed although

subsequent collections by Lancaster (with

mainly single corollas) bore seed (Lancaster

1989).

POLY GONACEAE

Persicaria (L.) Miller

There are eleven native species of Persicaria

recorded for Queensland, but no naturalised

ones (Henderson 1994, 1997). The following

species is recorded as naturalised in New South

Wales (Wilson 1990).

10. Persicaria capitata (Buch.-Ham. ex

D.Don) H.Gross, Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 49: 277

(1913).

Specimen examined: Queensland. MoRETON DISTRICT:

Springbrook, Goomoolahra Falls, Warrie N.P., 28° 13’S,

153° 17°E, Oct 1996, Forster PIF 19835 & Leiper (BRI,

NSW).

Notes: P. capitata 1s native to Asia and is

commonly grown in subtropical gardens as a

eround cover. At Goomoolahra Falls, the

species forms extensive, dense mats on natural

rock faces and is displacing native vegetation.

Propagation appears to be by vegetative

layering.

Orthography of the family name Aloaceae

In the ‘Flora of Australia’ the classification

system of Cronquist (1981) 1s followed wherein

the monocot family Aloeaceae is recognised.

An excellent case for the familial spelling to

be Aloaceae has been presented by Smith

(1993) and has now been accepted for standard

floras and guides in regions where the family

is native (e.g. Carter 1994; Van Wyk & Smith

1996).

Austrobaileya 5(1): 113-119 (1997)

Aloe maculata versus A. saponaria

(Aloaceae)

In the ‘Flora of Australia’ account of A/oe,

A, saponaria (Ait.) Haw. is treated as being

naturalised in Queensland (Forster & Clifford

1986). A. saponaria var. ficksbergensis

G.Reyn. has subsequently been found

naturalised in one locality in Queensland

(Forster 1988). The name A. saponaria is now

considered to be misapplied to this species and

the name.A. maculata All. is preferred (Glen &

Smith 1995; Van Wyk & Smith 1996). Despite

A, saponaria var. ficksbergensis being a well

defined entity, Van Wyk & Smith (1996) do

not recognise it and its status 1s uncertain at

this point.

Acknowledgements

Thanks to P.D.Bostock (BRI) for commenting

on the manuscript, K.L.Wilson (NSW) for

bibliographic information on Persicaria,

L.H.Bird of Bundamba, Ipswich for

information and specimens of many naturalised

plants, R.L.Jago of Cairns for assistance

with fieldwork and information, and to

G.N.Batianoff (BRD and K.M.Sparshott (BRI)

for bringing the collections of Jatropha and

Kalanchoe respectively, to my attention. This

work was in part funded by grants from the

Australian Biological Resources Study in

1992-1995 for taxonomic work on the

Euphorbiaceae for the ‘Flora of Australia’.

References

Airy SHAW, H.K. (1966). Notes on Malaysian and other

Asiatic Euphorbiaceae. Kew Bulletin 20: 379-415.

Boireau, P, & ALLorGE-Borreau, L. (1995). Kalanchoe

(Crassulacée) de Madagascar. Systématigque,

ecophysiologie et phytochimie. Paris: Karthala.

BuzacotTt, W.S. (1932). Tung Oil. Age-old product

essential to modern industry. Commercial Australia

12th October 1932,

CARTER, S. (1994). Aloaceae. In R.M.Polhill (ed.), Flore

of Tropical East Africa. Rotterdam/Boston:

A.A.Balkema.

Cronguist, A. (1981). An Integrated System of

Classification of Flowering Plants . New York:

Columbia University Press.

Forster, Naturalised Flora of Queensland

Deucan, B. & Wesster, G.L. (1979). Morphology and

infrageneric relationships of the genus Jatropha

(Euphorbiaceae). University of California

Publications in Botany 74: 1-73.

Forster, P.J. (1985). The genera Kalanchoe and

Bryophyllum in cultivation. Anacampseros 1:37-41,

52-56; 2: 4-8.

— (1988). Notes on the naturalised flora of Queensland.

Austrobaileya 2: 573-576,

— (1996a), A taxonomic revision of Aleurites J.R.Forst.

& G.Forst. (Euphorbiaceae) in Australia and New

Guinea. Afuelleria 9: 3-13.

—— (1996b). Naturalized succulents in the Australian flora.

Haseltonia 4: 57-65.

Forster, P.l, & Ciirrorp, H.T. (1986). Aloeaceae. In

A.S.George (ed.), Flora of Australia 46: 66-70.

Canberra: Australian Government Publishing

Service.

Giss, J. (1938). Tung-oil. A new Australian primary

product. Walkabout July 1st 1938, pp. 38-40.

GLEN, H.F. & Smiru, G.F. (1995). Notes on the typification

of some species of Aloe (Asphodelaceae/Aloaceae).

Bothalia 25; 37- 42.

HENDERSON, R.J.F. (ed.} (1994). Queensland Vascular

Plants: Names and Distribution. Brisbane:

Queensland Department of Environment &

Heritage.

—— (ed.) (1997). Queensland Plants: Names and

Distribution, Brisbane: Department of Environment.

JAMES, T.A. & Harpen, G.J. (1990). Euphorbiaceae, In

G.J.Harden (ed.), Flora of New South Wales Vol.

1: 389-430, Kensington (Sydney): University of

New South Wales Press.

Jounson, R.W. (1995). The aliens have landed: an account

of the development of the naturalised flora of

Queensland. Proceedings of the Royal Society of

Queensland 105: 5-17.

KimNACH, M. & Moran, R. (1986). Graptopetalum

paraguayense: a history and a new subspecies.

Cactus & Succulent Journal (Los Angeles)

58: 48-56,

Kioot, P.M. (1987). The naturalised flora of South

Australia. I, The documentation ofits development.

Journal of the Adelaide Botanic Gardens

10: 81-90.

LANCASTER, R. (1989). Travels in China - a plantsman’s

paradise. Woodbridge (U.K.): Antique Collectors’

Club.

119

LAUZAC-MARCHAL, M. (1974). Rehabilitation du genre

Bryophyllum Salisb. (Crassulacées Kalanchoidées),

C.R. Acad. Sc. Paris 278, ser.D: 2505-2508.

McKay, H.C. (1940). Pirates and the dinkum oil. Smith's

Weekly April 27.

Raapts, BE. (1977). The genus Kalanchoe (Crassulaceae)

in East Africa. Willdenowia 8: 101-157.

RADCLIFFE-SMITH, A. (1987). Euphorbiaceae, Part 1. In

R.M.Polhill (ed.), Flora of Tropical East Africa.

Rotterdam/Boston: A.A.Balkema.

Raun, W. (1995), Succulent and Xerophytic Plants of

Madagascar. Volume 1. Mull Valley: Strawberry

Press.

Rocers, D.J. & Appan, S.G. (1973). Manihot and

Manihotoides (Euphorbiaceae) a computer-assisted

study. Flora Neotropica Monographs No.

13:1-272.

SMITH, G.F. (1993). Familial orthography: Aloeaceae vs.

Aloaceae. Taxon 42: 87-90.

STANLEY, T.D. (1983), Euphorbiaceae. In T.D.Stanley &

E.M.Ross (eds.), flora of South-eastern Queensland

Vol. 1: 406-439, Brisbane: Queensland Department

of Primary Industries.

STEPHENSON, R, (1994). Sedum - cultivated stonecrops.

Portland (U.S.A.): Timber Press.

TOELKEN, H.R. (1985). Crassulaceae. In O.A.Leistner (ed.),

Flora of Southern Africa Vol, 14: 1-244, Pretoria:

Department of Agriculture and Water Supply.

Van Wyk, B.-E. & Smitu, G.F. (1996). Guide to the Aloes

of South Africa. Pretoria: Briza Publications,

Wickens, G.F. (1987). Crassulaceae, In R.M.Polhill (ed.),

Flora of Tropical East Africa, Rotterdam/Bosten:

A.A.Balkema.

Witson, K.L. (1990). Polygonaceae, In G.J.Harden (ed.),

Flora of New South Wales Vol. 1: 278-293.

Kensington (Sydney): University of New South

Wales Press.

ao JAR LRA LE na te ada ae ged redial an la diag pA LEY Ata ane oe .s es Sat Sh ites AE td et SE ete ee ea ee ttua utd oa eee ee eee Seder d eed eseeeeeee es See eh sedeseseueee Gye Fey ee ody ug hes

“ng TRL LE eg pe A TN UL ec

A new combination in Dendrocnide (Urticaceae) in north

Queensland

B.R. Jackes' and M. Hurley’

Summary

Jackes, B.R. & Hurley, M. (1997). A new combination in Dendrocnide (Urticaceae) in

north Queensland, Austrobaileya 5(1): 121-123. Laportea cordifolia L.S.Sm. from the

Atherton Tableland is reinstated as Dendrocnide cordifolia (L.S.Sm.) Jackes & Hurley.

Dendrocnide cordata (Warb. ex H.J.Winkl.) Chew is recognised as a separate species occurring

on northern Cape York Peninsula. A key to the Australian species of Dendrocnide is

provided.

Keywords: Urticaceae, Dendrocnide, Dendrocnide cordata, Dendrocnide cordifolia, Laportea

cordifolia.

B.R Jackes', Co-operative Research Centre for Tropical Ecology and Management, Department

of Tropical Plant Sciences, James Cook University of North Queensland, Townsville Queensland

481] Australia.

M. Hurley’, Faculty of Environmental Studies, Griffith University, Nathan Campus, Queensiand

4111 Australia.

Introduction

A study of herbivory (M.Hurley) on several

populations of Dendrocnide species occurring

on the Atherton Tableland, north Queensland,

indicated that not all the names currently in use

for this genus could be applied with confidence.

According to the Flora of Australia treatment

by Chew (1989), the following species occur

in this area; Dendrocnide cordata (Warb. ex

H..J.Winkl.) Chew, D. moroides (Wedd.) Chew

and D. photinophylla Kunth) Chew. Chew

(1969, p58) included Laportea cordifolia

L.S.Sm. (as L. cordatifolia) under Dendrocnide

cordata. Seeds were collected from the different

taxa of Dendrocnide occurring in the Wongabel

State Forest, approximately 6 km SW of

Atherton (17° 17'S, 145° 28'E) and grown to

maturity in a shadehouse at the James Cook

University of North Queensland campus.

Flowering and fruiting material was then

compared with herbarium specimens.

The type of L. cordata was collected in the

lowland area of the Sepik River at

Constantinhafen (Hollrung 513; BO, K, MEL),

whilst the type of L. cordifolia was collected

near Atherton at an altitude of 1000 m

Accepted for publication 16 July 1997

(3600 ft.) (Smith 10132; BRI). An examination of

specimens held in the Queensland Herbarium

(BRI) and Atherton (QRS) indicated that the

taxon represented by Hollrung 513 occurs only

in lowland situations. A specimen collected from

the West Claudie River,

10.3 km WNW of Lockhart River Vacant

Crown Land (AQ 631774) is the only

Australian specimen seen which appears similar

to the type of L. cordata. L. cordifolia appears

to occur only on the Atherton Tableland. Smith

(1959) stated that “It [L. cordata| differs [from

L. cordifolia| in bemg a large tree with less

compressed fruits and S-nerved leaves which

are more hairy beneath”; however, an

examination of both herbarium material and the

types of both names has shown that the two

taxa may be distinguished from each other by

a number of characters, not least being the

structure of the inflorescence (Table 1). Hence

we propose that L. cordifolia should be

reinstated with a new combination under the

genus Dendrocnide. In the course of this study,

a number of variant populations of D. moroides

were also recognised and this variation was

confirmed by a study of herbarium specimens;

however, further collections need to be made

and studied, including breeding studies, before

any groups can be formally recognised.

{22

Taxonomy

Dendrocnide cordifolia (L.S.Sm.) B.R.Jackes

& M.Hurley, comb. nov.

Laportea cordifolia L.S.Sm., Proc. Roy.

Soc. Queensland 70:31 (1959). Type:

c. 4miles (6.4 km) SW of Atherton, Qld.,

4 September 1957, L.S.Smith 10132

(holo: BRI [AQ24367]).

Selected spectinens:. Cook District: S.F.R. 185 Danbulla,

Emu L.A., Sep 1992, Hyland 14553 (QRS); S.F.R.

198, Crater area, Jan 1982, Stocker 1796 (QRS).

All inflorescences examined were monoecious,

although the male flower which terminated the

first division of the dichasium often aborted

leaving a small scar. At maturity the pedicellate

male flower was held above the lateral branches

bearing the female flowers. It was noted that

the anthers dehisced explosively. In response

to changes in moisture levels the 3 mm long

staminal filament uncoiled from under the

hooded tepal, the anther thecae split and pollen

was released over everything in the vicinity.

The short filament (<1 mm long) inD. moroides

as well as the short pedicel (av. 0.25 — 0.5 mm

long), which results in the male flower not being

held above the female flowers at maturity,

suggests that such a mechanism does not

operate in this species.

Austrobatieya 5(1): 121-123 (1997)

Conservation status: This species is not

considered threatened.

Dendrocnide cordata (Warb. ex H.J.Winkl.}

Chew. Type: Sepik River, New Guinea,

K.Hollrung 513 (so: BO, K, MEL [MEL

8911])

Australian specimen seen: Coox District: West Claudie

River, 10.3 km WNW of Lockhart River Vacant Crown

Land, Mar 1994, Fe// DGF4155, Stanton & Claudie (BRI

[AQ631774}).

No scars representing the abscission of the male

flowers were apparent on the Fe// et al.

specimen which suggests that the inflorescence

is dioecious. The inflorescence is quite open and

similar to that illustrated by Chew (1969, p59)

for D. cordata. Unfortunately no descriptions

of the fruit colour have as yet been recorded in

the literature but field notes associated with two

collections from Kanosia (Papua New Guinea)

held at Kew record the fruit as white

(Darbyshire 629 and Carr 11207). The

Australian specimen differs from the type in

that its leaf is not prominently 5-veined at the

base and although the serrations on the margin

are itregular on some leaves, they are not as

marked as on the type. |

Conservation status: Insuftiently known.

Table 1. Comparison of morphological charcters for Dendrocnide cordata, D. cordifolia and

D. moroides.

Character D. cordata

margin irregularly

dentate

base cordate

colour of fruit white

inflorescence open

sexuality of inflorescence dioecious

length of inflorescence 5— 6 cm

stipules 1.5-2 mm

achenes 2 x1.5mm

D. cordifolia D. moroides

dentate/ dentate/

denticulate denticulate

cordate peltate

ereenish/ red/

white purple

compact open

monoecious monoecious

rarely dioecious

22,25 cm 5-15 cm

1—1.5 mm 1 mm

1.6 x 1.2mm 2x 1.5 mm

NB. Inflorescence measurements taken as far as could be ascertained at a similar stage of maturity.

Jackes & Hurley, Dendrocnide 123

Key to the Australian species of Dendrocnide (modified from Chew, 1989)

1. Leaves glabrous or with hairs on veins on lower surface only............ 0.0 c eee eee 2

Leaves: hairy On DOU SULTACES.. 4 sce sm Ge oe 9:4 ann me enna Ea. add dee age ce by ace 3

2. Leaf blade narrowly elliptic; base strongly cuneate; apex acuminate to

attenuate; hairs, if present, confined to midrib on the lower surface of the

TORT NAGS oy 4 eae EER Pea hig hE ee DACA. Wht gph dhcw, hy ack we A eB dn fe gre WEE D. corallodesme

Leaf blade elliptic to ovate, base broadly cuneate to rounded; apex

SHOTUY ACUMUNALS cic ese ry ma ee Ae AEG GR dee wa D. photinophylla

Be ASCAVES FIGITOTS: 6.0. c nip sage, 5.18 wad go was oe Sodus Sve aabby Fey MAM vee: Flay A ae Mw we SLES. es D. moroides

LOAVES AION CHATS 4c. Abn ce Dieters bir teae i arate SULah ares tute Preis eeca ted de. Nectar: gh dees ob na 4

4. Inflorescence monoecious, compact; leaf margins regularly dentate/

CLSEN EOTM ERGs sss Sea cans alee getter ash Veeder bain tye an sie eal ted Ona tN ha hceg: Rested ee eiccigeet D. cordifolia

Inflorescence dioecious, open; leaf margins various but not regularly dentate/

LCENIC UMUC te cucu ee: Wee fas (gh Morace a tele © Seceak Saedaviehd llebey Tebrath wOveha a1 URS sc: IM ah elit bog Men! bce latee se Rowe Elen 5

5. Leaf blade usually densely woolly on the lower surface but sometimes

restricted to the sinuses; basal lobes usually overlapping. ............005. D. excelsa

Leaf blade not densely woolly on lower surface; basal lobes not overlapping

Ve dP cess a cebrbecn actarh. Spey Sle -exk. at ele ceectae th, Foie are dee eran a licce ok Vee, ae ad ae D. cordata

Acknowledgements References

We wish to thank the directors of the herbaria

at BRI and QRS for access to herbartum

material and to Colleen Finney for her

assistance in nurturing the plants from seedling

Cuew W.L. (1969). A monograph of Dendrocnide

(Urticaceae). Gardens Bulletin Singapore. 25:1-104,

— (1989). Urticaceae. In A.S.George (exec.ed.)}. Flora

of Australia. 3:73—79. Canberra: Australian

to maturity. Government Publishing Service.

SmitH L.S. (1959). Urticaceae. In ‘New Species of and

Notes on Queensalnd Plants’ IV. Proceedings of

the Royal Society of Queensland 70 (5):31-32.)

Notes on Eucalyptus ser. Psathyroxyla Blakely (Myrtaceae) and

other ‘Ash group’ eucalypts

A.R. Bean

Summary

Bean, A.R. (1997). Notes on Lucalyptus ser. Psathyroxyla Blakely (Myrtaceae) and other ‘Ash group’

eucalypts. Austrobaileya 5(1): 125-135. A key to the species of the New England Blackbutts and Scribbly

Gunns (£. ser, Psathyroxyla Blakely) of south-eastern Australia is provided. The new species Eucalyptus

montivaga A.R.Bean is described and ilustrated. The species related to E. montivaga are described and

their distributions mapped. F. microcodon L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill is reduced to synonymy with

FE. codonocarpa Blakely & McKie.

Keywords: kucalyptus, Eucalyptus andrewsii, Eucalyptus campanitlata, Eucalyptus racemosa, Eucalyptus

montivaga, Eucalyptus microcodon, Myrtaceae, Ash group, Scribbly Gums.

A.R.Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland 4068, Australia

Introduction

The Ash group of Eucalyptus was accurately

defined by Pryor and Johnson (1971), as

informal F. series Obliguae L.D.Pryor &

L.A.S.Johnson. The group is characterised

by buds with a single operculum and inflexed

or irregularly flexed stamens, and seedlings

in which the leaves are opposite for only a few

pairs, then falcate and pendulous (Brooker

1977). Brooker proposed two groups of

Ashes, which have become known as ‘Blue

Ashes’ and ‘Green Ashes’. These are

considered to be monophyletic groups (Ladiges

et al. (1989,1992). Ash-eucalypt species are

found in coastal and neat-coastal areas of

Queensland to Tasmania, and as far west as

Kangaroo Island in South Australia. Greatest

species diversity 1s found in central to southern

New South Wales, where a number of restricted

endemics are located. |

Eucalyptus ser. Psathyroxyla Blakely

originally included only the ‘Scribbly Gums’,

but was expanded by Chippendale (1988) to

include the related New En Band Blackbutts and

Silvertop Ashes.

The ‘New England Blackbutts? of north-

eastern New South Wales include the long-

standing species FE. andrewsii Maiden and

Accepted for publication 9 July 1997

F.. campanulata R.T. Baker & H.G.Sm., and the

recently named £. olida L.A.S.Johnson &

K.D.Hill. A fourth New England Blackbutt,

EE. montivaga sp. nov., 18 relatively widespread

(though very sporadically distributed) in

mountainous areas from Toowoomba to

Eungella. In recent years, it has been variously

identified as EL. andrewsii, E. andrewsii subsp.

andrewsti (Chippendale 1988), EF. andrewsii

subsp. campanulata (Johnson & Blaxell 1973),

or an intergrade between the latter two taxa

(Boland et al. 1984).

The Mallee-ashes of the Green Ash group

(informal £. subseries Strictinae L.D.Pryor &

_L.A.S.Johnson) are taxonomically difficult.

Three taxa have been named from northern

New South Wales and Queensland:

E. approximans Maiden was named from

Barren Mountain (near Dorrigo) in 1919,

E.codonocarpa Blakely & McKie was named

from Pheasant Mtn (near Guyra) in 1930. More

recently, EZ. microcodon L.A.S.Johnson &

K.D.Hill was named from Mt Barney (in far

southern Queensland) in 1991. The identity of

the MacPherson Range/Mt Barney mallees, and

the rank and circumscription of ‘codonocarpa’

have been contentious issues for some years.

The term ‘floral cavity’ is used to describe the

space between the base of the style and the

underside of the distal part of the operculum in

Eucalyptus spp.

126 Austrobaileya 5(1): 125-135 (1997)

Taxonomy | Eucalyptus subser. Considenianae Brooker

& Slee, Muelleria 9: 84 (1996). Type:

Eucalyptus ser. Psathyroxyla Blakely, Key E. consideniana Maiden

Eucalypts 52 (1934). Type:

E. haemastoma Sm. (lecto, fide

Chippendale (1988)).

Key to the species of Eucalyptus ser. Psathyroxyla

Ie BIS ES HSE ye utcase brad ote ath daetne Falapyen Poclaterh: evince ast ees Vaetpaee satin dow pane acaearitey Bat heey 2

DEBE SS Acres erect a erry eee: rata net eect nents rickets alee ed a ts tee PvE RT eae eT Met, Bea bats ate 3

2. Adult leaves 0.7—1.2 cm wide; fruit pyriform to campanulate.......... 3. E. multicaulis

Adult leaves 1.5—3.5 cm wide; fruit obconical to hemispherical ........... 1. KE. remota

3. Bark smooth throughout and marked by insect “scribbles”... ........ 0.0.0... cc eee ee 4

Bark rough, presistent, at least on the trunk... . 0... ce ee eee tenes 6

4, Adult leaves 1.0—1.6 cm wide, juvenile leaves broadly lanceolate .......... 11. E. rossii

Adult leaves 1.3—2.6 cm wide, juvenile leaves broadly ovate ... 0... 0 cece eee 5

Si TREES 4H mh TONG sy 2 tts wee va a RE O8 Gln eee eS APs, w Fe ES Pera 9. EK. racemosa

ETS, OF 9-49 STINTS. cle, 5. PS ao aw oR ea SERLe dpe do] ee % BRIE St 10. E. haemastoma

6. Bark on trunk dark grey to black, furrowed ..... 0... eee 2. E. sieberi

Bark on trunk light grey, not furrowed... .... 0... ee eee eet eeee 7

7. Bark with prickly fibres, persistent to small branches .............. 4. E. consideniana

Bark without prickly fibres; smooth bark on small and medium sized

DY BUCHOS Aerectyrga Phd oenants Tabata Ae koote th pan tate cf aa ioe Ud arias Gy Eck agit Aas ale eee aa estoy ae, 4 8

8. Branchlets usually glaucous; fruits hemispherical, inflorescence

9-13 -flowered; operculum conspicuously umbonate ................. 5. KE. andrewsii

Branchlets not glaucous; fruits obconical, campanulate or hemispherical;

inflorescence 7-17-flowered; operculum minutely umbonate ...............0.005. 9

9. Fruits obconical or campanulate, 5.0—-8.0 <x 4.5—7.0 mm; staminodes rare

STAD SCTE oe. caren nk oR ated aca ty nck als ALAN OSTA acelp Seb deh Pa 8k HATE MEE Mi # ohaccelees 10

Fruits hemispherical, 4.0-6.0 x 4.5—-6.0 mm; staminodes consistently ..............005

PESO EET el Gnctct sated ett eae ie tele Scdetens aati, wtlaee a, ue te a8 tlekos 8. KE. montivaga

10. Style short, c. 1 mm long; fruits 5.0—-7.0 x 4.5—5.5 mm; juvenile leaves

BEFORE COM ATES oa ece syie, Hak for ed ah dsl gta Antes on cup oe pe nat yea, ip, eld wei 6. EK. campanulata

Style long, c. 2.5 mm long; fruits 5.0—-8.0 x 5.0—7.0 mm; juvenile leaves

OV AGG: Nia SRnte & one tek Weyace ea etedh, dys Diath tore Sear hls et eke a ce ben cee ed aided te ots 7. E. olida

BUA TAREE SSeS SST ey ee

Bean, Eucalyptus ser. Psathyroxyla

1. Eucalyptus remota Blakely, Key Eucalypts

197 (1934). Type: South Australia. near

Mt Taylor, Sangaroo Island, June 1907,

W. Gill s.n. (holo: NSW n.v., fide

Chippendale (1988)).

Distribution and habitat: E. remotais endemic

to the western half of Kangaroo Island in South

Australia, where it grows in mallee scrub on

sandy or lateritised soils.

2. Eucalyptus sieberi L.A.S.Johnson, Contr.

New South Wales Natl. Herb. 3: 125

(1962). Type: New South Wales.

CENTRAL TABLELANDS: Blackheath, April

1899, J_H. Maiden (holo: NSW n.v., fide

Chippendale (1988)).

Distribution and habitat: E. sieberi extends

from Wyong in New South Wales to near

Melbourne, and in north-eastern Tasmania. It

srows in woodland or forest at low to

intermediate altitudes, on coarse textured soils.

3. Eucalyptus multicaulis Blakely, J. & Proc.

Roy. Soc. New South Wales 61: 172

(1927). Type: New South Wales. Kariong

Trig, September 1925, WF. Blakely,

D.W.C. Shiress & H.Bott (holo: NSW

n.v., fide Chippendale (1988)).

Distribution and habitat: E. multicaulis is of

restricted distribution, including Blue

Mountains, east of Rylstone and the Budawang,

Range. It occurs on broad ridge-tops in

sandstone areas, on shallow or skeletal soils.

4, Eucalyptus consideniana Maiden, Proc.

Linn. Soc. New South Wales 2nd ser., 29:

475 (1904). Type: numerous syntypes

held at NSW n.v., fide Chippendale

(1988).

Distribution and habitat: E. consideniana

extends from near Sydney almost to Melbourne,

usually close to the coast, on poor sandy soils.

5. Eucalyptus andrewsii Maiden, Proc. Linn.

Soc. New South Wales, 2nd ser., 29: 472

(1904). Type: New South Wales.

NORTHERN TABLELANDS: Tingha, 16

October 1903, R.A. Cambage s.n. (lecto:

(here designated) NSW [NSW 335599]).

127

Tree to 25 m tall. Bark on trunk and larger

branches rough, persistent, finely fibrous, grey;

small branches smooth, grey or white;

branchlets usually glaucous. Lignotuber

present. Seedling leaves opposite for c. 8 pairs.

Petioles (3rd pair) c. 4mm long. Juvenile leaves

alternate, petiolate, broadly ovate, falcate,

twisted vertically, apex acute. Adult leaves

alternate, petiolate, lanceolate, 10-14

x 1.72.4 cm, acuminate, oblique, concolorous,

bluish-green; lateral veins widely spaced, at

c. 30-40° to midrib, reticulation sparse,

intramarginal vein distinct, c. | mm from

margin, oil gland density unknown, glands of

various sizes, many per areole. Inflorescence

simple, axillary; umbellasters 9-13 flowered;

peduncles terete, 7-20 mm long; pedicels

2.0-5.5 mm long. Mature buds clavate, c. 4

x 3 mm. Operculum single, hemispherical,

conspicuously umbonate. Filaments inflexed,

anthers versatile, reniform, dehiscing by

confluent slits, staminodes absent or rarely

present. Floral cavity c. 2.5 mm long. Style

c. 1.0 mm long at anthesis; stigma blunt. Fruit

hemispherical, 6.0—6.5 mm long, 6.0—-8.0 mm

diameter, 4(5)-locular, disc forming a broad

rim, level or slightly raised; valves at rim level.

Seeds cuboid or pyramidal, brown-black, chaff

similar but paler.

Selected specinens: Queensland. DARLING Downs

District: Hellhole Gorge, NE of Yangan, Oct 1996, Bean

10932 (BRI, CANB); Wyberba, hilltop among rocks, Jan

1933, Blake 4570 (BRI); Thulimbah, Jul 1958, Blake 20403

(BRI, NSW); Dalveen, Nov 1976, Clarkson 309 & Byrnes

(BRI); Cottonvale, Sep 1954, Devereux s.n. (BRI); just W

of Glen Aplin, Nov 1946, Everist & Webb 1374 (BRD;

at Mt Norman walking track entrance, Mt Norman

—Wallangarra road, Girraween NP, Jun 1994, Grimshaw

G758 & Halford (BRI, NSW); Fletcher, Oct 1933, White

9392 (BRI). New South Wales. NORTHERN TABLELANDS:

Silent Grove—Torrington road, 14.1 km N of Torrington,

Jan 1995, Bean 8251 (BRI, NSW); 5.2 km from McDonald

River crossing on Uralla Rd., Sep 1992, Brooker 11178

(BRI, CANB, NSW); 23.7 km NNW Armidale towards

Bundarra, Apr 1975, Chippendale GC1252 & Brennan

(BRI, CANB); 2.7 km E along the Flagstone Creek track

from the Gulf Road, c. 18 km (direct) just W of N of

Emmaville, Oct 1990, Coveny 14639 et al. (BRI, NSW);

5 km E of Mt Lindsay on Barraba fire trail, Aug 1986, Hil/

2112 (BRI, CANB, NSW); Borrolong, 18 miles [29 km]

SW of Guyra, Oct 1928, McKie s.n. (BRI).

128

Distribution and habitat: E. andrewsii is

widespread on the western parts of the New

England Tableland, mostly in New South

Wales, but extending to Queensland on the

‘Granite Belt’ around Stanthorpe, and at

Hellhole Gorge near Yangan (Map 1). It grows

on infertile siliceous soils on hills and

mountains.

150°E 155°E

Map 1. Distribution of E. andrewsii.

Phenology: Flowers are recorded from

December to February.

Notes: Maiden did not choose a lectotype for

E. andrewsii tm his ‘Critical Revision of the

Genus Eucalyptus’, as was asserted by

Chippendale (1988).

6. Eucalyptus campanulata R.T.Baker &

H.G.Sm., J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. New South

Wales 45: 288 (1912); #. andrewsii

subsp. campanulata (R.T.Baker

Austrobaileya 5(1): 125~135 (1997)

& H.G.Sm.) L.A.S.Johnson & Blaxell,

Contr. New South Wales Natl. Herb.

4: 381 (1973). Type: New South Wales.

Northern TABLELANDS: Tenterfield,

December 1909, C.F. Laseron s.n. (holo:

NSW; iso: NSW).

Tree to 35 m tall. Bark on trunk and larger

branches rough, persistent, finely fibrous, grey;

small branches smooth, grey or white;

branchlets not glaucous. Lignotuber present.

Seedling leaves opposite for c. 8 pairs. Petioles

(3rd pair) c. 4 mm long. Juvenile leaves

alternate, petiolate, broadly ovate, falcate,

twisted vertically, apex acute. Adult leaves

alternate, petiolate, lanceolate, 10-13

x 1.1—-1.8 cm, acuminate, oblique, concolorous,

bluish-green; lateral veins widely spaced, at

c. 30—40° to midrib, reticulation sparse,

intramarginal vein distinct, c. 0.5—1.0 mm from

margin, oil glands numerous, 450—600/square

cm, of various sizes, many per areole.

Inflorescence simple, axillary; umbellasters

9--17-flowered; peduncles terete, 8-18 mm

long; pedicels 4-6 mm long. Mature buds

clavate, c. 4 x 3 mm. Operculum single,

hemispherical, minutely umbonate. Filaments

inflexed, anthers versatile, reniform, dehiscing

by confluent slits, staminodes absent or rarely

present. Floral cavity c. 2.0 mm long.

c. 1 mm long at anthesis; stigma blunt. Fruit

campanulate to obconical, 5.0—7.0 mm long,

4.5-5.5 mm diameter, 4(5)-locular, disc

forming a broad-rim, level or slightly concave;

valves slightly enclosed. Seeds cuboid or

pyramidal, brown-black, chaff similar but

paler.

Selected speciinens: Queensland. DARLING Downs

District: The Steamers, E of Emu Vale, May 1990, Bean

1556 (BRI); c. | km ENE of Gambubal Forest station, E

of Warwick, Oct 1996, Bear 10969 (BRI, CANB); 9 miles

[14 km] E of Wyberba on road to Eukey, Oct 1970, Fisher

224 (BRI); Mt Huntley, Oct 1992, Forster PIF 11820 et al.

(BRI); Wilsons Peak, May 1938, Goy & Smith 405 (BRI).

Moreton District: upper slopes of Mt Bangalora, SW of

Boonah, May 1990, Bean 1561 (BRD; Mt Ernest, SW of

Rathdowney, Apr 1993, Bean 6030 (BRI); Mt Barney,

Aug 1936, Goy 130 (BRD; Mt Maroon, Aug 1964, Smith

12143 (BRD; on Dave’s Creek track, Lamington NP, Sep

1952, Blake 19071 (BRI, NSW); Springbrook, Sep 1929,

White 6245 (BRI); Mt Castle, Laidley valley, Mar 1936,

White 10352 (BRI). New South Wales. NorTHERN

TABLELANDS: North Obelisk, Oct 1990, Bean 2494 (BRI,

NSW); Guy Fawkes, Mar 1914, Boorman s.n. (BRI); near

Bean, Eucalyptus ser. Psathyroxyla

Jeogla, Feb 1973, Brooker 3913 (BRI); 26.1 km SE of

Apsley Falls turn off on Oxley Highway, Apr 1975,

Chippendale GC1259 & Brennan (BRI, CANB); 0.6 miles

[1.0 km] S of Liston, Jun 1968, Johnston & Chippendale

605 (BRI, CANB); Mt Royal, 25 miles [40 km] E of

Aberdeen, Mar 1960, Story 7183 (BRI, NSW); Nundle,

Jul 1913, Swain s.n. (BRD; Dorrigo 8.F., on high hills above

Briggsvale, Oct 1930, White 7525 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat. E. campanulata 1s

widespread on the eastern parts of the New

England Tableland, and on Barrington Tops.

In Queensland, it 1s mainly confined to the

McPherson Range and Main Range, with minor

occurrences to the south-east of Stanthorpe

(Map 2). It grows as a component of tall wet

sclerophyll forest, on sandy to loamy soils, on

hills and tablelands.

Phenology: Flowers are recorded for October

and November.

7, Eucalyptus olida L.A.S Johnson & K.D.Hill,

Telopea 4: 103 (1990). Type: New South

Wales. NORTHERN TABLELANDS: 4.2 km

from the Gwydir Highway on the north-

west fire trail, Gibraltar Range N.P., 10

September 1985, K.D.Hill 1276 & L.

Johnson (holo: NSW; iso: CANB, MEL).

Tree to 30 m tall. Bark on trunk and larger

branches rough, persistent, flaky-fibrous, grey;

small branches smooth, grey or white;

branchlets not glaucous. Lignotuber present.

Seedling leaves opposite for several pairs.

Petioles (3rd pair) of unknown length. Juvenile

leaves alternate, petiolate, broadly ovate,

falcate, twisted vertically, apex acute. Adult

leaves alternate, petiolate, lanceolate, 9-16

x 1.0-2.7 cm, acuminate, oblique, concolorous,

bluish-green; lateral veins widely spaced, at

c, 30-—40° to midrib, reticulation sparse,

intramarginal vein distinct, c. 1 mm from

margin, oil glands of various sizes, many per

areole. Inflorescence simple, axillary;

umbellasters 7-11 - flowered; peduncles terete,

10-19 mm long; pedicels 3—5 mm long. Mature

buds clavate, c. 4 x 3 mm. Operculum single,

hemispherical, minutely umbonate. Filaments

inflexed, anthers versatile, reniform, dehiscing

by confluent slits, staminodes absent. Floral

cavity c. 2.5 mm long. Style c. 2.5 mm long at

anthesis, as long as floral cavity; stigma blunt.

Fruit campanulate to obconical, 5-8 mm long,

129

5—7 mm diameter, 4(5) - locular, disc forming

a broad rim, level or slightly concave; valves

at rim level. Seeds cuboid or pyramidal,

brown-black, chaff similar but paler.

Specimens examined: New South Wales. NorTHERN

TABLELANDS: entrance to Waratah Trig track from Gwydir

Hwy, Gibraltar Range N.P., Nov 1990, Brooker 10594

(BRI, CANB); 4.2 km from highway on W end of

north-west fire trail, Gibraltar Range N.P., Sep 1985, Hill

1277 & Johnson (BRD; Gibraltar Range NP, Grassy Creek

4WD track, Sep 1985, Williams et al. NRAC4 (BRI, NSW);

Poverty Point Rd, 25 km off Tenterfield—Casino road, Dec

1986, Williams sn. (BRI, NSW); 4 km NW of Surface

Hill by road, Oct 1984, Hood 12a (BRI, NSW).

Distribution and habitat: E. olida 1s known

from two areas of northern New South Wales;

the Poverty Point area east of Tenterfield, and

the Gibraltar Range, between Glen Innes and

Grafton (Map 4). It grows in woodland or open

forest on infertile sandy soils.

150°E

150°E 155°E

Map 2, Distribution of £. campantlata.

[30

Phenology: Flowers have been recorded in

January.

Notes: E. olidais very similar in appearance to

E. campanutata and FE. andrewsii, but differs

fundamentally from those species by its long

style which extends the full length of the floral

cavity. EF. campanulata, E. andrewsii,

E. montivaga and the ‘Scribbly Gums’ all have

short styles, which extend only halfway (or less)

across the floral cavity. Despite this, I feel

that EE. olida is best placed within

FE. ser. Psathyroxyla.

Hill (1991) stated that. olida has “outer

stamens infertile” (p. 139) and “outer stamens

often infertile” (p. 140). This 1s in stark contrast

to Johnson & Hill (1990), where it is stated that

“anthers” are “all fertile’ in EF. olida. The

present author’s observations support the latter

view, i.e. that the stamens are all fertile.

8, Eucalyptus montivaga A.R.Bean sp. nov.

affinis F. racemosae etE. campanulatae;

ab illa cortice scabra fibrosa et pedicellis

longioribus, ab hac _ fructibus

hemisphaericis (non obconicis usque

campanulatis) instructis valvis

aequantibus labrum hypanthii (non

inclusis inter id) et staminodiis semper

praesentibus differt. Typus: Queensland.

BurneTr District: 5 km SE of

Gallangowan, I11 September 1996,

A.R. Bean 10692 (holo: BRI; iso: CANB,

MEL, NE, NSW, distribuend}).

Kucalyptus haemastoma var. inophloia

C.T.White, Queensland Agric. J. 2nd ser.

14: 70 (1920). Type: Queensland.

DARLING Downs District: Toowoomba,

in 1919, C.T. White s.n. (syntypes at BRI).

Tree to 30 m tall. Bark on trunk and larger

branches rough, persistent, finely fibrous, grey;

small branches smooth, grey or white;

branchlets not glaucous. Lignotuber present.

Seedling leaves opposite for c. 7 pairs. Petioles

(3rd pair) c. 2 mm long. Juvenile leaves

alternate, petiolate, broadly ovate, 100-140

x 32-55 mm, falcate, twisted vertically, apex

acute. Adult leaves alternate, petiolate,

lanceolate, 9-16.5 x 1.1—1.9 cm, acuminate,

oblique, concolorous, bluish-green; lateral

Austrobaileya 5(1): 125-135 (1997)

veins widely spaced, at c. 30—40° to midrib,

reticulation sparse, intramarginal vein distinct,

c. 1 mm from margin, oil glands numerous,

450—650/square cm, of various sizes, many per

areole. Inflorescence simple, axillary;

umbellasters 1 1—17-flowered; peduncles terete,

8—14 mm long; pedicels 3.5—5.5 mm long.

Mature buds clavate, c. 4 x 3 mm. Operculum

single, hemispherical, minutely umbonate.

Filaments inflexed, anthers versatile, reniform,

dehiscing by confluent slits, staminodes present

amongst outer whorls of all flowers. Floral

cavity c. 2.0 mm long. Style c. 1.0 mm long at

anthesis; stigma blunt. Fruit hemispherical,

4.0-6.0 mm long, 4.5-6.0 mm diameter,

4(5)-locular, disc forming a broad rim, level or

slightly convex; valves at rim level. Seeds

cuboid or pyramidal, brown-black, chaff similar

but paler. Fig. 1.

Selected specimens: Queensland. South KENNEDY

District: Dicks Tableland, Eungella N.P., Sep 1991, Bean

3668 (BRD; Swampy Ridge, W of Eungella township, May

1992, Bean 4452 (BRI, CANB); Dalrymple Heights,

Mackay, Feb 1957, Hickey 57/220 (BRI); N of Crediton,

6 miles [10 km] W of Eungella, Jan 1957, Méwir 57/111

(BRI). Port Curtis District: summit of Mt Stanley, Many

Peaks Range, Feb 1988, Bean 745 (BRI); Kroombit Tops,

Jul 1976, Brooker 5274 (BRI, CANB); Kroombit Tops,

c. 60 km SW of Gladstone, Jun 1977, Crisp 2809 (AD,

BRI CANB, L, NSW); T.R. 18, 40 miles [64 km] SSW of

Gladstone, Oct 1964, Epp s.n. (BRI); Bulburin, Aug 1957,

Webb & Tracey 3308 (BRI). Burnett District: summit of

Boolbunda Rock, near Mt Perry, Aug 1986, Bean 478

(BRI); Widgee-Manumbar road, May 1985, Brooker 9021

(BRI); summit of Mt Woowoonga, Dec 1986, Forster

PIF2753 (BRI, NSW); Mt Perry summit, Oct 1995,

Sparshott KMS644 & Sparshott (BRI, CANB, MEL). Wipe

Bay District: Mt Walsh N.P., south of Biggenden, May

1994, Bean 7696 (BRI); Mt Molangul, SF 391, SW of

Miriam Vale, Sep 1995, Bean 8935 & Robins (BRI,

CANB); on Jimna—Kenilworth road, c. 1.5 km NE of

Funnels hut road turnoff, Oct 1982, AdeDonald 3654 &

Williams (BRI, CANB, NSW). DariiInc Downs District:

Nelson Street reservoir, Toowoomba, Jul 1996, Bean

10452 (BRI, CANB). Moreton Disrricr: Hartmann Park,

Crows Nest, Aug 1994, Bean 7843 (BRI, NSW); east of

‘Fair Hills’, SW of Cooyar, Aug 1996, Bean 10619 (BRI,

CANB, NSW).

Distribution and habitat: EL. montivaga occurs

in the Dicks Tableland to Eungella area west

of Mackay, and between Kroombit Tops and

Toowoomba (Map 3). Despite this extensive

distribution, it 18s an uncommon species,

restricted to small populations on shallow sandy

soils derived from acid volcanic rocks. In the

Dicks Tableland to Eungella area, it grows only

DRTUSDLE S

“Reeser earegroee

Bean, Eucalyptus ser, Psathyroxyla

“tig

ri Phd

Seon “

ioe

: WW

hal *

at «Ce 9

131

Fig. 1. Kucalyptus montivaga, A, Adult leaves and inflorescences x 0.6. B. juvenile leaf x 0.6. C. flower = 5. D. flower

with stamens removed, showing short tapered style x 5. E. staminodes x 16, F, fruits x 2. All from Bean 10692.

132

at altitudes above about 900 metres. Between

Kroombit Tops and Toowoomba, most

populations are above 600 metres, although it

may occur at lower altitude on steep southerly

slopes.

Map 3. Distribution of EF. montivaga.

Phenology: Flowers have been recorded

between July and January.

Notes: E. montivaga difters from £. racemosa

by its grey, fibrous bark persistent on the trunk

and larger branches, and the pedicels

3.55.5 mm long (pedicels 1.5—4 mm long for

E. racemosa). E. montivaga differs from

FE. campanulata by its hemispherical fruits (vs.

obconical fo campanulate) and by the consistent

presence of staminodes in the flowers.

Conservation status: While &. montivaga

occurs only very sporadically along the coastal

ranges of Queensland, itis not rare or threatened

at this time.

Etymology: The species epithet montivaga 1s

from the Latin, meaning ‘wandering over

mountains’ and refers to to the sporadic

mountain habitat of the species.

9. Eucalyptus racemosa Cav., Icon. 4: 24

(1797). Type: New South Wales. Botany

Bay, in 1793, Née s.n. (holo: MA, photo!).

E. micrantha DC., Prodr. 3: 217 (1828);

E. haemastoma var. micrantha (DC.)

Austrobatleya 5(1)}: 125-135 (1997)

Benth., Fl. Austral. 3: 212 (1867). Type:

New Holland, in 1823, FP. W. Sieber 497

(holo: G; iso: G, W), fide Chippendale

(1988),

E. signata F.Muell., J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot.

3: 85 (1859); EB. micrantha var. signata

(F.Muell.) Blakely, Key Eucalypts 219

(1934); E. racemosa var. signata

(F.Muell.) R.D.Johnst. & Marryatt,

Comm. For. Timber Bur. Leaflet 92: 20

(1965). Type: Queensland. Moreton

DistRIst: Brisbane River, undated,

F, Mueller s.n. (holo: MEL; iso: K), fide

Chippendale (1988).

E. haemastoma var. capitata Maiden, Crit.

Revis. Eucalyptus 1: 319 (1908), syn.

nov. Type: New South Wales. CENTRAL

TABLELANDS: Mt Victoria, April 1889,

J.H, Maiden (holo: NSW).

EK. haemastoma var. sclerophylla Blakely,

Key Eucalypts 218 (1934);

E. sclerophylla (Blakely) L.A.S.Johnson

& Blaxell, Contr. New South Wales Natl.

Herb. 4: 381 (1973), syn. nov. Type: New

South Wales. CENTRAL TABLELANDS:

Mt Victoria, November 1899,

J_H, Maiden (holo: NSW).

Tree to 25 m tall. Bark smooth throughout, grey

or white, marked by insect scribbles; branchlets

not glaucous. Lignotuber present. Seedling

leaves opposite for c. 8 pairs. Petioles (3rd pair)

c. 2 mm long, Juvenile leaves alternate,

petiolate, broadly ovate, falcate, twisted

vertically, apex acute. Adult leaves alternate,

petiolate, lanceolate, 9-15 x 1.3—2.6 cm,

acuminate, oblique, concolorous, bluish-green;

lateral veins widely spaced, at c. 30-40° to

midrib, reticulation sparse, intramarginal vein

distinct, c. 1.0 mm from margin, oil glands

numerous, 400—600/square cm, of various

sizes, many per areole. Inflorescence simple,

axillary; umbellasters 9—17-flowered;

peduncles terete, 9-13 mm long; pedicels

1.5—4.0 mm long. Mature buds clavate, c. 3.5

x 2.5 mm. Operculum single, hemispherical,

minutely umbonate. Filaments inflexed, anthers

versatile, reniform, dehiscing by confluent slits,

staminodes present in outer whorls of all

POETS SE SM EE eee eee eg Ry ee Li Se ia

“CTI RS Ee

Bean, Eucalyptus ser. Psathyroxyla

flowers. Floral cavity c. 2.0 mm long. Style

c. 0.7 mm long at anthesis; stigma blunt. Fruit

hemispherical, 4.0-5.0 mm long, 5.0-6.0 mm

diameter, 4(5)-locular, disc forming a broad

rim, slightly convex to slightly concave; valves

at rim level. Seeds cuboid or pyramidal,

brown-black, chaff similar but paler.

Selected speciinens: Queensland, Wipe Bay District:

Wide Bay Military Training Area, Sep 1980, Adams

3541 (BRI, CANB); beside Elliot River, 200 m N of

Coonarr turnoff, May 1985, Bean 200 (BRI); Mt Kandanga,

west of Imbil, Apr 1993, Bean 5980 (BRI, NSW); Fraser

Island, Oct 1921, White 1334 (BRI); Tin Can Bay, Sep

1943, White 12252 (BRI). Moreton Districr: SF 531, SW

of Esk, 4.5 km from Esk—Toowoomba road, Apr 1989,

Bean 1020 (BRD; Mt Gravatt graveyard, Jan 1972, Brooker

3399 (BRI, CANB); Chester road, 2.5 km E of

Advancetown——-Numinbah road, Feb 1977, Brooker 5556

(BRI, CANB, NSW); North Stradbroke Is., Feb 1973,

Durrington sn. (BRD; Deer Reserve SF, Gregors creek,

near Kilcoy, Apr 1994, Grimshaw G602 & Figg (BRI,

NSW); below Mt Beerwah on E side, Oct 1993, Slee &

Lepschi 3415 (BRI, CANB, NSW). New South Wales.

Nort Coast: Koonyum Range, W of Mullumbimby, Jul

1993, Bean 6179 (BRD; 1.5 km west of Red Rock, Aug

1985, Foreman 946 (BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW), Centra.

TABLELANDS: Burrawang Ridge Rd., 1.6 km from Gap Rd,

SE of Wingello, Mar 1995, Brooker 12138 (BRI, CANB,

NSW); 1.6 km S of Mt Victoria towards Blackheath, Jul

1974, Kieinig DK130 (BRI, CANB). Cenrrat Coast: Great

Western Highway, opposite Faulconbridge Railway station,

Apt 1975, Chippendale GC1201 & Brennan (BRI); SW

corner of Castlereagh S.F. off the Northern road, Sep 1984,

Coveny 11883 & Goodwin (BRI, NSW). Souts Coast:

c. 500 m NE of Wreck Bay village at the junction of

Boorarla, Wreck Bay and Summerctoud Bay roads, Aug

1991, Lyne 418 et al. (BRI, CANB, MEL, NSW).

Distribution and habitat: E. racemosa 1s

widespread from Jervis Bay in New South

Wales to Bundaberg and Fraser Island in

southern Queensland (Map 4). It often grows

on coastal lowlands on sandy soil, but also

extends onto ranges on shallow soils derived

from sandstone or rhyolite.

Phenology: Flowering can occur in almost

every month of the year, with an apparent peak

in the August-November period.

Notes: There appear to be no significant

differences between the entities /. racemosa,

E. sclerophylla and E. signata. In Hill (1991),

these three ‘species’ are keyed using geography

and the character of leaf glossiness. I have not

found leaf glossiness to be diagnostic for

Scribbly Gums as it can vary considerably

133

within a population. Since I have been unable

to distinguish these entities either in the

herbarium or 1n the field, I have included them

in £. racemosa Cav.

eet wele f I j

ott xp Mod,

150°E 155°E

Map 4. Distribution of *F. olida and @E. racemosa.

10. Eucalyptus haemastoma Sm., Trans, Linn.

Soc. London 3: 286 (1797), Type: New

South Wales. Port Jackson, in 1794,

J. White (holo: LINN, microfiche BRI).

Distribution and habitat: E. haemastoma 1s

confined to the Central Coast of New South

Wales, to the north and south of Sydney. It

srows on sandstone hills with sandy or ‘sandy

clay’ soil.

11. Eucalyptus rossi R.T.Baker & H.G.Sm.,

Res. Eucalypts 70 (1902). Type: New

South Wales, CENTRAL TABLELANDS: Cow

Flat, Bathurst, March 1901, R.7. Baker

134

sn. (holo: NSW n.v., fide Chippendale

(1988)).

Distribution and habitat: E. rossti 1s widely

distributed in inland areas of New South Wales

from Pilliga to south of Canberra. It prefers

sandy to loamy soils, on low ridges in dry

sclerophyll woodland.

Notes on some ‘Green Ashes’

informal Eucalyptus subser. Strictinae

L.D.Pryor & L.A.S.Johnson, A Classification

of the Eucalypts 41 (1971).

Eucalyptus approximans Maiden, J. & Proc.

| Roy. Soc. New South Wales 53: 65

(1919). Type: New South Wales.

NORTHERN TABLELANDS: Barren Mountain,

in 1901, H. Deane s.n. (holo: NSW).

Distribution and habitat: E. approximans is

endemic to Barren Mountain near Dorrigo in

New South Wales. It grows on a trachyte

mountainside with very little soil development,

forming an almost pure stand.

Eucalyptus codonocarpa Blakely & McKie,

Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 55:

589 (1930); £. approximans subsp.

codonocarpa (Blakely & McKie}

L.A.S.Johnson & Blaxell, Contr. New

South Wales Natl. Herb. 4: 453 (1973).

Type: New South Wales. NORTHERN

TABLELANDS: Pheasant Mtn, 2 miles [3

km] NE of Backwater, 30 October 1929,

ELN. McKie, T. Yourian & WF. Blakely

s.n. (holo: NSW; iso: BRI).

E. microcodon L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill,

Telopea 4(2): 348 (1991), syn. nov.

Type: Queensland. MorkTON DISTRICT:

Mt Barney, south ridge, 17 May 1969,

C.R.Dunlop s.n. (holo: NSW).

Distribution and habitat: E. codonocarpa

extends from Mt Maroon in south-eastern

Queensland to Glen Innes, northern New South

Wales . It grows on rock outcrops of granite or

rhyolite, where soil development is very

limited.

Austrobaileya 5(1): 125-135 (1997)

Notes: E. codonocarpa is readily distinguished

from E. approximans by its larger fruits, and

broader leaves without raised oil glands when

dry. However, the type of 4. microcodon cannot

be distinguished from F. codonocarpa. The

distinguishing characters given by Hill &

Johnson (1991) appear to be either not

consistent or erroneous. The leaf dimensions,

thickness and venation pattern differences

between £. microcodon and E. codonocarpa

(as cited by Hill & Johnson) are virtually

indistinguishable. The cited difference in oil

gland density is observable in some specimens

but not in others. The fruit sizes of the two ‘taxa’

are not significantly different, and while the

Springbrook to Mt Maroon material does more

often possess 7-flowered inflorescences, this

feature 1s also present in LE. codonocarpa from

the type locality.

Acknowledgements

I am grateful to Will Smith for the illustrations,

Les Pedley for the Latin diagnosis, and the

Director of the National Herbarium of New

South Wales (NSW) for the loan of relevant

Specimens.

References

Botanpb, D.J., Brooker, M.I.H., CHipPENDALE, G.M.,HArL,

N., HyLAnp, B.P.M., Jounston, R.D., Kiuemic, D.A.

& Turner, J.D. (1984). Forest Trees of Australia,

4th. ed. Melbourne: Thomas Nelson.

Brooxer, M.1.H. (1977). Internal Bud Morphology,

Seedling Characters and Classification in the Ash

Group of Eucalypts. Australian Forest Research

7: 197-207,

CHIPPENDALE, G.M. (1988), Bucalyptus, Angophora

(Myrtaceae), Flora of Australia 19. Canberra:

Australian Government Publishing Service:

Hitt, K.D. (1991), Eucalyptus. In Flora of New South Wales

2: 76-142, Sydney: New South Wales University

Press.

Hitt, K.D. & Jounson, L.A.S. (1991). Systematic studies

in the eucalypts — 4. New taxa in Auealypius

(Myrtaceae). 7elopea 4(2): 321-349.

JOHNSON, L.A.S. & BLAXELL, D.F. (1973). New Taxa and

Combinations in Eucalyptis I. Contributions from

the New South Wales National Herbaritimn 4: 381.

Jounson, L.A.S. & Hint, K.D. (1990). New Taxa and

Combinations in Eucalyptus and Angophora

(Myrtaceae). Telopea 4(1): 37-108.

ootgaas te ec see nena seed heen tec eer dah aden st m noengen dio snore peg] Taboo hI JAIME Ly besa ie atic snee spn UE st ailse eevee ah ye een ai bite tials ptede bases nea titanate tata ae pane e se

+ SH ey

Bean, Eucalyptus ser. Psathyroxyla

Lapicgs, P.Y., NEWNHAM, M.R & Humpuries, C.J. (1989).

Systematics and Biogeography of the Australian

“Green Ash” Eucalypts (Monocalyptus). Cladistics

5:345—364.

LapicEs, P.Y., Proper, S.M. & NEvson, G. (1992), Cladistic

and Biogeographic Analysis of the ‘Blue Ash’

Eucalypts. Cladistics 8: 103-124.

Pryor, L.D. & Jounson, L.A.S. (1971).A Classification of

the Eucalypts. Canberra: Australian National

University:

135

Leptochloa southwoodi (Poaceae: Chlioridoideae), a new

species from south-east Queensland

Neil Snow! and Bryan K. Simon

Summary

Snow, Neil, & Bryan K. Simon. (1997). Leptochloa southwoodii (Poaceae, Chloridoideae), a

new species from south central Queensland. Austrobaileya 5(1): 137-143. Leptochloa

southwoodii, a new species from the brigalow belt of southern Queensland, is described and

diagnosed

L. ligulata Lazarides, its apparent sister species.

from

Key words: Leptochica southwoodii, Poaceae, Chloridoideae, Queensland, Australia, conservation

Neil Snow, Department of Biology, Washington University, Campus Box 1137, St. Louis, Missouri,

63130 (U.S.A) ' Current address: Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland

4068,Australia Email: Neil. Snow@env.qld.gov.au

Bryan K Simon, Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland 4068, Australia

Introduction

The eragrostoid genus Leptochloa P. Beauv.

(sensu lato, including Diplachne P. Beauv.)

consists of approximately forty taxa, the

diversity of which is spread fairly equally

among the neotropics, Africa plus southern

Asia, and Australia (Clayton & Renvoize 1986;

Watson & Dallwitz 1994; Snow 1997a). A few

species also are known primarly or exclusively

from oceanic islands (Snow 1997a). The

generic boundaries of Leptoch/oa have been the

subject of more dispute than any other in the

subfamily (Jacobs, 1987) and numerous

problems have surrounded the taxonomy of at

least two species groups (Snow 1997a, 1997b),

During April of 1996 we made extensive

collections of Leptochioa as part of fieldwork

for the first author’s dissertation research, which

entailed monographing Leptochloa from

a global perspective (Snow 1997a). Our

activities focused primarily on the brigalow

(Acacia harpophylla) vegetation of southern

and central Queensland (Beadle 1981), the

center of diversity for Leptochloa in Australia.

In the Darling Downs District in the vicinity

of Southwood National Park and an area

Accepted for publication 25 July 1997

somewhat north we found an undescribed

species of Leptochioa that is consistently

diagnosable by ordinary means (Snow 1997b),

which we describe here as new.

Materials and methods

Specimens were collected in the field, pressed

and dried following standard procedures.

Material collected for further study included

fresh green leaf material for anatomical

analyses and anticipated DNA-based molecular

studies, young inflorescences for meiotic

studies, and mature caryopses for growing

plants in the greenhouse. Since the late stage

of the flowering season resulted in a relatively

poor quality of possible type specimens

collected in the field, we opted to prepare

greenhouse grown material as the type

specimens. Plants were grown in the

ereenhouse from seed sources Snow & Simon

7362 and 7364 for making additional

observations. After greenhouse grown plants

were photographed and measured,

modifications were added to the initial species

description, based primarily on field-collected

specimens. Mature lemmas were analyzed for

micromorphological characters by scanning

electron microscopy following Snow (1996),

Descriptive terminology follows Systematics

Association Committee (1962).

138

Leptochloa southwoodi N. Snow & B.K.

simon, sp. nov. Haec_ species

Leptochloae ligulatae Lazarides similis

sed ab ea vagina foliar tubercula et pilos

divergentes per totam longitudinem

gerente etiam spiculis anguste ellipticis

plerumque 3.5—4.6 mm longis differt.

Typus: Snow 7401, a greenhouse-grown

specimen based on seed collected from

Snow & Simon 7364, Queensland:

DaruNG Downs District: Along Surat

Developmental Road 18 km W of its

junction with Leichhardt Highway. In

brigalow remnants. Common; with

Leptochloa divaricatissima, L, aff. fusca,

and Acacia harpophylla. Clay soil. GPS

27°22’50”S, 150°00’37”E. (Fig. 1) (Holo:

BRI; iso: MO,CANB).

Additional specimens examined: Queensland.

Daruinc Downs District: 17.8 km W of Moonie on

Moonie Highway, roadside in disturbed clay soil on

edge of remnants of Callitrus woodland, 27°48’39"S,

150°13°32”E, 10 April 1996, Snow & Simon 7350

(BRI,CANB,K,MO,NSW); 22 km W of Moonie along

Moonie Highway. Edge of remnants of Callitrus-

brigalow woodland, 27°49°15”S, 150°11°32”E, 10 April

1996, Snow & Sinion 7362 (BRI,K,MOQO); ‘Myali Park’,

Crater Paddock, 27°13’23”S, 149°41°44”E, drying

margin of gilgai, 25 April 1994, Jacobs 7133

(BRI,NSW); Chinchilla, Beasley 127 (BRI).

LEICHHARDT District: Greycliffe, White 10878a (BRD,

24°2—’S, 150°1-’E. Port Curtis District: Near

Wandoan, Belson 5440 (K).

Plants annual, caespitose, 137-170 cm tall in

flower. Culms one to several, compressed-

keeled below and striate, sometimes branching,

ascending to erect, round and hollow.

Internodes glabrous. Nodes mostly four,

glabrous. Leaf sheaths mostly green and

distinctly striate, with moderate to dense

covering of tuberculate-based pilose hairs

throughout length (sometimes the hairs absent

near base), the hairs mostly divergent or

ascending, but often disarticulating with

maturity. Ligule membranous, 3—5.5 mm long,

becoming somewhat lacerate, somewhat shorter

in the middle. Leaf blades scabrous above and

below, lacking pilose hairs and tubercles; to

12.5 mm wide, linear, flat to inrolled, to over

55 cm long. Mature panicles completely

exserted or somewhat inserted below, up to half

the length of the culm, somewhat nodding

above, sometimes pilose just below lowest

Austrobaileya 5(1): 137-143 (1997)

panicle branch. Panicle branches of up to 65

alternate to subwhorled racemes, these to

17.5 cm long but decreasing in length apically,

slightly divergent to (mostly) ascending.

Spikelets narrowly elliptic (3:1), 3-6 flowered,

3.5-4.6 mm long, distant to somewhat

imbricate. Callus glabrous to slightly hairy.

Glumes I|-nerved, thinly membranous, scabrous

along midnerves. Lower glume broadly

lanceolate to ovate (2:1), 0.8-1.3 mm long,

apically acute to somewhat obtuse. Upper

glume elliptic (2:1), ovate, to widely obovate

(6:5), 1.2-1.7 mm long. Rachilla segments

c. %~ the length of the lemma. Lowest

lemmas (when flattened) elliptic to slightly

obovate, |.5--.0 mm long, apically truncate to

broadly obtuse, often broadly emarginate;

lateral nerves flush with surface and not

extending to edges, sericeous along lateral

nerves and midnerve. Palea narrowly elliptic

(3:1), subequal, sericeous along the nerves.

Anthers ca 0.2 mm long. Caryopsis ca 0.8 mm

long, obovate (3:2) to elliptic (3:2) in hilar

profile, more or less circular in cross-section at

midpoint, the pericarp coarsely rugose or

minutely scalariform. Chromosome number

unknown.

Notes: In overall morphology Lepftochloa

southwoodii most closely resembles another

species endemic to Queensland, L. ligulata

Lazarides (Lazarides, 1980). It differs most

notably from the latter by having a moderate

to dense covering of tubercle-based pilose hairs

occurring throughout the length of the leaf

sheath (Fig. 2), which at the most only occur at

the very base of the lower sheaths of L. ligulata

(Snow, pers. obs.). In addition, the spikelets of

L, southwoodii are somewhat longer and more

elliptic. The ranges of these two species remain

poorly known (Fig. 3), but a recent collection

(Snow & Simon 7324; BRI,MO) of Leptochloa

ligulata from the Darling Downs indicates at

least some overlap.

The pubescent sheaths of Leptochloa

southwoodii give it a superficial resemblance

to L. peacockii (Maiden & Betche) Domin, a

northeast and eastcentral Australian taxon of

unstable rank (Lazarides 1980; Stanley & Ross

1989; Simon 1993; Wheeler et al. 1994), which

Snow (1997a) reduced in rank. However,

Mee E EEN PEPE E LED POE EO SE SS ae

toh hs cea paints Ease mde tah Ed fata iia ¥ snaptenctacngt et nandanne Elo tte et tt i tl et EE tenets et att tall ayn ih LLLLL EAS

phew einer tcidectocentcess

+ occ Ra ele renee re oe POP Pd RT

Snow & Simon, Leptochloa soutiwoodii

(eda

a taal de

trys

wat

wig ah A

A agli

a tatters

bi ‘aakadeag tne DLL i

Fieldwork funded ty thc

Hatione) Geoipeaphic Harctety CH

344-4755).

er ere

Holoiyne of:

, | . lees

Leplochloa sputhwoodti Satty Sims

Rel. ‘ fA ed.

4M Austra baile 4A,

Miscaurt Hetaclegt Gaindets (MO ss

AUSTRALIA

PDACENRE

Leptochloa

fiers Land

iA oreenhaise-grawn Specimen Dbaiwd on

good collected frem Snow & Simnan

7364.7? Darting Gowns Pistrict: Along

Seral Developwental Ages LB kha HW of

Tbe gunction with Loichhard’ Hinhway,

In briqalow remnants. Commun: with

loptochlos Hivaricabtissima, Le. aff.

fisca, and Acacia harpophyila. tliay

TTL.

evy*aa*SO"o 1607GG' aye

$2 Merpeint | Fd,

Meil Spaw Sool

HISSOURT BOTARICAL GAHDLIN HERBARIUH (Ht)

Fig. l. Holotype of Leptochloa southwoodii, (Snow 7401), a specimen grown in the greenhouses at the Missouri

Botanical Garden from seed collected from Snow & Simon 7364 (housed at BRD

139

Austrobaileya 5(1): 137-143 (1997)

ves

7 Noes S Sut egsnTees he

Bae ESS Ganavenihpieeaatanas ee ree eae ea ere Reatard Sofie teenear rear

: is Ferry Sriigs. rh we a ‘,

aia ss cee tg :. * x 4 Retyias

Laas ae os :

: ar:

Uh pT

coe

rEeiods

Pe ey

: i

ae re

Ty tae ai

ies

Say

Lara

Griatr

ee i,

oe Set Pees

Soot is: fre nts nee

sy hibedet

Bees

poeta

imi,

attra

aainie

pres

ois

Sears

eee eae Es aan

ae a

Sete 7 ney Cs Gere

4 . = SS ai as :

iearieensa era alee mene ene =

z . te po Fok

f pe a

7 ate : ae Pat rae o

2 es A oe

: = : =

7 = J *

= pian a A isreitrs! 6s E

= Santee See te ea Te pee ry peed . i

ee gegen fay foe =

. pois eae ee eee ner mas a, a.

— E

ae er = =

pre

Taree

eet nite

: : pan bet

Sos 3

z oaoy 1 en eas 5

2 - Pies res aoprS fn Se.

See nite ee % i eae meen eae,

ah ea in teen

ea 4 " Re ite

nana ape ae seal =

eee pve eet pe

Beet. ee

Sern o “sie 2 —e

Santee inet re 2 He: rye s,

eeeeieaeee tt ‘ ee:

oo wt

2 ine me wet gt is ae te = *

wettnes : ier Meer ana. ie reer ae Tks 2

aati peltectts = ete te s ime oot

“. 2 i. fies

Pe et pia A ep ee ris

oe Hila

a a ear PAL eel

sant Pipe

Rea

tastier

Batis

eres epee

aes :

a eee

ales ay Sheet A

rie eri

os ‘=

eer eee

eaten aren ee

ieee ae

Pete

Snes

Soot

sbedtae arora; . eer nee aioe

2 Pree te ei Siasite sine

eee:

ree

ee ate

ites

Saree eye

ape reer et eres

eer 3 ane ae

HI ae é ° SR ee

Hrs : Rear erirn ve oceans ¥ ana

ieee foes ree oer

iapaeeest tea Le

Sere

eee

eaten ee

ae 5

+ we fe 7

seerity +E

Yor

pee

Sacre Ses ree Ta ee a

ihe 2 eratcan ae Tiernan oe Ee ral : Pee tas

Fs is 5 a 2 =

aS ities

ie ea)

etna

eyren ts

Fraceas

rete

eoariere

— Fitetd

a ie

es f cs rete

beri oes

. ee fee

x ee . eee rtita

Bala eas* noes

Se Pear es Ca

feet

tad 3

erarett

yond

aon

rr.

SIRES

Hvis Rae

Seri eth

aie >

i ae

SS:

ane

aa ter

See he a uF

Ba omen eri} ae =

es = = faite ipecot ee a ercfen—eeree | Dae Beer pea ore pe

tootsie alae os Re ee Pe Pec Er at atic eer te ee eet

ae stoen Mitre 2a pete ae ars eros

Fig. 2. Close-up of holotype of Leptochloa soutlnwoodii prior to pressing (cf Fig. 1) showing moderate to dense

covering of tubercle-based divergent pilose hairs on the leaf sheaths, which consistently diagnoses the species from the

likely sister species, Leptochloa ligulata Lazarides.

Deby ties Ve Adee oe stadt whee Sok: wee a ee ee i —— ——— — ee. 25 Se atetnceee Ss.

St Ree ety cee BS VSO Deeg A en a ee a sy a a A Be Be EN = ee

“ACRES ESET SSE Sa Be PS A EES Sa

Snow & Simon, Leptochloa soutinwoodii

TTT

: .

oO” Xe

: re

@oN

® i

Fig. 3. Range map showing the known distribution of

apparent endemics to Queensiand.

L. southwoodii differs by lacking the moderate

to dense covering of appressed tomentose hairs

along the leaf blades and the widely diverging

(at maturity), relatively long lemmatal hairs

characteristic of L. peacockii (Snow 1997a).

The leaf sheaths of our field collections

appeared to have small amounts of a brownish

exudate, and thereby had significant amounts

of windblown soil and other debris adhered to

their surface. However, greenhouse grown

material lacked any apparent exudate (Snow,

pers. obs.).

Leptochloa southwoodii was discovered

after the completion of a study of lemmatal

micromorphological characters of Leptochloa

and related genera (Snow 1996). The species

was found to possess cork cells, normal

macrohairs, chloridoid bicellular microhairs,

and prickles, but was lacking in papillae born

on either short or long cells and lacking in silica

cells (Fig. 4), a combination of which accords

with many species ofLeptochloa (Snow 1996).

141

Etymology: Since we first collected the new

species along the southern boundary of

Southwood National Park it seems appropriate

to honour the park with the specific epithet.

Conservation status: Given time constraints we

were unable to assess more thoroughly

the overall range and abundance of

Leptochloa southwoodii, which would be better

accomplished earlier in the growing season.

Along the southern boundary of Southwood

National Park specimens were seen only

sporadically in the area between the road and

adjacent fencelines, and rarely did we find more

than five individuals at a given site. From

Southwood National Park we encountered

plants along the roadside to about 15 km W of

Moonie. Along the Surat Developmental Road

the species was seen to be locally common at

one site around gilgais in brigalow remnants

just over the fenceline south of the road.

Pending the discovery of additional populations

that would enlarge the number of known sites

and overall geographical range, we recommend

that L. southwoodii be listed as a vulnerable

species, —

Acknowledgments

This paper represents a portion of a

doctoral dissertation submitted by the first

author to the Graduate School of Arts and

Sciences, Washington University (St. Louis).

Roy Gereau, Missouri Botanical Garden,

graciously provided the Latin diagnosis.

Mike Veith assisted at the Electron Microscopy

facility at Washington University on short

notice. The first author thanks his Australian

colleagues for assistance in New South Wales

and Queensland, and gratefully acknowledges

financial assistance provided by: the National

Science Foundation (USA) for a grant to the

Plant Biology Program at Washington

University (St. Louis, Missouri); the Missouri

Botanical Garden (Andew W. Mellon

Foundation); and National Geographic Society

(NGS 5594-95), which generously provided

funding for fieldwork in Australia. We thank

Peter Bostock for his assistance with the

preparation of the distribution maps and

Dr. Carolyn Weiller for comments on the

manuscript.

eee

ace

Austrobaileya 5(1): 137-143 (1997)

Fig. 4, Scanning electron miscroscope image of lemmatal surface of Leptochloa southwoodii N. Snow & B.K. Simon

(Snow 7364, MO). Lemmatal apex towards right; macrohairs lie the near midvein (not visible). Bar = 50pm,

eferences

EADLE, N.C.W. 1981. The Vegetation of Australia.

Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

LAYTON, W.D., & RENvoizE, S. 1986. Genera Graminuin.

London: Her Majesty’s Stationery Office.

Jacoss, S.W.L. 1987. Systematics of the chloridoid grasses.

Pp. 277-286 in T. R. Soderstrom, K. W. Hilu,

C.S. Campbell & M. E. Barkworth (editors), Grass

'ystematics and Evolution, Washington, D.C.:

Smithsonian Institution Press.

AZARIDES, M, 1980. The genus Leptochlola Beauv.

(Poaceae, Eragrostideae) in Australia and Papua

New Guinea. Brunonia 3: 247-269.

MON, B.K. 1993.A Key to the Australian Grasses. Second

Edition. Brisbane: Department of Primary

Industries, Queensland.

Snow, N. 1996. The phylogenetic utility of lemmatal

micromorphology in Leptoch/oa s.l. and related

genera in subtribe Eleusininae (Poaceae,

Chloridoideae, Eragrostideae). Annals of the

Missouri Botanical Garden 83: 504-529.

— 1997a. Phylogeny and systematics of Leptochioa P.

Beauv. sensu lato (Poaceae, Chloridoideae). Ph.D.

dissertation, Washington University, St, Louis.

—— 1997b. Application of the phylogenetic species

concept: a botanical monographic perspective.

Austrobaileya 5(1): 137-143 (1997).

STANLEY, T.D., & Ross, E.M. 1989. Flora of south-eastern

Queensland. Volume II. Brisbane: Queensland

Department of Primary Industries Misc. Publ.

QM88001.

shied etdtelsaity ta deca . OS ESE EPR EP AP EARS EP SASE RASS PPEIAE EE EER SOPOT tiem td

VAT p geese yo ewer,

Snow & Simon, Leptochloa southwoodii

systematics Association Committee for Descriptive

Biological Terminology. 1962. II. Terminology of

sunple symmetrical plane shapes (Chart 1). Taxon

11: 145-156,

WATSON, L., & Datiwirz, M.J. 1994. Grass Genera of the

World, Second Edition. Cambridge: C.A.B.

International.

WHEELER, D.J.B., JAcoss, S.W.L., & Norton, B.E, 1994,

Grasses of New South Wales. Second Edition.

Armidale: University of New England Publishing

Unit.

143

i) STS RE A ng or hn penn, A EL iy Se IB I DIS

Lilaeopsts brisbanica (Apiaceae), a new species from

Queensland, Australia

A.R. Bean

Summary

Bean, A.R. (1997). Lilaeopsis brisbanica (Apiaceae), a new species from Queensland, Australia.

Austrobaileya 5(1): 145-148. Lilaeopsis brisbanica A.R.Bean is described and illustrated, and

diagnosed against related species. Notes on habitat, ecology, cultivation and conservation status are

provided,

Key words: Lilagopsis, taxonomy, Australian flora, Lilaeopsis brisbanica, Apiaceae, Umbelliferae.

A.R.Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Meters Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland 4068, Australia

Introduction

Members of the genus Lilaeopsis Greene are

semi-aquatic herbs from temperate to sub-

tropical areas of both hemispheres. Species are

known from the United States of America,

Mexico, several South American countries,

New Zealand and Australia (Hill 1927, Affolter

1985). The genus was first recorded for

Australia by J.D. Hooker in 1852. Bentham

(1867) subsequently included all Australian

material under the name Crantzia lineata

(Michx.) Nutt. (now Lilaeopsis chinensis (L.)

Kuntze), a species whose type comes from the

eastern United States of America. A worldwide

revision was provided by Hill (1927), who

enumerated three species for Australia at that

time, and added another species soon after

(Hill 1929). Eichler (1963) discussed the

nomenclature of the Australian species. In a

recent monograph of the genus, Affolter (1985)

accepted just two species for Australia,

L. polyantha (Gand.) H.Eichler andl. fistulosa

A.W.Hill.

The taxon described here as L. brisbanica

was first collected by Amalie Dietrich

between 1863 and 1865, and soon after by

F.M. Bailey. Hill (1927) made special mention

of Dietrich’s specimens, and thought that

they could represent a new species, distinct

from L. australica (syn. L. polyantha), but

Accepted for publication 20 June 1997

as her specimens lacked mature fruits, Hill

conservatively retained them under

L. australica, Blake (1959) also noted the

distinctiveness of the Queensland material and

he ascribed it to L. novae-zealandiae (Gand.)

A.W.Hill, a species described from the South

Island of New Zealand. Affolter (1985)

adopted a very broad species concept for

L. polyantha, and concluded that “the

Queensland specimens are within the range of

variation seen elsewhere in L. polyantha

in Australia”. The present study reveals that

the Queensland material is distinct from both

L. polyantha and L. novae-zealandiae.

Taxonomy

Lilaeopsis brisbanica A.R.Bean sp. nov.,

affinis L. novae-zealandiae autem bracteis

0.5—1.3 mm longis, fructibus 7 vittis in

quoque mericarpo et costis dorsalibus

prominentioribus praeditis, plerumque

septis paucioribus in quoque folio differt.

Typus: Queensland. Moreron DIstRIcT:

Brisbane River, adjacent to Queenscroft

St., Chelmer, 26 November 1995,

A.R. Bean 9243 (holo: BRI; iso: MEL,

MO, NSW, distribuend1).

Mat-forming herbs 1.5—4 cm high, glabrous,

rhizomatous, producing roots and leaves at the

nodes. Roots white, slender, to c. 10mm long.

Rhizomes c. 0.5 mm in diameter, white or

occasionally green when close to surface.

146

Leaves all radical, 3-6 arising from each

node, or on a vertical rhizome branch up to

10 mm long; petioles c. 1.5 mm long,

sheathing. Leaves hollow, linear, narrowly

elliptical in cross-section, 11-36 mm long, leaf

width uniform throughout or slightly broader

near apex, 0.2—0.5 mm wide midway along

lamina, up to 1.0 mm wide near apex, apex

obtuse, leaves with 5—7 thin transverse septae,

unconstricted at septae. Inflorescence a simple,

2—5-flowered umbel, one only from each node,

peduncle terete, 4.5—11.5(-14) mm long.

Pedicels slender, terete, 3.5—7.0 mm long,

together subtended by 2-3 broadly ovate

bracts, each 0.5—1.3 < 0.4-0.6 mm. Flowers

bisexual, 2.1—2.5 mm in diameter. Calyx lobes

5, vestigial, c. 0.1 mm long, persistent. Petals

5, broadly ovate, 0.8-0.9 x 0.5-0.6 mm,

spreading, alternating with the calyx lobes,

white or greenish, broad at base, apex acute,

midrib thickened. Stamens 5, antesepalous;

filaments c. 0.4 mm long; anthers bilocular,

0.25—0.4 mm long, dehiscing by longitudinal

slits. Ovary inferior, 2-carpellate, each carpel

containing | ovule. Styles 2, each arising from

inner edge of carpel summit, persistent; stigmas

scarcely distinguishable. Fruits ovoid to

ellipsoid, 1.2—2.0 mm long, 1.0-1.3 mm

diameter, each mericarp with 3 dorsal and

2 lateral ribs; all ribs prominent in cross-

section, with lignified tissue present. Vittae 7,

alternating with the ribs and including 3 along

the commisure. Fig. 1 A-D.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Moreton District:

Breakfast Creek, undated, Bai/ey s.n. (BRI); Brisbane

River, in 1874, Bailey s.n. (BRD; Brisbane River, SW of

Brisbane, 100 m downstream from Jindalee bridge, Oct

1993, Bean 6778 (BRI, MO); Moggill Creek, 200m from

Brisbane River, Jan 1995, Bean 8170 (BRI); Caboolture,

Nov 1956, Blake 20044 (BRI, NSW); Brisbane River,

1863-65, Dietrich sn. (BRI, K); Brisbane River, under

Indooroopilly bridge, Nov 1980, Olsen 215 & Dillewaard

(BRI); Mogegill Creek, Nov 1957, Whitehouse s.n. (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: L. brisbanica is

currently known only from an 11 kilometre-

long section of the Brisbane River, between

Moggill Creek and Oxley Creek. It is

apparently extinct at some of the localities

where it was formerly recorded, e.g. Breakfast

Creek, Caboolture. It grows along tidal

riverbanks in grey saline mud, in association

with mangrove trees, particularly Excoecaria

agallocha L. and Aegiceras corniculatum (L.)

Blanco, and often adjacent to, or mixed with,

Triglochin striata Ruiz & Pav.

Austrobaileya 5(1): 145-148 (1997)

Phenology: Flowers and fruits have been

recorded between October and January.

Affinities: L. brisbanica seems most closely

related to L. novae-zealandiae,because

of external fruit morphology and leaves

narrowly elliptical in cross-section, but

differs by the 7 vittae per fruiting mericarp

(8 for L. novae-zealandiae), bracts

0.5-1.3 mm long (1.5—3.0 mm long for

L. novae-zealandiae), 5—7 septae per leaf

(6-10 for ZL. novae-zealandiae), 2—5 flowers

per umbel (4-8 for L. novae-zealandiae) and

the more prominent dorsal ribs on the frutts.

L. brisbanica differs from L. polyantha

by its fruits 1.2—2.0 mm long (2.5-3.5 mm for

L. polyantha), 7 vittae per mericarp (8—9 for

LL. polyantha) and the much shorter leaves

which are narrowly elliptical in cross-section,

rather than terete.

Notes: L. polyantha, as circumscribed by

Affolter (1985) is a heterogeneous assemblage

of 3—5 taxa. I have not attempted to segregate

the southern Australian taxa, and in my

comparisons between L. brisbanica and

L. polyantha, only the typical form of

L. polyantha was considered. The type of

L. polyantha was collected at Walcha on the

New England Tableland of New South Wales.

L. brisbanica is geographically disjunct

from other Australian Lilaeopsis. The nearest

is that recorded by F. Mueller last century from

Ballina, New South Wales. The Ballina

specimen, lodged at MEL, represents

L. fistulosa A.W.Hill, a species with long acute

leaves, circular in cross-section, and relatively

short inflorescences. A population of this

species was recently located near Yamba

(1.3 km S of Yamba, towards Angourie, Nov

1994, Bean 8033 (BRI, NSW)).

L. brisbanica is amenable to cultivation

in pots, and 1t flowers and fruits readily. Fresh

water appears to be quite satisfactory for its

growth, and plantlets transplanted from the wild

retain their general morphological characters

in pot culture.

Conservation status: The risk category for

Lilaeopsis brisbanica according to the criteria

“MERU SE

Bean, Lilaeopsis brisbanica

of Chalson & Keith (1995) is ‘critical’ (criteria

A, Bl, B3, B5, B6, D). The species is known

from only six populations in close proximity,

each possibly comprising a single genotype.

L. brisbanica is under threat from its limited

distribution, trampling by horses, river-bank

erosion, encroachment of weeds, and the

*eless

ss Ty-.

¥* 47

Fs.

147

construction of jetties, retaining walls etc. The

author has made extensive searches for

L. brisbanica along other nearby tidal rivers,

including the Maroochy R., Caboolture R., Pine

R., Logan R., and Tweed R., and their

tributaries, but without success.

The recommended conservation status for

this species as defined by the Queensland

Nature Conservation Act 19921s ‘endangered’.

Fig. 1. Lifaeopsis brisbanica. A. whole plant x 4. B. flower x 16. C. fruit x 16. D. transverse section of fruit x 16,

A.B.Bean 9243; C,D, Blake 20044,

148

Etymology: The species epithet refers to the

city of Brisbane and the Brisbane River.

Acknowledgements

I wish to thank the Directors of NE, NSW and

MEL for access to their herbaria, and the

Director of CHR for the loan of material of

L. novae-zealandiae. W. Smith provided the

illustrations, and L. Pedley provided the Latin

diagnosis.

References

AFFOLTER, J.M. (1985). A Monograph of the Genus

Lilaeopsis (Umbelliferae). Systematic Botany

Monographs, Vol. 6. United States of America: The

American Society of Plant Taxonomists.

BENTHAM, G. (1867). Crantzia in Flora Australiensis 3: 374.

London: L. Reeve & Co.

BLAKE, S.T. (1959). New or Noteworthy Plants, chiefly

from Queensland, 1. Proceedings of the Royal

Society of Queensland. 70: 33-46.

CHALSON, J.M. & Kerry, D.A. (1995). A Risk Assessment

scheme for Vascular Plants: Pilot Application to

the Flora of New South Wales. Hurstville: National

Parks and Wildlife Service.

EICHLER, Hj. (1963). Some New Names and New

Combinations relevant to the Australian Flora.

faxon 12: 295-297,

Hitt A.W. (1927). The Genus Lilaeopsis: a study in

Geographical Distribution. The Journal of the

Linnean Society - Botany. 47: 525-551.

Hitt, A.W. (1929). Lilaeopsis in Tasmania and New

Zealand. Bulletin of Miscellaneous Information,

Kew. 119-121.

Austrobaileya 5(1): 145-148 (1997)

THO a We ee ee a er a se rye ey ete en yee mye eevee ee Bee idee De et Lette te tee

Ses ee ee eying eens acaret

PORE ee Dy

oR Se TD gS

Microcarpaea agonis (Scrophulariaceae), a new species from

south-eastern Queensland

A.R. Bean

Summary

Bean, A.R. (1997). Microcarpaea agonis (Scrophulariaceae), a new species from south-eastern

Queensland. Austrobaileya 5(1): 149-151. A new species in Scrophulariaceae, Aficrocarpaea agonis

A.R.Bean, is described and illustrated. It is compared to 44 minima and its conservation status is

discussed.

Keywords: Microcarpaea, Scrophulariaceae, Microcarpaea agonis, Queensland, Australian flora.

A.R.Bean. Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland, 4068 Australia

Introduction

The genus Microcarpaea was erected by Robert

Brown in 1810, with the single species

M. muscosa. This name is illegitimate, as it is

based on Paederota minima J.Ko6nig ex Retz.

The necessary combination Microcarpaea

minima was made by E. Merrill in 1912.

Microcarpaea has been until now, recognised

to be a monotypic genus. Several other names

Taxonomy

have been published under Microcarpaea, but

these are all referable to other genera (Bentham

1869, Merrill 1923). Barker (1981) suggested

that Peplidium Delile should be merged with

Microcarpaea, but later (Barker 1990) he

advocated the retention of both genera, because

of the different pollen morphology possessed

by the two groups.

Key to Microcarpaea species

Leaves linear, 5—9 mm long, 0.3—0.5 mm wide; calyx tube 1.3—1.7 mm long,

unribbed or only faintly ribbed; calyx teeth green .......... 0.0.00. eae, M., agonis

Leaves elliptical, 2.5—5 mm long, 0.7—1.5 mm wide; calyx tube 2.2—2.8 mm

long, prominently ribbed; calyx teeth grey to brown .......... 0. eee M. minima

Microcarpaea agonis A.R.Bean sp. nov.,

affinis MM. minimae autem calycis tubo

breviore latiore leviter nervato vel

enervato, calycis dentibus viridibus, foltis

linearibus 5—9 mm longis differt. Typus:

Queensland. DARLING Downs DISTRICT:

(exact locality withheld), S.F. 235, W of

Milmerran, 28 February 1996, A.R. Bean

9994 (holo: BRI; iso: AD, MEL,

distribuend}),

Accepted for publication 9 July 1997

Herb, terrestrial, annual, to 5 cm high and

10 cm wide; stems angular, glabrous. Leaves

opposite, connected across nodes, linear,

5.0-9.0 x 0.3-0.5 mm, sessile, glabrous, striate,

apex obtuse. Flowers solitary, axillary,

bracteoles absent, pedicels absent or up to

0.3 mm long. Calyx tube ovoid, 1.4—-1.7

x1.0—1.2 mm, white, unribbed or weakly

ribbed, with sparse indumentum of patent

eglandular hairs; calyx teeth 5, deltate,

c. 0.7 x 0.5 mm, green, slightly thickened near

the middle, recurved in fruiting material,

margins ciliate. Corolla tube c. 3 mm long,

glabrous, slightly exserted from calyx tube,

2-lipped; upper lip scarcely bilobed or unlobed,

150

lower lip 3-lobed, mid-lobe slightly longer than

lateral lobes, obtuse, margins ciliate. Stamens

2, fertile, epipetalous. Style 1, stigma

expanded. Ovary 2-locular, ovules numerous,

attached to a central placenta. Fruits ovoid,

c. 1.0 x 1.0mm, capsular, 2-locular, completely

enclosed by calyx tube. Seeds ellipsoidal,

yellowish,c. 0.3 mm long, longitudinally

striate. Fig. 1.

Austrobaileya 5(1): 149-152 (1997)

Specimens examined: see type

Distribution and habitat: M. agonis is

currently known only from the type locality.

It was found on the margins of an

Eleocharis-Cyperus dominated seasonal

swamp, fringed by Eucalyptus chloroclada

(Blakely) L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill, in grey

clay-loam soil. Some associated species are

Rotala mexicana Cham. & Schltdl.,

R. occultiflora Koehne, Cyperus difformis I.

and Glossostigma diandrum (1L.) Kuntze.

= ¥.

. mes ak ee

' Sly peer + Fae y

Fig. 1. Aficrocarpaea agonis. A. fertile branchlet x 4. B. corolla and stamens x 32. C. style and developing capsule x 32.

D. fruit x 16. All from Bean 9994,

Deivrcesatinniesr aes

Bean, Microcarpae agonis

Phenology: Both flowers and fruits are present

on the type specimen which was collected in

February. |

Notes: The new species is closely allied to

M. minima in size and form, and they share the

solitary axillary inflorescence with the flowers

sessile or nearly so. M. agonis differs by tits

linear leaves 5.0—9.0 mm long (2.5—35.0 mm

long for AZ. minima) and 0.3-0.5 mm wide

(0.7—-1.5 mm wide for M. minima), the shorter

calyx tube which is unribbed or only faintly

ribbed, and the green calyx teeth.

The distributions of M. minima and

M. agonis are disjunct. M. minima is

widespread, with occurrences in southern

China, Japan, Indochina, Malesia and northern

Australia. The type of M. minima was collected

by Robert Brown in 1802 at Shoalwater Bay

on the central Queensland coast, but it has not

been recollected at or near the type locality. All

subsequent Queensland collections have come

from the Atherton Tableland or further north.

M. agonis occurs atc. 28° S latitude, some

600 km south of Shoalwater Bay, and 1300 km

from the Atherton Tableland.

Conservation status: While it is unwise to make

statements about the rarity of small annual

plants, this species appears to be truly rare. No

other specimens of it could be located in the

Queensland Herbarium, despite a search

through specimens of many genera in

Scrophulariceae, and even some genera in

Rubiaceae and Lythraceae. M. agonis has not

been found in some nearby areas which have

been comprehensively botanised. Lake

Broadwater (c. 75 km to the north) has been

studied closely (Ballingall 1988). The wetland

flora of the Chinchilla area (c. 130 km to the

north) has been well catalogued and vouchered,

largely through the efforts of local residents

G.Lithgow and V.Hando (Hando 1988). The

flora of the swamp at the type locality of

M. agonis 1s unusual, as it contains tropical

species which occur there as outliers, notably

Rotala mexicana and R. occultiflora, neither of

which has previously been recorded for the

Darling Downs Pastoral District. Hence there

is some reason to predict a small geographical

range and population size for the species.

151

The risk category for Microcarpaea

agonis according to the criteria of Chalson &

Keith (1995) is ‘critical’ (criteria A, B1, B2,

D). The species is known only from the type

population, where approximately ten plants

were observed. M. agonis is under threat from

erazing, roadworks and trampling by cattle. The

author has searched for. agonis around other

nearby swamps, but without success.

The recommended conservation status for

this species as defined by the Queensland

Nature Conservation Act 1992 1s ‘endangered’.

Etymology: The specific epithet is from the

Greek a - without, and gonia - angled, and refers

to the fruits.

Acknowledgements

I wish to thank David Halford for helpful

discussions, Les Pedley for the Latin diagnosis,

and Will Smith for the illustrations.

References

BALLINGALL, MLE. (1988). Flowering Plants. in G.Scott

(ed.), Lake Broadwater - The Natural History of an

Inland Lake and its Environs. pp. 67-93.

Toowoomba: Darling Downs Institute Press.

Barker, W.R. (1981), Scrophulariceae. In J.P. Jessop (ed.),

Flora of Central Australia pp. 326-334, Reed:

Sydney.

—— (1990). New taxa, Names and Combinations in

Lindernia, Peplidium, Stemodia and Striga

(Scrophulariaceae) mainly of the Kimberley region,

Western Australia. Journal of the Adelaide Botanic

Gardens 13: 79-93.

BENTHAM, G. (1869). Scrophulariaceae. In Flora

Australiensis 4: 470-523. London: L. Reeve & Co.

CHALSON, J.M. & Kertu, D.A. (1995). A Risk Assessment

scheme for Vascular Plants: Pilot Application to

the Flora of New South Wales. Hurstville: National

Parks and Wildlife Service.

Hanpo, V. (1988). Plants of Western Darling Downs,

Barakula-Gurulmundi and South-west Burnett. pp.

96-171. In R. Hando (ed.), Going Bush with

Chinchilla Nats. Chinchilla: Chinchilla Field

Naturalists Club Inc.

Merri._, E.D, (1923). An Enumeration of Philippine

Flowering Plants, Volume 3. Manila: Bureau of

Printing

2 Amanat TO oe nb et

Austrobaileya 5(1): 153 (1997)

Book review

Margaret G. Corrick, Bruce A. Fuhrer, edited by Alexander S. George (1996).

Wildflowers of Southern Western Australia. Pp. 224. The Five Mile Press, Noble

Park. Price $39.95. ISBN 1 87597 149 1.

This hard-cover publication containing 755

colour photographs of wildflowers from

southern Western Australia, is primarily for

browsing and enjoying the beauty and diversity

of the wildflowers of the region.

The text begins with broad explanation

of the landforms, climate and vegetation types

of the geographic regions of Western Australia.

This provides a more detailed base for the brief

habitat information given with each species

description.

The species included are arranged

alphabetically according to family. A brief

description of some of the characteristics of the

family is followed by a selection of species

chosen to illustrate the variation of colour and

form within the family. Each species is

numbered and listed alphabetically by scientific

name, a common name is given where

applicable and a very brief description is

provided, along with information on habitat and

distribution. This layout allows the browser

Tracey Spokes

easy access to all the information available as

each photograph has the species name and

number listed beneath it and the corresponding

description on the same or opposite page.

The colour photographs, many of which

were taken in the field, vary from sharply

focussed details of very small flowers to those

which give some indication of plant habit.

Notable are some excellent close-up

photographs of Verticordia ovalifolia and

V. oculata and the selection of Banksia species.

A single index at the end of the book is

easily found and contains a listing of family,

scientific names and common names.

Preceding the index is a two-page glossary

covering abbreviations and the few botanical

terms that are used.

The book is presented as a guide to the

wildflowers of the region and as a valuable

reference for professional botanists and

amateur enthusiasts alike. With its simple,

well-planned and presented layout, brief but

useful descriptions and the quality and quantity

of colour photographs, it achieves this end

admirably.

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Queensland 4068, Australia

bone a oy utd se ey ned ee

Queensland Herbarium

Publications for sale

Floras

A Key to Australian Grasses by B.K. Simon (1990), 150 pp., card cover.

Ferns of Queensland by S.B. Andrews (1990), 427 pp., illustrated, hard cover.

Honey Flora of Queensland, 3rd edition by S.T. Blake and C. Roff (1988), 224 pp., illustrated,

card cover.

Acactas in Queensland by L. Pedley (1988), 275 pp., illustrated, card cover.

Keys to Cyperaceae, Restionaceae and Juncaceae of Queensland. Botany Bulletin No. 5 by

P.R. Sharpe (1986), 47 pp., illustrated, card cover.

Flora of South-eastern Queensland by T.D. Stanley and E.M. Ross.

Volume 1 (1983), 545 pp., illustrated, card cover.

Volume 2 (1986), 623 pp., illustrated, hard cover.

Volume 3 (1989), 532 pp., illustrated, hard cover.

The Flora of Lamington National Park, 3rd edition by W.J.F. McDonald and M.B. Thomas

(1989), 25 pp., card cover.

Vegetation Surveys

Vegetation Survey of Queensland: South West Queensland. Queensland Botany Bulletin No. 4

by D.E. Boyland (1984), 151 pp., illustrated, including a map, card cover.

Vegetation Survey of Queensland: South Central Queensland. Queensland Botany Bulletin

No. 3 by V.J. Neldner (1984), 291 pp., illustrated, including a map, card cover.

Vegetation Survey of Queensland: Central Western Queensland. Queensland Botany Bulletin:

No. 9 by V.J. Neldner (1991), 230 pp., illustrated, including a map, card cover.

Vascular Plants of Western Queensland. Queensland Botany Bulletin No. 11 by V.J. Neldner

(1992), 176 pp., illustrated, card cover.

Vegetation of the Sunshine Coast: Description and Management. Queensland Botany Bulletin

No. 7 by G.N. Batianoff and J.A. Elsol (1989), 107 pp., illustrated, including maps, card

cover.

Vegetation Map and Description, Warwick, South-eastern Queensland, Queensland Botany

Bulletin No. 8 by P.A.R. Young and T.J. McDonald (1989), 47 pp., illustrated, including a

map, card cover.

Vegetation Description and Map: Ipswich, South-eastern Queensland. Queensland Botany

Bulletin No. 10 (1991), by James A. Elsol, 61 pp., maps, card cover.

Vegetation Survey and Mapping in Queensland: Its Relevance and Future, and the Contribution

of the Queensland Herbarium. Queensland Botany Bulletin No. 12 by V.J. Neldner (1993),

76 pp., card cover.

Economic Interest

Suburban Weeds, Third edition by H. Kleinschmidt, A. Holland and P. Simpson (1996), 98 pp.,

illustrated, card cover.

Use of Fodder Trees and Shrubs by S.L. Everist (1986), 72 pp., illustrated, card cover.

Poisonous Plants - a field guide by R.M. Dowling and R.A. McKenzie (1993), 175 pp., colour

illustrations and maps, card cover.

Special Interest

Rare and Threatened Plants of Queensland, 2nd edition by M.B. Thomas and W.J.F. McDonald

(1989), 76 pp., card cover.

The Flora of Girraween and Bald Rock National Parks by Bill McDonald, Colleen Gravatt,

Paul Grimshaw and John Williams (1995), 100 pp., colour and line drawing illustrations

and maps, card cover.

Queensland Plants: Names and Distribution edited by R.J.F. Henderson (1997), 286 pp.,

soit cover

Wildflowers of South-eastern Queensland by B.A. Lebler.

Volume 1 (1977) 108 pp., illustrated, soft cover.

Volume 2 (1981) 83 pp., illustrated, soft cover.

Enquiries regarding the cost and ordering of these publications should be directed to Queensland Herbarium, Department

_of Environment, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068, Australia.